User's Guide

Printing

Copying

Scanning

Maintaining the Printer

Solving Problems

NPD6557-07 EN
Contents

Guide to This Manual Viewing Animations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28

Introduction to the Manuals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

Searching for Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Loading Papers
Printing Only the Pages You Need. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Paper Handling Precautions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
About This Manual. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Precautions for Photo Paper. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Marks and Symbols. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Paper Size and Type Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32
Notes on Screenshots and Illustrations. . . . . . . . . 9 List of Paper Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Operating System References. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Loading Paper. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Trademarks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Loading Pre-punched Paper. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Copyright. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Loading Long Papers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34

Important Instructions Placing Originals

Safety Instructions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Originals that are not Supported by the ADF. . . . . . 36
Safety Instructions for Ink. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Detecting the Original Size Automatically. . . . . . . . 36
Printer Advisories and Warnings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Placing Originals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Advisories and Warnings for Setting Up the
Printer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14
Printing
Advisories and Warnings for Using the Printer. . 15
Advisories and Warnings for Using the Printing Documents. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40
Touchscreen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Printing from a Computer - Windows. . . . . . . . . 40
Advisories and Warnings for Using the Printing from a Computer - Mac OS. . . . . . . . . . 62
Printer with a Wireless Connection. . . . . . . . . . .15 Printing Documents from Smart Devices (iOS). . 70
Advisories and Warnings for Transporting or Printing Documents from Smart Devices
Storing the Printer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 (Android). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Notes on the Administrator Password. . . . . . . . . . . 16 Printing on Envelopes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Default Value of the Administrator Password. . . .16 Printing on Envelopes from a Computer
Administrator Password Has Not Been Set. . . . . 16 (Windows). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Changing the Administrator Password. . . . . . . . 17 Printing on Envelopes from a Computer
Operations that Require You to Enter the (Mac OS). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .73
Administrator Password. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Printing Web Pages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Initializing the Administrator Password. . . . . . . 17 Printing Web Pages from a Computer. . . . . . . . . 73
Protecting Your Personal Information. . . . . . . . . . . 17 Printing Web Pages from Smart Devices. . . . . . . 73
Printing Using a Cloud Service. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Part Names and Functions Registering to Epson Connect Service from
the Control Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Front. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Inside. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Rear. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Copying
Available Copying Methods. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Guide to the Control Panel Copying Originals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Copying on 2-Sides. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Control Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Copying by Enlarging or Reducing. . . . . . . . . . . 78
Home Screen Configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Copying Multiple Originals onto One Sheet. . . . .78
Guide to the Network Icon. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Copying in Page Order. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Menu Screen Configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Copying Originals Using Good Quality. . . . . . . . 80
Entering Characters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Copying ID card. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80

2
 Copying Books. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 Cleaning the Paper Path for Ink Smears. . . . . . .103
Basic Menu Options for Copying. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 Cleaning the Scanner Glass and Document Mat 104
2-Sided:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .81 Cleaning the ADF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Density:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .82 Cleaning the Translucent Film. . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
ID Card Copy:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 Cleaning the Printer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Advanced Menu Options for Copying. . . . . . . . . . . 82 Cleaning Spilled ink. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Paper Setting:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 Checking the Total Number of Pages Fed
Reduce/Enlarge:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .82 Through the Printer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Original Size:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 Saving Power. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Multi-Page:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 Saving Power (Control Panel). . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Original Type:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 Installing or Uninstalling Applications Separately. 112
Finishing:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 Installing the Applications Separately. . . . . . . . 112
Mixed Size Originals:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 Adding the Printer (for Mac OS Only). . . . . . . .115
Orientation (Original):. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .84 Uninstalling Applications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Book →2Pages:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 Updating Applications and Firmware. . . . . . . . 117
Image Quality:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Transporting and Storing the Printer. . . . . . . . . . . 118
Binding Margin:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .84
Reduce to Fit Paper:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Remove Shadow:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 Solving Problems
Remove Punch Holes:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 Checking Solutions on the Control Panel. . . . . . . .126
Cannot Display a Menu Other than the Copy
Scanning Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .126
Available Scanning Methods. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .86 The Printer Does Not Work as Expected. . . . . . . . 126
Scanning Originals to a Network Folder. . . . . . . . . 86 The Printer Does Not Turn On or Off. . . . . . . . 126
Power Turns Off Automatically. . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Destination Menu Options for Scanning to a
Network Folder. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 Paper Does Not Feed Properly. . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Scan Menu Options for Scanning to a Folder. . . . 87 Cannot Print. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Cannot Start Scanning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
Scanning Originals to an Email. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .89
Cannot Operate the Printer as Expected. . . . . . 160
Recipient Menu Options for Scanning to an
A Message is Displayed on the LCD Screen. . . . . . 163
Email. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Scan Menu Options for Scanning to an Email. . . 90 Paper Gets Jammed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Scanning Originals to a Computer. . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 Preventing Paper Jams. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Scanning Originals to the Cloud. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 It is Time to Refill the Ink. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
Basic Menu Options for Scanning to the Cloud. . 93 Ink Bottle Handling Precautions. . . . . . . . . . . . 165
Advanced Menu Options for Scanning to the Refilling the Ink Tank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Cloud. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 It is Time to Replace the Maintenance Box. . . . . . .169
Scanning Using WSD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 Maintenance Box Handling Precautions. . . . . . 169
Setting Up a WSD Port. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 Replacing a Maintenance Box. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
Scanning Originals to a Smart Device. . . . . . . . . . . 97 Printing, Copying, and Scanning Quality is Poor. . 171
Print Quality is Poor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .171
Copy Quality is Poor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Maintaining the Printer
Scanned Image Problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
Checking the Status of Consumables. . . . . . . . . . . . 99 Cannot Solve Problem. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Improving Print, Copy, and Scan Quality. . . . . . . . .99 Cannot Solve Printing or Copying Problems. . . 186
Adjusting the Print Quality. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .99
Checking and Cleaning the Print Head. . . . . . . 100
Running Power Cleaning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Preventing nozzle clogging. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Aligning the Print Head. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103

3
Adding or Replacing the Computer or General Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
Print Counter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .234
Devices Maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
Connecting to a Printer that has been Language. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
Connected to the Network. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 Printer Status/Print. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
Using a Network Printer from a Second Contacts Manager. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
Computer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 User Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
Using a Network Printer from a Smart Device. . 190 Product Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
Re-setting the Network Connection. . . . . . . . . . . 190 Printer Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
When Replacing the Wireless Router. . . . . . . . .190 Scanner Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
When Changing the Computer. . . . . . . . . . . . . 191 ADF Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
Changing the Connection Method to the Using Port for the Printer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
Computer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192 Interface Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
Making Wi-Fi Settings from the Control Panel. .194 Network Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
Connecting a Smart Device and Printer Directly Supported Third Party Services. . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
(Wi-Fi Direct). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196 Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
About Wi-Fi Direct. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196 Electrical Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
Connecting to an iPhone, iPad or iPod touch Environmental Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
using Wi-Fi Direct. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197 Installation Location and Space. . . . . . . . . . . . .245
Connecting to Android Devices using Wi-Fi System Requirements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
Direct. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200 Regulatory Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
Connecting to Devices other than iOS and
Standards and Approvals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
Android using Wi-Fi Direct. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
Restrictions on Copying. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
Disconnecting Wi-Fi Direct (Simple AP)
Connection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
Changing the Wi-Fi Direct (Simple AP) Administrator Information
Settings Such as the SSID. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
Connecting the Printer to the Network. . . . . . . . . 249
Checking the Network Connection Status. . . . . . . 204
Before Making Network Connection. . . . . . . . . 249
Checking the Network Connection Status Connecting to the Network from the Control
from the Control Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205 Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
Printing a Network Connection Report. . . . . . . 206
Settings to Use the Printer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .253
Printing a Network Status Sheet. . . . . . . . . . . . 211
Using the Print Functions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
Checking the Network of the Computer
(Windows only). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212 Setting Up AirPrint. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
Configuring a Mail Server. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .259
Setting a Shared Network Folder. . . . . . . . . . . . 263
Product Information Making Contacts Available. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
Paper Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214 Preparing to Scan. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285
Available Paper and Capacities. . . . . . . . . . . . . 214 Making Basic Operation Settings for the Printer 286
Unavailable Paper Types. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217 Problems when Making Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . 289
Consumable Products Information. . . . . . . . . . . . 217 Managing the Printer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290
Ink Bottle Code. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217 Introduction of Product Security Features. . . . . 290
Maintenance Box Code. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .218 Administrator Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291
Software Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219 Restricting Available Features. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298
Disabling the External Interface. . . . . . . . . . . . 300
Software for Printing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
Monitoring a Remote Printer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
Software for Scanning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .222
Backing Up the Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
Software for Package Creation. . . . . . . . . . . . . .223
Software for Making Settings or Managing Advanced Security Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
Devices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223 Security Settings and Prevention of Danger. . . . 304
Software for Updating. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225 Controlling Using Protocols. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306
Settings Menu List. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226 Using a Digital Certificate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310

4
 SSL/TLS Communication with the Printer. . . . .315
Encrypted Communication Using IPsec/IP
Filtering. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .316
Connecting the Printer to an IEEE802.1X
Network. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328
Solving Problems for Advanced Security. . . . . . 330

Where to Get Help

Technical Support Web Site. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .338
Contacting Epson Support. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338
Before Contacting Epson. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338
Help for Users in Europe. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .338
Help for Users in Taiwan. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .338
Help for Users in Singapore. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339
Help for Users in Thailand. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339
Help for Users in Vietnam. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340
Help for Users in Indonesia. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .340
Help for Users in Malaysia. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343
Help for Users in India. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344
Help for Users in the Philippines. . . . . . . . . . . . 344

5
Guide to This Manual

Introduction to the Manuals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

Searching for Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

Printing Only the Pages You Need. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

About This Manual. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

Trademarks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10

Copyright. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Guide to This Manual > Searching for Information

Introduction to the Manuals

The following manuals are supplied with your Epson printer. As well as the manuals, check the various types of
help information available from the printer itself or from the Epson software applications.
❏ Important Safety Instructions (paper manual)
Provides you with instructions to ensure the safe use of this printer.
❏ Start Here (paper manual)
Provides you with information on setting up the printer and installing the software.
❏ User's Guide (digital manual)
This manual. This manual is available as PDF and Web manuals. Provides overall information and instructions
on using the printer, on network settings when using the printer on a network, and on solving problems.

You can obtain the latest versions of the above manuals with the following methods.
❏ Paper manual
Visit the Epson Europe support website at http://www.epson.eu/support, or the Epson worldwide support
website at http://support.epson.net/.
❏ Digital manual
To view the Web manual, visit the following website, enter the product name, and then go to Support.
http://epson.sn

Searching for Information

The PDF manual allows you to search for information you are looking for by keyword, or jump directly to specific
sections using the bookmarks. This section explains how to use a PDF manual that has been opened in Adobe
Acrobat Reader DC on your computer.

Searching by keyword
Click Edit > Advanced Search. Enter the keyword (text) for information you want to find in the search window,
and then click Search. Hits are displayed as a list. Click one of the displayed hits to jump to that page.

Jumping directly from bookmarks

Click a title to jump to that page. Click + or > to view the lower level titles in that section. To return to the previous
page, perform the following operation on your keyboard.
❏ Windows: Hold down Alt. and then press ←.

7
Guide to This Manual > About This Manual > Marks and Symbols

❏ Mac OS: Hold down the command key, and then press ←.

Printing Only the Pages You Need

You can extract and print only the pages you need. Click Print in the File menu, and then specify the pages you
want to print in Pages in Pages to Print.
❏ To specify a series of pages, enter a hyphen between the start page and the end page.
Example: 20-25
❏ To specify pages that are not in series, divide the pages with commas.
Example: 5, 10, 15

About This Manual

This section explains the meaning of marks and symbols, notes on descriptions, and operating system reference
information used in this manual.

Marks and Symbols

! Caution:
Instructions that must be followed carefully to avoid bodily injury.

c Important:
Instructions that must be observed to avoid damage to your equipment.

Note:
Provides complementary and reference information.

8
Guide to This Manual > About This Manual > Operating System References

Related Information
& Links to related sections.

Notes on Screenshots and Illustrations

❏ Screenshots of the printer driver are from Windows 10 or macOS High Sierra. The content displayed on the
screens varies depending on the model and situation.
❏ Illustrations used in this manual are examples only. Although there may be slight differences depending on the
model, the method of operation is the same.
❏ Some of the menu items on the LCD screen vary depending on the model and settings.
❏ You can read the QR code using dedicated app.
❏ The setting items on the Web Config screen differ depending on the model and setup environment.

Operating System References

Windows
In this manual, terms such as "Windows 10", "Windows 8.1", "Windows 8", "Windows 7", "Windows Vista",
"Windows XP", "Windows Server 2019", "Windows Server 2016", "Windows Server 2012 R2", "Windows Server
2012", "Windows Server 2008 R2", "Windows Server 2008", "Windows Server 2003 R2", and "Windows Server
2003" refer to the following operating systems. Additionally, "Windows" is used to refer to all versions.

® ®
❏ Microsoft Windows 10 operating system
❏ Microsoft® Windows® 8.1 operating system
❏ Microsoft® Windows® 8 operating system
❏ Microsoft® Windows® 7 operating system
❏ Microsoft® Windows Vista® operating system
❏ Microsoft® Windows® XP operating system
❏ Microsoft® Windows® XP Professional x64 Edition operating system
❏ Microsoft® Windows Server® 2019 operating system
❏ Microsoft® Windows Server® 2016 operating system
❏ Microsoft® Windows Server® 2012 R2 operating system
❏ Microsoft® Windows Server® 2012 operating system
❏ Microsoft® Windows Server® 2008 R2 operating system
❏ Microsoft® Windows Server® 2008 operating system
❏ Microsoft® Windows Server® 2003 R2 operating system
❏ Microsoft® Windows Server® 2003 operating system

Mac OS
In this manual, "Mac OS" is used to refer to Mac OS X v10.6.8 or later.

9
Guide to This Manual > Copyright

Trademarks
❏ Epson Scan 2 software is based in part on the work of the Independent JPEG Group.
❏ libtiff
Copyright © 1988-1997 Sam Leffler
Copyright © 1991-1997 Silicon Graphics, Inc.
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is
hereby granted without fee, provided that (i) the above copyright notices and this permission notice appear in
all copies of the software and related documentation, and (ii) the names of Sam Leffler and Silicon Graphics
may not be used in any advertising or publicity relating to the software without the specific, prior written
permission of Sam Leffler and Silicon Graphics.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS-IS" AND WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS,
IMPLIED OR OTHERWISE, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTY OF
MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
IN NO EVENT SHALL SAM LEFFLER OR SILICON GRAPHICS BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL,
INCIDENTAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY KIND, OR ANY DAMAGES
WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER OR NOT ADVISED
OF THE POSSIBILITY OF DAMAGE, AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, ARISING OUT OF OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
❏ QR Code is a registered trademark of DENSO WAVE INCORPORATED in Japan and other countries.

® ® ® ®
❏ Microsoft , Windows , Windows Server , and Windows Vista are registered trademarks of Microsoft
Corporation.
❏ Apple, Mac, macOS, OS X, Bonjour, ColorSync, Safari, AirPrint, iPad, iPhone, iPod touch, iTunes, and iBeacon
are trademarks of Apple Inc., registered in the U.S. and other countries.
❏ Use of the Works with Apple badge means that an accessory has been designed to work specifically with the
technology identified in the badge and has been certified by the developer to meet Apple performance
standards.
❏ Chrome, Google Play, and Android are trademarks of Google LLC.
❏ Adobe, Acrobat, and Reader are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Adobe in the United States
and/or other countries.
❏ Firefox is a trademark of the Mozilla Foundation in the U.S. and other countries.

® ®
❏ Mopria and the Mopria Logo are registered and/or unregistered trademarks and service marks of Mopria
Alliance, Inc. in the United States and other countries. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited.
❏ General Notice: Other product names used herein are for identification purposes only and may be trademarks
of their respective owners. Epson disclaims any and all rights in those marks.

Copyright
No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted in any form or by any
means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise, without the prior written permission of
Seiko Epson Corporation. No patent liability is assumed with respect to the use of the information contained
herein. Neither is any liability assumed for damages resulting from the use of the information herein. The
information contained herein is designed only for use with this Epson product. Epson is not responsible for any
use of this information as applied to other products.

10
Guide to This Manual > Copyright

Neither Seiko Epson Corporation nor its affiliates shall be liable to the purchaser of this product or third parties for
damages, losses, costs, or expenses incurred by the purchaser or third parties as a result of accident, misuse, or
abuse of this product or unauthorized modifications, repairs, or alterations to this product, or (excluding the U.S.)
failure to strictly comply with Seiko Epson Corporation's operating and maintenance instructions.
Seiko Epson Corporation and its affiliates shall not be liable for any damages or problems arising from the use of
any options or any consumable products other than those designated as Original Epson Products or Epson
Approved Products by Seiko Epson Corporation.
Seiko Epson Corporation shall not be held liable for any damage resulting from electromagnetic interference that
occurs from the use of any interface cables other than those designated as Epson Approved Products by Seiko
Epson Corporation.
© 2023 Seiko Epson Corporation
The contents of this manual and the specifications of this product are subject to change without notice.

11
Important Instructions

Safety Instructions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

Printer Advisories and Warnings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14

Notes on the Administrator Password. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16

Protecting Your Personal Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

Important Instructions > Safety Instructions

Safety Instructions
Read and follow these instructions to ensure safe use of this printer. Make sure you keep this manual for future
reference. Also, be sure to follow all warnings and instructions marked on the printer.
❏ Some of the symbols used on your printer are to ensure safety and proper use of the printer. Visit the following
Web site to learn the meaning of the symbols.
http://support.epson.net/symbols
❏ Use only the power cord supplied with the printer and do not use the cord with any other equipment. Use of
other cords with this printer or the use of the supplied power cord with other equipment may result in fire or
electric shock.
❏ Be sure your AC power cord meets the relevant local safety standard.
❏ Never disassemble, modify, or attempt to repair the power cord, plug, printer unit, scanner unit, or options by
yourself, except as specifically explained in the printer's manuals.
❏ Unplug the printer and refer servicing to qualified service personnel under the following conditions:
The power cord or plug is damaged; liquid has entered the printer; the printer has been dropped or the casing
damaged; the printer does not operate normally or exhibits a distinct change in performance. Do not adjust
controls that are not covered by the operating instructions.
❏ Place the printer near a wall outlet where the plug can be easily unplugged.
❏ Do not place or store the printer outdoors, near excessive dirt or dust, water, heat sources, or in locations
subject to shocks, vibrations, high temperature or humidity.
❏ Take care not to spill liquid on the printer and not to handle the printer with wet hands.
❏ Keep the printer at least 22 cm away from cardiac pacemakers. Radio waves from this printer may adversely
affect the operation of cardiac pacemakers.
❏ If the LCD screen is damaged, contact your dealer. If the liquid crystal solution gets on your hands, wash them
thoroughly with soap and water. If the liquid crystal solution gets into your eyes, flush them immediately with
water. If discomfort or vision problems remain after a thorough flushing, see a doctor immediately.
❏ The printer is heavy and should not be lifted or carried by less than two people. When lifting the printer, two
people should assume the correct positions as shown below.

13
Important Instructions > Printer Advisories and Warnings > Advisories and Warnings for Setting Up the Printer

Safety Instructions for Ink

❏ Be careful not to touch ink when you handle the ink tank, ink tank cap, and opened ink bottle or ink bottle cap.
❏ If ink gets on your skin, wash the area thoroughly with soap and water.
❏ If ink gets into your eyes, flush them immediately with water. If discomfort or vision problems continue after
a thorough flushing, see a doctor immediately.
❏ If ink gets into your mouth, see a doctor right away.

❏ Do not disassemble the maintenance box; otherwise ink may get into your eyes or on your skin.
❏ Do not shake an ink bottle too vigorously or subject it to strong impacts as this can cause ink to leak.
❏ Keep ink bottles and maintenance box out of the reach of children. Do not allow children to drink from the ink
bottles.

Printer Advisories and Warnings

Read and follow these instructions to avoid damaging the printer or your property. Make sure you keep this
manual for future reference.

Advisories and Warnings for Setting Up the Printer

❏ Do not block or cover the vents and openings in the printer.
❏ Use only the type of power source indicated on the printer's label.
❏ Avoid using outlets on the same circuit as photocopiers or air control systems that regularly switch on and off.
❏ Avoid electrical outlets controlled by wall switches or automatic timers.
❏ Keep the entire computer system away from potential sources of electromagnetic interference, such as
loudspeakers or the base units of cordless telephones.
❏ The power-supply cords should be placed to avoid abrasions, cuts, fraying, crimping, and kinking. Do not place
objects on top of the power-supply cords and do not allow the power-supply cords to be stepped on or run over.
Be particularly careful to keep all the power-supply cords straight at the ends and the points where they enter
and leave the transformer.
❏ If you use an extension cord with the printer, make sure that the total ampere rating of the devices plugged into
the extension cord does not exceed the cord's ampere rating. Also, make sure that the total ampere rating of all
devices plugged into the wall outlet does not exceed the wall outlet's ampere rating.
❏ If you plan to use the printer in Germany, the building installation must be protected by a 10 or 16 amp circuit
breaker to provide adequate short-circuit protection and over-current protection for the printer.
❏ When connecting the printer to a computer or other device with a cable, ensure the correct orientation of the
connectors. Each connector has only one correct orientation. Inserting a connector in the wrong orientation
may damage both devices connected by the cable.
❏ Place the printer on a flat, stable surface that extends beyond the base of the printer in all directions. The printer
will not operate properly if it is tilted at an angle.
❏ Allow space above the printer so that you can fully raise the document cover.
❏ Leave enough space in front of the printer for the paper to be fully ejected.
❏ Avoid places subject to rapid changes in temperature and humidity. Also, keep the printer away from direct
sunlight, strong light, or heat sources.

14
Important Instructions > Printer Advisories and Warnings > Advisories and Warnings for Using the Printer with…

Related Information
& “Installation Location and Space” on page 245

Advisories and Warnings for Using the Printer

❏ Do not insert objects through the slots in the printer.
❏ Do not put your hand inside the printer during printing.
❏ Do not touch the white flat cable and ink tubes inside the printer.
❏ Do not use aerosol products that contain flammable gases inside or around the printer. Doing so may cause fire.
❏ Do not move the print head by hand if not instructed to do so; otherwise, you may damage the printer.
❏ Be careful not to trap your fingers when closing the scanner unit.
❏ Do not press too hard on the scanner glass when placing the originals.

❏ Always turn the printer off using the P button. Do not unplug the printer or turn off the power at the outlet
until the P light stops flashing.
❏ If you are not going to use the printer for a long period, be sure to unplug the power cord from the electrical
outlet.

Advisories and Warnings for Using the Touchscreen

❏ The LCD screen may contain a few small bright or dark spots, and because of its features it may have an uneven
brightness. These are normal and do not indicate that it is damaged in any way.
❏ Only use a dry, soft cloth for cleaning. Do not use liquid or chemical cleaners.
❏ The exterior cover of the touchscreen could break if it receives a heavy impact. Contact your dealer if the panel
surface chips or cracks, and do not touch or attempt to remove the broken pieces.
❏ Press the touchscreen gently with your finger. Do not press force or operate with your nails.
❏ Do not use sharp objects such as ball point pens or sharp pencils to perform operations.
❏ Condensation inside the touchscreen due to abrupt changes in temperature or humidity may cause
performance to deteriorate.

Advisories and Warnings for Using the Printer with a Wireless

Connection
❏ Radio waves from this printer may negatively affect the operation of medical electronic equipment, causing
them to malfunction. When using this printer inside medical facilities or near medical equipment, follow
directions from the authorized personnel representing the medical facilities, and follow all posted warnings and
directions on the medical equipment.
❏ Radio waves from this printer may negatively affect the operation of automatically controlled devices such as
automatic doors or fire alarms, and could lead to accidents due to malfunction. When using this printer near
automatically controlled devices, follow all posted warnings and directions on these devices.

15
Important Instructions > Notes on the Administrator Password > Administrator Password Has Not Been Set

Advisories and Warnings for Transporting or Storing the Printer

❏ When storing or transporting the printer, avoid tilting it, placing it vertically, or turning it upside down;
otherwise ink may leak.
❏ Before transporting the printer, make sure that the transportation lock is set to the locked (Transport) position
and that the print head is in the home (far right) position.

Notes on the Administrator Password

This printer allows you to set an administrator password to prevent unauthorized access or changes to the device
settings and network settings stored in the product when connecting to a network.

Default Value of the Administrator Password

The default value of the administrator password is printed on the label on the product itself, such as the one shown.
The position where the label is attached depends on the product, such as the side where the cover is opened, the
back, or the bottom.
The following illustration is an example of the label attachment position on the side of the printer where the cover
opens.

If both labels (1) and (2) are attached, the value next to PASSWORD written on the label in (1) is the default value.
In this example, the default value is 03212791.
If only label (2) is attached, the serial number printed on the label in (2) is the default value. In this example, the
default value is X3B8153559.

Administrator Password Has Not Been Set

Set a password on the password entry screen that is displayed when you access Web Config.

Related Information
& “Running Web Config on a Web Browser” on page 223

16
Important Instructions > Protecting Your Personal Information

Changing the Administrator Password

For security reasons, we recommend changing the initial password.
It can be changed from the printer control panel, Web Config, and Epson Device Admin. When changing the
password, set it with at least 8 single-byte alphanumerical characters and symbols.

Related Information
& “Configuring the Administrator Password” on page 291

Operations that Require You to Enter the Administrator Password

If you are prompted to enter the administrator password when performing the following operations, enter the
administrator password set on the printer.
❏ When updating the firmware of the printer from a computer or smart device
❏ When logging on to the advanced settings of Web Config
❏ When setting using an application that can change the printer's settings.
❏ When selecting a menu on the printer's control panel that has been locked by your administrator.

Related Information
& “Lock Setting Items for General Settings Menu” on page 293

Initializing the Administrator Password

You can return the administrator password to the default settings from the administrator settings menu. If you
have forgotten your password and cannot return to the default settings, you need to contact Epson Support to
request service.

Related Information
& “Configuring the Administrator Password from the Control Panel” on page 292
& “Configuring the Administrator Password from a Computer” on page 292
& “Where to Get Help” on page 337

Protecting Your Personal Information

When you give the printer to someone else or dispose of it, erase all the personal information stored in the printer's
memory by selecting the menus on the control panel as described below.
Settings > General Settings > System Administration > Restore Default Settings > Clear All Data and Settings

17
Part Names and Functions

Front. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19

Inside. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21

Rear. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Part Names and Functions > Front

Front

A ADF (Automatic Document Feeder) cover Open when removing jammed originals in the ADF.

B ADF edge guide Feeds originals straight into the printer. Slide to the edge of the
originals.

C ADF input tray Feeds originals automatically.

D ADF document support Supports originals larger than legal size paper.

E ADF output tray Holds originals ejected from the ADF.

F Paper cassette1 Loads paper.

G Paper cassette2

A Paper support Supports loaded paper.

B Edge guide Feeds the paper straight into the printer. Slide to the edges of the
paper.

19
Part Names and Functions > Front

C Paper tray Loads all paper types supported by the printer.

D Output tray Holds the ejected paper. When you start printing, this tray is ejected
to fit the paper size automatically. To store the tray, push it manually
or select on the control panel.

E Edge guide Feeds the paper straight into the printer. Slide to the edges of the
paper.

F Paper cassette Loads paper.

G Paper cassette cover Prevents foreign substance from entering the paper cassette. This
cover can be attached to paper cassette 1 and 2. Attach it to cover the
paper cassette that is extended to load paper larger than A4-size.
When you load paper without extending the paper cassette, you can
attach the cover to any of the cassettes.

A Document cover Blocks external light while scanning.

B Document mat Grips the originals so that they do not move.

C Scanner glass Place the originals. You can place originals that are not fed from the
ADF such as envelopes or thick books.

D Control panel Allows you to make settings and perform operations on the printer.
Also displays the printer’s status.

E Ink tank cover Open to refill the ink tank.

F Ink tank Supplies ink to the print head.

G Ink tank cap Open to refill the ink tank.

20
Part Names and Functions > Inside

Inside

A Maintenance box cover Open when replacing the maintenance box. The maintenance box is
a container that collects a very small amount of surplus ink during
cleaning or printing.

B Scanner unit Scans placed originals. Open to remove jammed paper. This unit
should usually be kept closed.

C Print head Ink is ejected from the print head nozzles underneath.

D Transportation lock Stops ink supply. Set to the locked (Transport) position when
transporting the printer.

E Inner cover Open to remove jammed paper.

21
Part Names and Functions > Rear

Rear

A Rear cover Remove when removing jammed paper.

B AC inlet Connects the power cord.

C USB port Connects a USB cable to connect with a computer.

D LAN port Connects a LAN cable.

22
Guide to the Control Panel

Control Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24

Home Screen Configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24

Menu Screen Configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27

Entering Characters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28

Viewing Animations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Guide to the Control Panel > Home Screen Configuration

Control Panel

A Turns the printer on or off.

Unplug the power cable after checking that the power light is off.

B Stores the output tray.

C Displays the Network Connection Settings screen. Tap the icon to check and change the current settings.

D Displays the Device Sound Settings screen. You can set Mute and Quiet Mode. You can also access the Sound
menu from this screen.

E Displays the list of settings registered to the Preset. You can also register new favorite settings.

F Flashes or turns on when an error occurs.

G Displays the home screen.

H Displays menus and messages. You can change the angle of the control panel.
When no operations are performed for a specific length of time, the printer enters sleep mode and the display
turns off. Tap anywhere on the touch screen to turn on the display. Depending on the current settings, pressing
the power button wakes the printer from sleep mode.

I Displays the Help screen.

You can check solutions to problems from here.

Home Screen Configuration

The copy menu screen is set as the start-up screen by default and is displayed when you turn on the printer or
when the printer returns from sleep mode. Select on the control panel to display the following home screen.

24
Guide to the Control Panel > Home Screen Configuration

Note:
If you want to set another screen as the start-up screen, change the setting by selecting on the control panel and then
selecting the menus as described below.
Settings > General Settings > Basic Settings > Start-up Screen

A Stores the output tray.

B Displays the network connection status. See the following for more details.
“Guide to the Network Icon” on page 26

C Displays the Device Sound Settings screen. You can set Mute and Quiet Mode. You can also
access the Sound menu from this screen. You can also make this setting from the Settings
menu.
Settings > General Settings > Basic Settings > Sound

Indicates whether or not Quiet Mode is set for the printer. When this feature is
enabled, the noise made by printer operations is reduced, but print speed may slow
down. However, noises may not be reduced depending on the selected paper type
and print quality.

Indicates that Mute is set for the printer.

D Displays the list of settings registered to the Preset.

You can also register new favorite settings.

E Indicates that the user restriction feature is enabled. Select this icon to log in to the printer. You
need to select a user name and then enter a password. Contact your printer administrator for
login information.

When is displayed, a user with access permission has logged in. Select the icon to
logout.

25
Guide to the Control Panel > Home Screen Configuration > Guide to the Network Icon

F Displays each menu.

❏ Copy
Allows you to copy documents.
❏ Scan
Allows you to scan documents and save them to a computer.
❏ Confidential Job
Allows you to print a password protected job sent from the printer driver.
❏ Maintenance
Displays the menus recommended to improve the quality of your printouts such as unclogging nozzles by printing
a nozzle check pattern and performing head cleaning, and improving blurring or banding in your printouts by
aligning the print head. You can also make this setting from the Settings menu.
Settings > Maintenance
❏ Settings
Allows you to make settings related to maintenance, printer settings, and operations.

G Scrolls the screen to the right.

H Select the icon to enter sleep mode. When the icon is grayed out, the printer cannot enter sleep
mode.

Guide to the Network Icon

The printer is not connected to a wired (Ethernet) network or unset it.

The printer is connected to a wired (Ethernet) network.

The printer is not connected to a wireless (Wi-Fi) network.

The printer is searching for SSID, unset IP address, or having a problem with a wireless
(Wi-Fi) network.

The printer is connected to a wireless (Wi-Fi) network.

The number of bars indicates the signal strength of the connection. The more bars
there are, the stronger the connection.

The printer is not connected to a wireless (Wi-Fi) network in Wi-Fi Direct (Simple AP)
mode.

The printer is connected to a wireless (Wi-Fi) network in Wi-Fi Direct (Simple AP) mode.

26
Guide to the Control Panel > Menu Screen Configuration

Menu Screen Configuration

A Returns to the previous screen.

B Switches the list of settings using the tabs. The Advanced Settings tab displays other items that you can set as
necessary.

C
Displays the list of setting items. When is displayed, you can view additional information by selecting the icon.
Make settings by selecting the item or adding a check mark.
Grayed out items are not available. Select the item to check why it is unavailable.

If any problems occur, is displayed on the item. Select the icon to check how to solve the problem.

D Starts operations using the current settings. Items vary depending on the menu.

Copies Displays the on-screen keypad allowing you to enter the number of copies.

Preview Displays a preview of the image before printing, copying, or scanning.

x Starts printing, copying, or scanning,

27
Guide to the Control Panel > Viewing Animations

Entering Characters
You can enter characters and symbols by using on-screen keyboard when you make network settings and so on.

A Indicates the character count.

B Moves the cursor to the input position.

C Switches between upper case and lower case.

D Switches the character type.

ABC: Alphabet
123#: Numbers and symbols

E Enters frequently used email domain addresses or URLs by simply selecting the item.

F Enters a space.

G Enters character.

H Deletes a character to the left. Deletes a character to the right when the cursor is at the start of the line and there are
no characters to the left.

Viewing Animations
You can view animations of operating instructions such as loading paper or removing jammed paper on the LCD
screen.

❏ Select : Displays the help screen. Select How To and select the items that you want to view.

28
Guide to the Control Panel > Viewing Animations

❏ Select How To at the bottom of the operation screen: Displays the context-sensitive animation.

29
Loading Papers

Paper Handling Precautions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31

Paper Size and Type Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32

Loading Paper. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Loading Papers > Paper Handling Precautions > Precautions for Photo Paper

Paper Handling Precautions

❏ Read the instruction sheets supplied with the paper.
❏ To achieve high-quality printouts with genuine Epson paper, use the paper in the environment stated on the
sheets supplied with the paper.
❏ Fan and align the edges of the paper before loading. Do not fan or curl photo paper. Doing so may damage the
printable side.

❏ If the paper is curled, flatten it or curl it slightly in the opposite direction before loading. Printing on curled
paper may cause paper jams and smears on the printout.

❏ Paper feed problems may occur frequently for manual 2-sided printing when printing on one side of pre-
printed paper. Reduce the number of sheets to half or less, or load one sheet of paper at a time if paper jams
continue.
❏ Make sure you are using long-grain paper. If you are not sure what type of paper you are using, check the paper
packaging or contact the manufacturer to confirm the paper specifications.
❏ Fan and align the edges of the envelopes before loading. When the stacked envelopes are puffed up with air,
press them down to flatten them before loading.

Related Information
& “Unavailable Paper Types” on page 217

Precautions for Photo Paper

When printing on glossy photo paper, ink drying time will be considerably extended. Drying times depends on
humidity, temperature and other conditions. Do not touch the printed side until ink is completely dry. Moisture

31
Loading Papers > Loading Paper

and oils from your skin can also affect print quality. Even after dry, avoid rubbing or scratching the surface of the
printed paper.

Paper Size and Type Settings

If you register the paper size and type on the screen displayed when you insert the paper cassette, the printer
informs you when the registered information and print settings differ. This prevents you from wasting paper and
ink by making sure you are not printing on the wrong paper size or printing using poor print quality due to
settings that do not match the paper type.

If displayed paper size and type differ from the loaded paper, select the item to change. If the settings match the
loaded paper, close the screen.
Note:
You can also display the paper size and paper type settings screen by selecting Settings > General Settings > Printer
Settings > Paper Source Settings > Paper Setting.

List of Paper Type

To obtain optimum printing results, select the paper type that suits the paper.

Media Name Media Type

Control Panel Printer Driver

Epson Business Paper Plain paper Plain paper

Epson Bright White Ink Jet Paper
Epson Bright White Paper

Epson Matte Paper-Heavyweight Matte Epson Matte

Epson Photo Quality Ink Jet Paper Photo Quality Ink Jet Epson Photo Quality Ink Jet
Epson Double-sided Photo Quality Ink
Jet Paper

Loading Paper
You can load paper or envelopes by referring to the animations displayed on the printer's LCD screen.

32
Loading Papers > Loading Paper > Loading Pre-punched Paper

Select , and then select How To > Load paper. Select the paper type and paper source you want to use to display
the animations. Select Finish to close the animation screen.

Loading Pre-punched Paper

Load a single sheet of pre-punched paper in the paper tray.
Paper size: A3, B4, A4, B5, A5, A6, Letter, Legal

❏ Adjust the print position of your file to avoid printing over the holes.
❏ Automatic 2-sided printing is not available for pre-punched paper.

33
Loading Papers > Loading Paper > Loading Long Papers

Loading Long Papers

❏ Paper tray
Load long paper in the paper tray by allowing the leading edge of the paper to roll over. Select User-Defined as
the paper size setting.

❏ Make sure the end of the paper is cut perpendicularly. A diagonal cut may cause paper feed problems.
❏ Long paper cannot be held in the output tray. Prepare a box and so on to make sure that paper does not fall
on the floor.
❏ Do not touch paper that is being fed or ejected. It could injure your hand or cause print quality to decline.

❏ Paper cassette
Extend the paper cassette to load long paper. Select User-Defined as the paper size setting.

❏ Make sure the end of the paper is cut perpendicularly. A diagonal cut may cause paper feed problems.
❏ Do not touch paper that is being fed or ejected. It could injure your hand or cause print quality to decline.

34
Placing Originals

Originals that are not Supported by the ADF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36

Detecting the Original Size Automatically. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36

Placing Originals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Placing Originals > Detecting the Original Size Automatically

Originals that are not Supported by the ADF

c Important:
Do not feed photographs or valuable original artwork into the ADF. Misfeeding may wrinkle or damage the
original. Scan these documents on the scanner glass instead.

To prevent paper jams, avoid placing the following originals in the ADF. For these types, use the scanner glass.
❏ Originals that are torn, folded, wrinkled, deteriorated, or curled
❏ Originals with binder holes
❏ Originals held together with tape, staples, paper clips etc.
❏ Originals that have stickers or labels stuck to them
❏ Originals that are cut irregularly or not right angled
❏ Originals that are bound
❏ OHPs, thermal transfer paper, or carbon backs

Detecting the Original Size Automatically

When you select Auto Detect as the paper setting, the following types of paper size are identified automatically.
❏ Placing vertically: A4, 16K*
Place the long edge of the original toward the paper feed entrance of the ADF or the left side of the scanner
glass.

❏ Placing horizontally: A3, B4, A4, B5, A5, 8K*, 16K*

Place the short edge of the original toward the paper feed entrance of the ADF or the left side of the scanner
glass.

*:The paper is detected when K Size Priority is enabled. However, it may not be detected depending on the
functions you are using. See "Related Information" below for more details.

36
Placing Originals > Placing Originals

Note:
The sizes for the following originals may not be detected correctly. If the sizes are not detected, set the size manually on the
control panel.
❏ Originals that are torn, folded, wrinkled, or curled (if the originals are curled, flatten the curl before placing the
originals.)
❏ Originals with a lot of binder holes
❏ OHPs, translucent originals, or glossy originals

Related Information
& “Original Size Auto Detection Option:” on page 228

Placing Originals
Place originals on the scanner glass or the ADF.
You can place multiple originals in the ADF. If auto duplex scanning is available, you can scan both sides of the
originals at the same time. See the link below for the specifications of the ADF.
“ADF Specifications” on page 238
Follow the steps below to view the video for placing originals.

Select , and then select How To > Place Originals. Select the method of placing originals that you want to view.
Select Finish to close the animation screen.

When using the scanner glass

! Caution:
Be careful not to trap your fingers when closing the document cover. Otherwise you may be injured.

c Important:
❏ When placing bulky originals such as books, prevent exterior light from shining directly onto the scanner glass.
❏ Do not apply too much force to the scanner glass or the document cover. Otherwise, they may be damaged.

37
Placing Originals > Placing Originals

Note:
❏ If there is any trash or dirt on the scanner glass, the scanning range may expand to include it, so the image of the original
may be displaced or reduced. Remove any trash and dirt on the scanner glass before scanning.

❏ A range of 1.5 mm from the corner of the scanner glass is not scanned.
❏ When originals are placed in the ADF and on the scanner glass, priority is given to the originals in the ADF.
❏ Some sizes may not be automatically detected. In this situation, manually select the size of the originals.
❏ If you leave the originals on the scanner glass for a long time, they may stick to the surface of the glass.

When using the ADF

c Important:
❏ Do not load originals above the line indicated by the triangle symbol on the ADF edge guide.

❏ Do not add originals while scanning.

Note:
Some sizes may not be automatically detected. In this situation, manually select the size of the originals.

Related Information
& “Originals that are not Supported by the ADF” on page 36
& “Detecting the Original Size Automatically” on page 36
& “Scanner Specifications” on page 238

38
Printing

Printing Documents. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40

Printing on Envelopes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72

Printing Web Pages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73

Printing Using a Cloud Service. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74

Printing > Printing Documents > Printing from a Computer - Windows

Printing Documents

Printing from a Computer - Windows

If you cannot change some of the printer driver settings, they may have been restricted by the administrator.
Contact your printer administrator for assistance.

Printing Using Easy Settings

Note:
Operations may differ depending on the application. See the application's help for details.

1. Load paper in the printer.

“Loading Paper” on page 32

2. Open the file you want to print.

3. Select Print or Print Setup from the File menu.

4. Select your printer.

40
Printing > Printing Documents > Printing from a Computer - Windows

5. Select Preferences or Properties to access the printer driver window.

6. Change the settings as necessary.

See the menu options for the printer driver for details.
Note:
❏ You can also see the online help for explanations of the setting items. Right-clicking an item displays Help.
❏ When you select Print Preview, you can see a preview of your document before printing.

7. Click OK to close the printer driver window.

8. Click Print.
Note:
❏ When you select Print Preview, a preview window is displayed. To change the settings, click Cancel, and then repeat
the procedure from step 3.
❏ If you want to cancel printing, on your computer right-click on your printer in Devices and Printers, Printer, or in
Printers and Faxes. Click See what's printing, right-click on the job you want to cancel, and then select Cancel.
However, you cannot cancel a print job from the computer once it has been completely sent to the printer. In this
case, cancel the print job by using the printer's control panel.

Related Information
& “Available Paper and Capacities” on page 214
& “List of Paper Type” on page 32
& “Menu Options for the Printer Driver” on page 42

41
Printing > Printing Documents > Printing from a Computer - Windows

Menu Options for the Printer Driver

Open the print window in an application, select the printer, and then access the printer driver window.
Note:
Menus vary depending on the option you selected.

Main Tab

Printing Presets:
Add/Remove Presets:
You can add or remove your own presets for frequently used print settings. Select the preset you want
to use from the list.

Paper Source:
Select the paper source from which the paper is fed. Select Auto Select to automatically select the
paper source selected in the print settings on the printer.

Document Size:
Select the paper size on which you want to print. If you select User-Defined, enter the paper width
and height, and then register the size.

Orientation:
Select the orientation you want to use to print.

Paper Type:
Select the type of paper on which you print.

Quality:
Select the print quality you want to use for printing. Available settings depend on the paper type you
select. Selecting High provides higher quality printing, but the printing speed may be slower.

2-Sided Printing:
Allows you to perform 2-sided printing.

Settings:
You can specify the binding edge and the binding margins. When printing multi-page
documents, you can select to print starting from either the front or the back side of the page.

Print Density:
Select the document type to adjust the print density. If the appropriate print density is selected,
you can prevent images from bleeding through to the reverse side. Select User Defined to
adjust the print density manually.

Multi-Page:
Allows you to print several pages on one sheet or perform poster printing. Click Layout Order to
specify the order in which pages are printed.

Copies:
Set the number of copies you want to print.

42
Printing > Printing Documents > Printing from a Computer - Windows

Collate:
Prints multi-page documents collated in order and sorted into sets.

Reverse Order:
Allows you to print from the last page so that the pages are stacked in the correct order after
printing.

Quiet Mode:
Reduces the noise the printer makes. However, enabling this may reduce print speed.

Print Preview:
Displays a preview of your document before printing.

Job Arranger Lite:

Job Arranger Lite allows you to combine several files created by different applications and print them
as a single print job.

Show Settings/Hide Settings:

Displays a list of items currently set on the Main and More Options tabs. You can show or hide the
current setting list screen.

Restore Defaults:
Return all settings to their factory default values. The settings on the More Options tab are also reset
to their defaults.

Ink Levels:
Displays the approximate ink level.

More Options Tab

Printing Presets:
Add/Remove Presets:
You can add or remove your own presets for frequently used print settings. Select the preset you want
to use from the list.

Document Size:
Select the paper size on which you want to print.

Output Paper:
Select the paper size on which you want to print. If the Document Size differs from the Output
Paper, Reduce/Enlarge Document is selected automatically. You do not have to select it when
printing without reducing or enlarging the size of a document.

Reduce/Enlarge Document:
Allows you to reduce or enlarge the size of a document.

43
Printing > Printing Documents > Printing from a Computer - Windows

Fit to Page:
Automatically reduce or enlarge the document to fit to the paper size selected in Output
Paper.

Zoom to:
Prints with a specific percentage.

Center:
Prints images in the center of the paper.

Tone Correction:

Automatic:
Adjusts the tone of images automatically.

Custom:
Allows you to perform manual tone correction. Click Advanced for further settings.

Image Options:
Enables print quality options such as Emphasize Text. You can also thicken thin lines to make
them visible on the printouts.

Watermark Features:
Allows you to make settings for anti-copy patterns, watermarks, or headers and footers.

Add/Delete:
Allows you to add or remove any anti-copy patterns or watermarks that you want to use.

Settings:
Allows you to set the printing method for anti-copy patterns or watermarks.

Header/Footer:
You can print information such as a user name and printing date in headers or footers. You can
then set font, size, or style.

Confidential Job:
Password-protect confidential documents when printing. If you use this feature, the print data is
stored in the printer and can only be printed after the password has been entered using the printer's
control panel. Click Settings to change the settings.

Additional Settings:

Rotate 180°:
Rotates pages 180 degrees before printing. Select this item when printing on paper such as
envelopes that are loaded in fixed direction in the printer.

Bidirectional Printing:
Prints when the print head moves in both directions. The print speed is faster, but the quality
may decline.

44
Printing > Printing Documents > Printing from a Computer - Windows

Mirror Image:
Inverts the image so that it prints as it would appear in a mirror.

Show Settings/Hide Settings:

Displays a list of items currently set on the Main and More Options tabs. You can show or hide the
current setting list screen.

Restore Defaults:
Return all settings to their factory default values. The settings on the Main tab are also reset to their
defaults.

Maintenance Tab

Print Head Nozzle Check:

Prints a nozzle check pattern to check if the print head nozzles are clogged.

Print Head Cleaning:

Cleans the clogged nozzles in the print head. Because this feature uses some ink, clean the print head
only if some nozzles are clogged as shown in the illustration of the nozzle check pattern.

Power Cleaning:
Runs power cleaning to clean the clogged nozzles in the print head. Because this feature uses more
ink than head cleaning, run power cleaning only if most nozzles are clogged as shown in the
illustration of the nozzle check pattern.

Job Arranger Lite:

Opens the Job Arranger Lite window. Here you can open and edit previously saved data.

EPSON Status Monitor 3:

Opens the EPSON Status Monitor 3 window. Here you can confirm the status of the printer and the
consumables.

45
Printing > Printing Documents > Printing from a Computer - Windows

Monitoring Preferences:
Allows you to make settings for items on the EPSON Status Monitor 3 window.

Extended Settings:
Allows you to make a variety of settings. Right-click each item to view the Help for more details.

Print Queue:
Displays the jobs waiting to be printed. You can check, pause, or resume print jobs.

Printer and Option Information:

Displays the number of sheets of paper fed into the printer or the ADF.

Language:
Changes the language to be used on the printer driver window. To apply the settings, close the printer
driver, and then open it again.

Software Update:
Starts EPSON Software Updater to check for the latest version of applications on the Internet.

Technical Support:
If the manual is installed on your computer, the manual is displayed. If it is not installed, you can
connect to the Epson Web site to check the manual and available technical support.

Adding Printing Presets for Easy Printing

If you create your own preset of frequently used print settings on the printer driver, you can print easily by
selecting the preset from the list.

1. On the printer driver's Main or More Options tab, set each item (such as Document Size and Paper Type).

2. Click Add/Remove Presets in Printing Presets.

3. Enter a Name and, if necessary, enter a comment.

4. Click Save.
Note:
To delete an added preset, click Add/Remove Presets, select the preset name you want to delete from the list, and then
delete it.

“Main Tab” on page 42

46
Printing > Printing Documents > Printing from a Computer - Windows

“More Options Tab” on page 43

5. Click Print.
The next time you want to print using the same settings, select the registered setting name from Printing Presets,
and click OK.

Related Information
& “Loading Paper” on page 32
& “Printing Using Easy Settings” on page 40

Printing on 2-Sides
You can use either of the following methods to print on both sides of the paper.
❏ Automatic 2-sided printing
❏ Manual 2-sided printing
When the printer has finished printing the first side, flip the paper over to print on the other side.

Note:
❏ If you do not use paper that is suitable for 2-sided printing, the print quality may decline and paper jams may occur.
“Paper for 2-Sided Printing” on page 216
❏ Depending on the paper and the data, ink may bleed through to the other side of the paper.
❏ You cannot perform manual 2-sided printing unless EPSON Status Monitor 3 is enabled. If EPSON Status Monitor 3 is
disabled, access the printer driver window, click Extended Settings on the Maintenance tab, and then select Enable
EPSON Status Monitor 3.
❏ However, it may not be available when the printer is accessed over a network or is used as a shared printer.

1. On the printer driver's Main tab, select the method of 2-Sided Printing.

2. Click Settings, make the appropriate settings, and then click OK.

3. Click Print Density, make the appropriate settings, and then click OK.
When setting Print Density, you can adjust print density according to the document type.
Note:
❏ This setting is not available when you select manual 2-sided printing.
❏ Printing may be slow depending on the combination of options selected for Print Density in the Select Document
Type window and for Quality on the Main tab.

47
Printing > Printing Documents > Printing from a Computer - Windows

4. Set the other items on the Main and More Options tabs as necessary, and then click OK.
“Main Tab” on page 42
“More Options Tab” on page 43

5. Click Print.
For manual 2-sided printing, when the first side has finished printing, a pop-up window is displayed on the
computer. Follow the on-screen instructions.

Related Information
& “Available Paper and Capacities” on page 214
& “Loading Paper” on page 32
& “Printing Using Easy Settings” on page 40

Printing a Booklet
You can also print a booklet that can be created by re-ordering the pages and folding the printout.

Note:
❏ If you do not use paper that is suitable for 2-sided printing, the print quality may decline and paper jams may occur.
“Paper for 2-Sided Printing” on page 216
❏ Depending on the paper and the data, ink may bleed through to the other side of the paper.
❏ You cannot perform manual 2-sided printing unless EPSON Status Monitor 3 is enabled. If EPSON Status Monitor 3 is
disabled, access the printer driver window, click Extended Settings on the Maintenance tab, and then select Enable
EPSON Status Monitor 3.
❏ However, it may not be available when the printer is accessed over a network or is used as a shared printer.

1. On the printer driver's Main tab, select the type of long-edge binding you want to use from 2-Sided Printing.

2. Click Settings, select Booklet, and then select Center Binding or Side Binding.
❏ Center Binding: Use this method when printing a small number of pages that can be stacked and easily
folded in half.

48
Printing > Printing Documents > Printing from a Computer - Windows

❏ Side Binding. Use this method when printing one sheet (four pages) at a time, folding each in half, and then
putting them together in one volume.

3. Click OK.

4. When printing data that has a lot of photos and images, click Print Density, and then make the appropriate
settings, and then click OK.
When setting Print Density, you can adjust print density according to the document type.
Note:
Printing may be slow depending on the combination of options selected for Select Document Type in the Print Density
Adjustment window and for Quality on the Main tab.

5. Set the other items on the Main and More Options tabs as necessary, and then click OK.
“Main Tab” on page 42
“More Options Tab” on page 43

6. Click Print.

Related Information
& “Available Paper and Capacities” on page 214
& “Loading Paper” on page 32
& “Printing Using Easy Settings” on page 40

Printing Several Pages on One Sheet

You can print several pages of data on a single sheet of paper.

1. On the printer driver's Main tab, select 2-Up, 4-Up, 6-Up, 8-Up, 9-Up, or 16-Up as the Multi-Page setting.

2. Click Layout Order, make the appropriate settings, and then click OK.

3. Set the other items on the Main and More Options tabs as necessary, and then click OK.
“Main Tab” on page 42

49
Printing > Printing Documents > Printing from a Computer - Windows

“More Options Tab” on page 43

4. Click Print.

Related Information
& “Loading Paper” on page 32
& “Printing Using Easy Settings” on page 40

Printing to Fit the Paper Size

Select the paper size you loaded in the printer as the Destination Paper Size setting.

1. On the printer driver's More Options tab, make the following settings.
❏ Document Size: Select the size of the paper you set in the application setting.
❏ Output Paper: Select the paper size you loaded in the printer.
Fit to Page is automatically selected.

Note:
Click Center to print the reduced image in the middle of the paper.

2. Set the other items on the Main and More Options tabs as necessary, and then click OK.
“Main Tab” on page 42
“More Options Tab” on page 43

3. Click Print.

Related Information
& “Loading Paper” on page 32
& “Printing Using Easy Settings” on page 40

50
Printing > Printing Documents > Printing from a Computer - Windows

Printing a Reduced or Enlarged Document at any Magnification

You can reduce or enlarge the size of a document by a specific percentage.

1. On the printer driver's More Options tab, select the document size from the Document Size setting.

2. Select the paper size you want to print on from the Output Paper setting.

3. Select Reduce/Enlarge Document, Zoom to, and then enter a percentage.

Select Center to print the images in the center of the page.

4. Set the other items on the Main and More Options tabs as necessary, and then click OK.
“Main Tab” on page 42
“More Options Tab” on page 43

5. Click Print.

Printing One Image on Multiple Sheets for Enlargement (Creating a Poster)

This feature allows you to print one image on multiple sheets of paper. You can create a larger poster by taping
them together.

1. On the printer driver's Main tab, select 2x1 Poster, 2x2 Poster, 3x3 Poster, or 4x4 Poster as the Multi-Page
setting.

51
Printing > Printing Documents > Printing from a Computer - Windows

2. Click Settings, make the appropriate settings, and then click OK.
Note:
Print Cutting Guides allows you to print a cutting guide.

3. Set the other items on the Main and More Options tabs as necessary, and then click OK.
“Main Tab” on page 42
“More Options Tab” on page 43

4. Click Print.

Related Information
& “Loading Paper” on page 32
& “Printing Using Easy Settings” on page 40

Making Posters Using Overlapping Alignment Marks

Here is an example of how to make a poster when 2x2 Poster is selected, and Overlapping Alignment Marks is
selected in Print Cutting Guides.
The actual guides are printed in monochrome, but for this explanation they are shown as blue and red lines.

52
Printing > Printing Documents > Printing from a Computer - Windows

1. Prepare Sheet 1 and Sheet 2. Cut off the margins of Sheet 1 along the vertical blue line through the center of
the top and bottom cross marks.

2. Place the edge of Sheet 1 on top of Sheet 2 and align the cross marks, then temporarily tape the two sheets
together from the back.

53
Printing > Printing Documents > Printing from a Computer - Windows

3. Cut the taped sheets in two along the vertical red line through the alignment markers (this time, the line to the
left of the cross marks).

4. Tape the sheets together from the back.

5. Repeat steps 1 to 4 to tape Sheet 3 and Sheet 4 together.

54
Printing > Printing Documents > Printing from a Computer - Windows

6. Cut off the margins of Sheet 1 and Sheet 2 along the horizontal blue line through the center of the left and right
side cross marks.

7. Place the edge of Sheet 1 and Sheet 2 on top of Sheet 3 and Sheet 4 and align the cross marks, and then
temporarily tape them together from the back.

55
Printing > Printing Documents > Printing from a Computer - Windows

8. Cut the taped sheets in two along the horizontal red line through the alignment markers (this time, the line
above the cross marks).

9. Tape the sheets together from the back.

56
Printing > Printing Documents > Printing from a Computer - Windows

10. Cut off the remaining margins along the outer guide.

Printing with a Header and Footer

You can print information such as a user name and printing date in headers or footers.

1. On the printer driver's More Options tab, click Watermark Features, and then select Header/Footer.

57
Printing > Printing Documents > Printing from a Computer - Windows

2. Settings, and then select the items you want to print.

Note:
❏ To specify the first page number, select Page Number from the position you want to print in the header or footer, and
then select the number in Starting number.
❏ If you want to print text in the header or footer, select the position you want to print, and then select Text. Enter the
text you want to print in the text input field.

3. Set the other items on the Main and More Options tabs as necessary, and then click OK.
“Main Tab” on page 42
“More Options Tab” on page 43

4. Click Print.

Related Information
& “Loading Paper” on page 32
& “Printing Using Easy Settings” on page 40

Printing a Watermark
You can print a watermark such as "Confidential" or an anti-copy pattern on your printouts. If you print with an
anti-copy pattern, the hidden letters appear when photocopied in order to distinguish the original from the copies.

Anti-Copy Pattern is available under the following conditions:

❏ Paper Type: Plain paper, Copy paper, Letterhead, Recycled, Color, Preprinted, High Quality Plain Paper, or
Thick paper
❏ Quality: Standard
❏ 2-Sided Printing: Off, Manual (Long-edge binding), or Manual (Short-edge binding)
❏ Tone Correction: Automatic
❏ Short Grain Paper: Not selected

Note:
You can also add your own watermark or anti-copy pattern.

1. On the printer driver's More Options tab, click Watermark Features, and then select Anti-Copy Pattern or
Watermark.

2. Click Settings to change details such as the size, density, or position of the pattern or the mark.

3. Set the other items on the Main and More Options tabs as necessary, and then click OK.
“Main Tab” on page 42
“More Options Tab” on page 43

58
Printing > Printing Documents > Printing from a Computer - Windows

4. Click Print.

Related Information
& “Loading Paper” on page 32
& “Printing Using Easy Settings” on page 40

Printing Password-Protected Files

Yon can set a password for a print job so that it starts printing only after entering the password on the printer's
control panel.

1. On the printer driver's More Options tab, select Confidential Job, and then enter a password.

2. Set the other items on the Main and More Options tabs as necessary, and then click OK.
“Main Tab” on page 42
“More Options Tab” on page 43

3. Click Print.

4. To print the job, select and then Confidential Job on the home screen of the printer's control panel. Select
the job you want to print, and then enter the password.

Related Information
& “Loading Paper” on page 32
& “Printing Using Easy Settings” on page 40

59
Printing > Printing Documents > Printing from a Computer - Windows

Printing Multiple Files Together

Job Arranger Lite allows you to combine several files created by different applications and print them as a single
print job. You can specify the print settings for combined files, such as multi-page layout, and 2-sided printing.

1. On the printer driver's Main tab, select Job Arranger Lite.

“Main Tab” on page 42

2. Click Print.
When you start printing, the Job Arranger Lite window is displayed.

3. With the Job Arranger Lite window opened, open the file that you want to combine with the current file, and
then repeat the above steps.

4. When you select a print job added to Print Project Lite in the Job Arranger Lite window, you can edit the page
layout.

5. Click Print from the File menu to start printing.

Note:
If you close the Job Arranger Lite window before adding all the print data to the Print Project, the print job you are
currently working on is canceled. Click Save from the File menu to save the current job. The extension of the saved files
is "ecl".
To open a Print Project, click Job Arranger Lite on the printer driver's Maintenance tab to open the Job Arranger Lite
window. Next, select Open from the File menu to select the file.

Related Information
& “Loading Paper” on page 32
& “Printing Using Easy Settings” on page 40

Adjusting the Print Tone

You can adjust the tone used in the print job. These adjustments are not applied to the original data.

60
Printing > Printing Documents > Printing from a Computer - Windows

1. On the printer driver's More Options tab, select the method of tone correction from the Tone Correction
setting.
❏ Automatic: This setting automatically adjusts the tone to match the paper type and print quality settings.
❏ Custom: Click Advanced, you can make your own settings.

2. Set the other items on the Main and More Options tabs as necessary, and then click OK.
“Main Tab” on page 42
“More Options Tab” on page 43

3. Click Print.

Related Information
& “Loading Paper” on page 32
& “Printing Using Easy Settings” on page 40

Printing to Emphasize Thin Lines

You can thicken thin lines that are too thin to print.

1. On the printer driver's More Options tab, click Image Options in the Tone Correction setting.

2. Select Emphasize Thin Lines.

3. Set the other items on the Main and More Options tabs as necessary, and then click OK.
“Main Tab” on page 42
“More Options Tab” on page 43

4. Click Print.

Related Information
& “Loading Paper” on page 32
& “Printing Using Easy Settings” on page 40

61
Printing > Printing Documents > Printing from a Computer - Mac OS

Printing Clear Bar Codes

You can print a bar code clearly and make it easy to scan. Only enable this feature if the bar code you printed
cannot be scanned.

You can use this feature under the following conditions.

❏ Paper Type: Plain paper, Copy paper, Letterhead, Recycled, Color, Preprinted, High Quality Plain Paper, Thick
paper, Epson Photo Quality Ink Jet, Epson Matte, or Envelope
❏ Quality: Standard

1. On the printer driver's Maintenance tab, click Extended Settings, and then select Barcode mode.

2. Set the other items on the Main and More Options tabs as necessary, and then click OK.
“Main Tab” on page 42
“More Options Tab” on page 43

3. Click Print.
Note:
Deblurring may not always be possible depending on the circumstances.

Related Information
& “Loading Paper” on page 32
& “Printing Using Easy Settings” on page 40

Printing from a Computer - Mac OS

Printing Using Easy Settings

Note:
Operations and screens differ depending on the application. See the application's help for details.

62
Printing > Printing Documents > Printing from a Computer - Mac OS

1. Load paper in the printer .

“Loading Paper” on page 32

2. Open the file you want to print.

3. Select Print from the File menu or another command to access the print dialog.

If necessary, click Show Details or d to expand the print window.

4. Select your printer.

5. Select Print Settings from the pop-up menu.

Note:
If the Print Settings menu is not displayed on macOS Catalina (10.15) or later, macOS High Sierra (10.13), macOS
Sierra (10.12), OS X El Capitan (10.11), OS X Yosemite (10.10), OS X Mavericks (10.9), OS X Mountain Lion (10.8),
the Epson printer driver has not been installed correctly. Enable it from the following menu.
Select System Preferences from the Apple menu > Printers & Scanners (or Print & Scan, Print & Fax), remove the
printer, and then add the printer again. See the following to add a printer.
“Adding the Printer (for Mac OS Only)” on page 115
macOS Mojave (10.14) cannot access Print Settings in applications made by Apple such as TextEdit.

6. Change the settings as necessary.

See the menu options for the printer driver for details.

63
Printing > Printing Documents > Printing from a Computer - Mac OS

7. Click Print.
Note:
If you want to cancel printing, on your computer click the printer icon in the Dock. Select the job you want to cancel,
and then do one of the following. However, you cannot cancel a print job from the computer once it has been completely
sent to the printer. In this case, cancel the print job by using the printer's control panel.
❏ OS X Mountain Lion (10.8) or later

Click next to the progress meter.

❏ Mac OS X v10.6.8 to v10.7.x
Click Delete.

Related Information
& “Available Paper and Capacities” on page 214
& “List of Paper Type” on page 32
& “Menu Options for Print Settings” on page 65

Menu Options for the Printer Driver

Open the print window in an application, select the printer, and then access the printer driver window.
Note:
Menus vary depending on the option you selected.

Menu Options for Layout

Pages per Sheet:

Select the number of pages to be printed on one sheet.

Layout Direction:
Specify the order in which the pages will be printed.

Border:
Prints a border around the pages.

Reverse page orientation:

Rotates pages 180 degrees before printing. Select this item when printing on paper such as envelopes
that are loaded in fixed direction in the printer.

Flip horizontally:
Inverts an image to print as it would appear in a mirror.

Menu Options for Color Matching

ColorSync/EPSON Color Controls:

Select the method for color adjustment. These options adjusts colors between the printer and the
computer display to minimize the difference in tone.

64
Printing > Printing Documents > Printing from a Computer - Mac OS

Menu Options for Paper Handling

Collate pages:
Prints multi-page documents collated in order and sorted into sets.

Pages to Print:
Select to print only odd pages or even pages.

Page Order:
Select to print from the top or the last page.

Scale to fit paper size:

Prints to fit to the paper size you loaded.
❏ Destination Paper Size:
Select the paper size to print on.
❏ Scale down only:
Select this when you want to reduce the size only if the print data is too large for the paper size
loaded in the printer.

Menu Options for Cover Page

Print Cover Page:

Select whether or not to print a cover page. When you want to add a back cover, select After document.

Cover Page Type:

Select the contents of the cover page.

Menu Options for Print Settings

Paper Source:
Select the paper source from which the paper is fed. Select Auto Select to automatically select the paper
source selected in the print settings on the printer.

Media Type:
Select the type of paper on which you print.

Print Quality:
Select the pint quality you want to use for printing. The options vary depending on the paper type.

Advanced Settings:
Adjusts the brightness and the contrast of images.

65
Printing > Printing Documents > Printing from a Computer - Mac OS

Menu Options for Two-sided Printing Settings

Two-sided Printing:
Prints on both sides of the paper.

Adding Printing Presets for Easy Printing

If you create your own preset of frequently used print settings on the printer driver, you can print easily by
selecting the preset from the list.

1. Set each item such as Print Settings and Layout (Paper Size, Media Type, and so on).

2. Click Presets to save the current settings as a preset.

3. Click OK.
Note:
To delete an added preset, click Presets > Show Presets, select the preset name you want to delete from the list, and then
delete it.

4. Click Print.
The next time you want to print using the same settings, select the registered preset name from the Presets.

Related Information
& “Loading Paper” on page 32
& “Printing Using Easy Settings” on page 62

Printing on 2-Sides
You can print on both sides of the paper.

66
Printing > Printing Documents > Printing from a Computer - Mac OS

Note:
❏ If you do not use paper that is suitable for 2-sided printing, the print quality may decline and paper jams may occur.
“Paper for 2-Sided Printing” on page 216
❏ Depending on the paper and the data, ink may bleed through to the other side of the paper.

1. Select Two-sided Printing Settings from the pop-up menu.

2. Select the bindings in Two-sided Printing.

3. Select the type of original in Document Type.

Note:
❏ Printing may be slow depending on the Document Type setting.
❏ If you are printing high-density data such as photos or graphs, select Text & Photos or Text & Graphics as the
Document Type setting. If scuffing occurs or the image bleeds through to the reverse side, adjust the print density
and ink drying time by clicking the arrow mark next to Adjustments.

4. Set the other items as necessary.

5. Click Print.

Related Information
& “Available Paper and Capacities” on page 214
& “Loading Paper” on page 32
& “Printing Using Easy Settings” on page 62

Printing Several Pages on One Sheet

You can print several pages of data on a single sheet of paper.

1. Select Layout from the pop-up menu.

2. Set the number of pages in Pages per Sheet, the Layout Direction (page order), and Border.

3. Set the other items as necessary.

67
Printing > Printing Documents > Printing from a Computer - Mac OS

4. Click Print.

Printing to Fit the Paper Size

Select the paper size you loaded in the printer as the Destination Paper Size setting.

1. Select the size of the paper you set in the application as the Paper Size setting.

2. Select Paper Handling from the pop-up menu.

3. Select Scale to fit paper size.

4. Select the paper size you loaded in the printer as the Destination Paper Size setting.

5. Set the other items as necessary.

6. Click Print.

Related Information
& “Loading Paper” on page 32
& “Printing Using Easy Settings” on page 62

68
Printing > Printing Documents > Printing from a Computer - Mac OS

Printing a Reduced or Enlarged Document at any Magnification

You can reduce or enlarge the size of a document by a specific percentage.

Note:
Operations differ depending on the application. See the application's help for details.

1. Do one of the following.

❏ Select Print from the File menu of the application. Click Page Setup, and then select your printer in
Format For. Select the size of the data to be printed from Paper Size, enter a percentage in Scale, and then
click OK.
❏ Select Page Setup from the File menu of the application. Select your printer in Format For. Select the size
of the data to be printed from Paper Size, enter a percentage in Scale, and then click OK. Select Print from
the File menu.

2. Select your printer in Printer.

3. Set the other items as necessary.

4. Click Print.

Related Information
& “Loading Paper” on page 32
& “Printing Using Easy Settings” on page 40
& “Loading Paper” on page 32
& “Printing Using Easy Settings” on page 62

69
Printing > Printing Documents > Printing Documents from Smart Devices (iOS)

Printing Documents from Smart Devices (iOS)

You can print documents from a smart device such as a smartphone or tablet.

Printing Documents Using Epson Smart Panel

Note:
Operations may differ depending on the device.

1. Set up your printer for wireless printing.

2. If Epson Smart Panel is not installed, install it.

“Application for Easily Operating the Printer from a Smart device (Epson Smart Panel)” on page 222

3. Connect your smart device to the wireless router.

4. Start Epson Smart Panel.

5. Select the print document menu on the home screen.

6. Select the document you want to print.

7. Start printing.

Printing Documents Using AirPrint

AirPrint enables instant wireless printing from iPhone, iPad, iPod touch, and Mac without the need to install
drivers or download software.

Note:
If you disabled paper configuration messages on your printer control panel, you cannot use AirPrint. See the link below to
enable the messages, if necessary.

1. Set up your printer for wireless printing. See the link below.
http://epson.sn

2. Connect your Apple device to the same wireless network that your printer is using.

3. Print from your device to your printer.

Note:
For details, see the AirPrint page on the Apple website.

70
Printing > Printing Documents > Printing Documents from Smart Devices (Android)

Related Information
& “Cannot Print Even Though a Connection has been Established (iOS)” on page 146

Printing Documents from Smart Devices (Android)

You can print documents from a smart device such as a smartphone or tablet.

Printing Documents Using Epson Smart Panel

Note:
Operations may differ depending on the device.

1. Set up your printer for wireless printing.

2. If Epson Smart Panel is not installed, install it.

“Application for Easily Operating the Printer from a Smart device (Epson Smart Panel)” on page 222

3. Connect your smart device to the wireless router.

4. Start Epson Smart Panel.

5. Select the print document menu on the home screen.

6. Select the document you want to print.

7. Start printing.

Printing Documents Using Epson Print Enabler

You can wirelessly print your documents, emails, photos, and web pages right from your Android phone or tablet
(Android v4.4 or later). With a few taps, your Android device will discover an Epson printer that is connected to
the same wireless network.
Note:
Operations may differ depending on the device.

1. Set up your printer for wireless printing.

2. On your Android device, install the Epson Print Enabler plug-in from Google Play.

3. Connect your Android device to the same wireless network as your printer.

4. Go to Settings on your Android device, select Printing, and then enable Epson Print Enabler.

71
Printing > Printing on Envelopes > Printing on Envelopes from a Computer (Windows)

5. From an Android application such as Chrome, tap the menu icon and print whatever is on the screen.
Note:
If you do not see your printer, tap All Printers and select your printer.

Printing Using Mopria Print Service

Mopria Print Service enables instant wireless printing from Android smart phones or tablets.

1. Install Mopria Print Service from Google Play.

2. Load paper in the printer.

3. Set up your printer for wireless printing. See the link below.
http://epson.sn

4. Connect your Android device to the same wireless network that your printer is using.

5. Print from your device to your printer.

Note:
For more details, access the Mopria Web site at https://mopria.org.

Related Information
& “Loading Paper” on page 32

Printing on Envelopes

Printing on Envelopes from a Computer (Windows)

1. Load envelopes in the printer.
“Loading Paper” on page 32

2. Open the file you want to print.

3. Access the printer driver window.

4. Select the envelope size from Document Size on the Main tab, and then select Envelope from Paper Type.

5. Set the other items on the Main and More Options tabs as necessary, and then click OK.

6. Click Print.

72
Printing > Printing Web Pages > Printing Web Pages from Smart Devices

Printing on Envelopes from a Computer (Mac OS)

1. Load envelopes in the printer.
“Loading Paper” on page 32

2. Open the file you want to print.

3. Select Print from the File menu or another command to access the print dialog.

4. Select the size as the Paper Size setting.

5. Select Print Settings from the pop-up menu.

6. Select Envelope as the Media Type setting.

7. Set the other items as necessary.

8. Click Print.

Printing Web Pages

Printing Web Pages from a Computer

Epson Photo+ allows you to display web pages, crop the specified area, and then edit and print them. See the
application’s help for details.

Printing Web Pages from Smart Devices

Note:
Operations may differ depending on the device.

1. Set up your printer for wireless printing.

2. If Epson iPrint is not installed, install it.

“Installing Epson iPrint” on page 221

3. Connect your smart device to the wireless router.

4. Open the web page you want to print in your web browser app.

5. Tap Share from the menu of the web browser application.

6. Select iPrint.

7. Tap Print.

73
Printing > Printing Using a Cloud Service > Registering to Epson Connect Service from the Control Panel

Printing Using a Cloud Service

By using Epson Connect service available on the Internet, you can print from your smartphone, tablet PC, or
laptop, anytime and practically anywhere. To use this service, you need to register the user and the printer in
Epson Connect.

The features available on the Internet are as follows.

❏ Email Print
When you send an email with attachments such as documents or images to an email address assigned to the
printer, you can print that email and the attachments from remote locations such as your home or office printer.
❏ Epson iPrint
This Application is for iOS and Android, and allows you to print or scan from a smartphone or tablet. You can
print documents, images, and web sites by sending them directly to a printer on the same wireless LAN.
❏ Remote Print Driver
This is a shared driver supported by Remote Print Driver. When printing using a printer in a remote location,
you can print by changing the printer on the usual applications window.

See the Epson Connect web portal for details on how to setup or print.
https://www.epsonconnect.com/
http://www.epsonconnect.eu (Europe only)

Registering to Epson Connect Service from the Control Panel

Follow the steps below to register the printer.

1. Select Settings on the control panel.

74
Printing > Printing Using a Cloud Service > Registering to Epson Connect Service from the Control Panel

2. Select General Settings > Web Service Settings > Epson Connect Services > Unregister to print the
registration sheet.

3. Follow the instructions on the registration sheet to register the printer.

75
Copying

Available Copying Methods. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77

Basic Menu Options for Copying. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81

Advanced Menu Options for Copying. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82

Copying > Available Copying Methods > Copying on 2-Sides

Available Copying Methods

Place the originals on the scanner glass or the ADF, and then select the menu you want to use on the copy menu
screen.

Copying Originals
You can copy fixed size or custom size originals in monochrome.

1. Load paper in the printer.

“Loading Paper” on page 32

2. Place the originals.

“Placing Originals” on page 37

3. Tap x.

Copying on 2-Sides
Copy multiple originals on both sides of the paper.

1. Place all originals face up in the ADF.

c Important:
If you want to copy originals that are not supported by the ADF, use the scanner glass.
“Originals that are not Supported by the ADF” on page 36

Note:
You can also place the originals on the scanner glass.
“Placing Originals” on page 37

77
Copying > Available Copying Methods > Copying Multiple Originals onto One Sheet

2. Select (2-Sided) , and then select the 2-sided menu option you want to use.

3. Specify the original orientation and the binding position, and then select OK.

4. Tap x.

Copying by Enlarging or Reducing

You can copy originals at a specified magnification.

1. Place the originals.

“Placing Originals” on page 37

2. Select the Advanced Settings tab, select Reduce/Enlarge.

3. Specify the amount of enlargement or reduction, and then select OK.

4. Tap x on the Copy tab.

Copying Multiple Originals onto One Sheet

You can copy the multiple originals onto a single sheet.

1. Place all originals face up in the ADF.

Place them in the direction shown in the illustration.

78
Copying > Available Copying Methods > Copying Multiple Originals onto One Sheet

❏ Readable Direction

❏ Left Direction

c Important:
If you want to copy originals that are not supported by the ADF, use the scanner glass.
“Originals that are not Supported by the ADF” on page 36

Note:
You can also place the originals on the scanner glass.
“Placing Originals” on page 37

2. Select the Advanced Settings tab, select Multi-Page, and then select 2-up or 4-up.

3. Specify the layout order and the original orientation.

4. Tap x on the Copy tab.

79
Copying > Available Copying Methods > Copying ID card

Copying in Page Order

When making multiple copies of a multi-page document, you can discharge one copy at a time in page order.

1. Place the originals.

“Placing Originals” on page 37

2. Select the Advanced Settings tab, and then select Finishing > Collate (Page Order).

3. Tap x on the Copy tab.

Copying Originals Using Good Quality

You can copy originals without shadows and punched holes.

1. Place the originals.

“Placing Originals” on page 37

2. Select the Advanced Settings tab, and then enable Remove Shadow or Remove Punch Holes or adjust the
image quality in Image Quality.

3. Specify the settings as necessary, and then select OK.

4. Tap x on the Copy tab.

Copying ID card
Scans both sides of an ID card and copies onto one side of a paper.

80
Copying > Basic Menu Options for Copying

1. Place the original on the scanner glass.

“Placing Originals” on page 37

2. Select ID Card Copy, and then enable ID Card Copy.

3. Specify the Orientation (Original), and then select OK.

4. Tap x

Copying Books
Copies two facing pages of a book and so on onto separate sheets of paper.

1. Place the original on the scanner glass.

“Placing Originals” on page 37

2. Select the Advanced Settings tab, select Book →2Pages, and then enable the setting.

3. Specify Scan Order.

4. Tap x on the Copy tab.

Basic Menu Options for Copying

Note:
The items may not be available depending on other settings you made.

2-Sided:
Select 2-sided layout.
❏ 1→1-Sided
Copies one side of an original onto a single side of paper.
❏ 2→2-Sided
Copies both sides of a double-sided original onto both sides of a single sheet of paper. Select the
orientation of your original and the binding position of the original and the paper.
❏ 1→2-Sided
Copies two single-sided originals onto both sides of a single sheet of paper. Select the orientation
of your original and the binding position of the paper.

81
Copying > Advanced Menu Options for Copying

❏ 2→1-Sided
Copies both sides of a double-sided original onto one side of two sheets of paper. Select the
orientation of your original and the binding position of the original.

Density:
Increase the level of density when the copying results are faint. Decrease the level of density when ink
smears.

ID Card Copy:
Scans both sides of an ID card and copies onto one side of a paper.

Advanced Menu Options for Copying

Note:
The items may not be available depending on other settings you made.

Paper Setting:
Select the paper source that you want to use. When Auto is selected, a suitable size is fed
automatically depending on the auto detected original size and the specified magnification ratio.

Reduce/Enlarge:
Configures the magnification ratio of the enlargement or reduction. Tap the value and specify the
magnification used to enlarge or reduce the original within a range of 25 to 400%.
❏ Auto
Enlarge or reduce the original size automatically to the magnification of the paper size. For
example, if you set the original size to A6 and set the paper size to A4, the magnification
automatically adjusts to 200%.

When there are white margins around the original, the white margins from the corner mark ( )
of the scanner glass are detected as the scan area, but the margins at the opposite side may be
cropped.

❏ Reduce to Fit Paper

Copies the scanned image at a smaller size than the Reduce/Enlarge value to fit within the paper
size. If the Reduce/Enlarge value is larger than the paper size, data may be printed beyond the
edges of the paper.

82
Copying > Advanced Menu Options for Copying

❏ Actual Size
Copies at 100 % magnification.
❏ A3->A4 and others
Automatically enlarges or reduces the original to fit to a specific paper size.

Original Size:
Select the size of your original. When you select Auto Detect, the size of your original is
automatically detected. When copying non-standard size originals, select the size closest to your
original.

Multi-Page:
Select the copy layout.
❏ Single Page
Copies a single-sided original onto a single sheet.
❏ 2-up
Copies two single-sided originals onto a single sheet in 2-up layout. Select the layout order and the
orientation of your original.
❏ 4-up
Copies four single-sided originals onto a single sheet in 4-up layout. Select the layout order and
the orientation of your original.

Original Type:
Select the type of your original. Copies in optimal quality to match the type of original.

Finishing:
Select how to eject the paper for multiple copies of multiple originals.
❏ Group (Same Pages)
Copies the originals by page as a group.

❏ Collate (Page Order)

Copies the originals collated in order and sorted into sets.

83
Copying > Advanced Menu Options for Copying

Mixed Size Originals:

You can place the following combination of sizes in the ADF at the same time. A3 and A4; B4 and B5.
When using these combinations, originals are copied at the actual size of the originals. Place your
originals by aligning the width of the originals as shown below.

Orientation (Original):
Select the orientation of your original.

Book →2Pages:
Copies two facing pages of a booklet onto separate sheets of paper.
Select which page of a booklet to scan.

Image Quality:
Adjust image settings.
❏ Contrast
Adjust the difference between the bright and dark parts.
❏ Sharpness
Adjust the outline of the image.
❏ Remove Background
Adjust the density of the background color. Tap + to make it bright (white) and tap - to make it
dark (black).

Binding Margin:
Select such as the binding position, margin, and orientation of your original.

Reduce to Fit Paper:

Copies the scanned image at a smaller size than the Reduce/Enlarge value to fit within the paper size.
If the Reduce/Enlarge value is larger than the paper size, data may be printed beyond the edges of the
paper.

Remove Shadow:
Removes shadows that appear around copies when copying thick paper or that appear in the center of
copies when copying a booklet.

Remove Punch Holes:

Removes the binding holes when copying.

84
Scanning

Available Scanning Methods. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86

Scanning Originals to a Network Folder. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86

Scanning Originals to an Email. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89

Scanning Originals to a Computer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92

Scanning Originals to the Cloud. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93

Scanning Using WSD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95

Scanning Originals to a Smart Device. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .97

Scanning > Scanning Originals to a Network Folder

Available Scanning Methods

You can use any of the following methods to scan using this printer.

Scanning to a Network Folder

You can save the scanned image to a pre-configured folder on a network.
“Scanning Originals to a Network Folder” on page 86

Scanning to an Email
You can send scanned image files by email directly from the printer through a pre-configured email
server.
“Scanning Originals to an Email” on page 89

Scanning to a Computer
You can save the scanned image to a computer connected to the printer.
“Scanning Originals to a Computer” on page 92

Sending to a Cloud Service

You can send scanned images from the printer's control panel to cloud services that have been
registered in advance.
“Scanning Originals to the Cloud” on page 93

Scanning Using WSD

You can save the scanned image to a computer connected to the printer, using WSD feature.
“Scanning Using WSD” on page 95

Scanning Directly from Smart Devices

You can save scanned images directly to a smart device such as a smart phone or tablet by using the
Epson Smart Panel application on the smart device.
“Scanning Originals to a Smart Device” on page 97

Scanning Originals to a Network Folder

Check the following before scanning.
❏ Make sure that a network folder is prepared. See the following when creating a shared folder on a network.
“Creating the Shared Folder” on page 263
❏ Register a network folder path in your contacts in advance to easily specify the folder.
“Making Contacts Available” on page 279

Note:
Make sure the printer's Date/Time and Time Difference settings are correct. Access the menus from Settings > General
Settings > Basic Settings > Date/Time Settings.

1. Place the originals.

“Placing Originals” on page 37

86
Scanning > Scanning Originals to a Network Folder > Scan Menu Options for Scanning to a Folder

2. Select Scan > Network Folder/FTP on the control panel.

3. Specify the destination.

“Destination Menu Options for Scanning to a Network Folder” on page 87
Note:
You can print the history of the folder in which documents are saved, by selecting .

4. Select Scan Settings tab, and then check settings such as the save format, and change them if necessary.
“Scan Menu Options for Scanning to a Folder” on page 87

5. Select Destination tab again, and then tap x.

Destination Menu Options for Scanning to a Network Folder

Keyboard:
Open the Edit Location screen. Enter the folder path and set each item on the screen.

Edit Location:
Enter the folder path and set each item on the screen.
❏ Communication Mode:
Select the communication mode for the folder.
❏ Location (Required):
Enter a folder path in which to save the scanned image.
❏ User Name:
Enter a user name to log on to the specified folder.
❏ Password:
Enter a password corresponding to the user name.
❏ Connection Mode:
Select the connection mode for the folder.
❏ Port Number:
Enter a port number for the folder.

Contacts:
Select a destination from the contacts list.
You can search for a contact from the contacts list. Enter the search keyword into the box at the top of
the screen.

Scan Menu Options for Scanning to a Folder

Note:
The items may not be available depending on other settings you made.

87
Scanning > Scanning Originals to a Network Folder > Scan Menu Options for Scanning to a Folder

Color Mode:
Select whether to scan in color or in monochrome.

File Format:
Select the format in which to save the scanned image.
When you select PDF, PDF/A, or TIFF as the file format, select whether to save all originals as one file
(multi-page) or save each original separately (single page).
❏ Compression Ratio:
Select how much to compress the scanned image.
❏ PDF Settings:
When you have selected PDF as the save format setting, use these settings to protect PDF files.
To create a PDF file that requires a password when opening, set Document Open Password. To
create a PDF file that requires a password when printing or editing, set Permissions Password.

Quality
❏ Resolution:
Select the scanning resolution.
❏ Original Type:
Select the type of your original.

2-Sided:
Scan both sides of the original.
❏ Orientation (Original):
Select the orientation of the original.
❏ Binding(Original):
Select the binding direction of the original.

Scan Area:
Select the scan area. To scan at the maximum area of the scanner glass, select Max Area.
❏ Orientation (Original):
Select the orientation of the original.

Orientation (Original):
Select the orientation of the original.

Mixed Size Originals:

You can place the following combination of sizes in the ADF at the same time. A3 and A4; B4 and B5.
When using these combinations, originals are scanned at the actual size of the originals. Place your
originals by aligning the width of the originals as shown below.

88
Scanning > Scanning Originals to an Email

Density:
Select the contrast of the scanned image.

Remove Shadow:
Remove the shadows of the original that appear in the scanned image.
❏ Surround:
Remove the shadows at the edge of the original.
❏ Center:
Remove the shadows of the binding margin of the booklet.

Remove Punch Holes:

Remove the punch holes that appear in the scanned image. You can specify the area to erase the
punch holes by entering a value in the box on the right.
❏ Erasing Position:
Select the position to remove the punch holes.
❏ Orientation (Original):
Select the orientation of the original.

File Name:
❏ Filename Prefix:
Enter a prefix for the name of the images in alphanumeric characters and symbols.
❏ Add Date:
Add the date to the file name.
❏ Add Time:
Add the time to the file name.

Scanning Originals to an Email

You need to setup the following before scanning.
❏ Configure the email server.
“Configuring a Mail Server” on page 259
❏ Register an email address in your contacts in advance so that you can easily specify the address by selecting it
from your contacts.
❏ Make sure the printer's Date/Time and Time Difference settings are correct. Access the menus from Settings >
General Settings > Basic Settings > Date/Time Settings.

1. Place the originals.

“Placing Originals” on page 37

2. Select Scan > Email on the control panel.

3. Specify the recipient.

“Recipient Menu Options for Scanning to an Email” on page 90

89
Scanning > Scanning Originals to an Email > Scan Menu Options for Scanning to an Email

Note:
❏ The number of recipients you selected is displayed on the right of the screen. You can send emails to up to 10
addresses and groups.
If groups is included in recipients, you can select up to 108 individual addresses in total, taking addresses in the
groups into account.
❏ Select the address box at the top of the screen to display the list of selected addresses.

❏ Select to display or print the sending history, or change the email server settings.

4. Select Scan Settings tab, and then check settings such as the save format, and change them if necessary.
“Scan Menu Options for Scanning to an Email” on page 90

5. Select Recipient tab again, and then tap x.

Recipient Menu Options for Scanning to an Email

Keyboard:
Enter the email address manually.

Contacts:
Select a destination from the contacts list.
You can search for a contact from the contacts list. Enter the search keyword into the box at the top of
the screen.

History:
Select the address from the history list.

Scan Menu Options for Scanning to an Email

Note:
The items may not be available depending on other settings you made.

Color Mode:
Select whether to scan in color or in monochrome.

File Format:
Select the format in which to save the scanned image.
When you select PDF, PDF/A, or TIFF as the file format, select whether to save all originals as one file
(multi-page) or save each original separately (single page).
❏ Compression Ratio:
Select how much to compress the scanned image.
❏ PDF Settings:
When you have selected PDF as the save format setting, use these settings to protect PDF files.
To create a PDF file that requires a password when opening, set Document Open Password. To
create a PDF file that requires a password when printing or editing, set Permissions Password.

90
Scanning > Scanning Originals to an Email > Scan Menu Options for Scanning to an Email

Quality
❏ Resolution:
Select the scanning resolution.
❏ Original Type:
Select the type of your original.

2-Sided:
Scan both sides of the original.
❏ Orientation (Original):
Select the orientation of the original.
❏ Binding(Original):
Select the binding direction of the original.

Scan Area:
Select the scan area. To scan at the maximum area of the scanner glass, select Max Area.
❏ Orientation (Original):
Select the orientation of the original.

Orientation (Original):
Select the orientation of the original.

Mixed Size Originals:

You can place the following combination of sizes in the ADF at the same time. A3 and A4; B4 and B5.
When using these combinations, originals are scanned at the actual size of the originals. Place your
originals by aligning the width of the originals as shown below.

Density:
Select the contrast of the scanned image.

Remove Shadow:
Remove the shadows of the original that appear in the scanned image.
❏ Surround:
Remove the shadows at the edge of the original.
❏ Center:
Remove the shadows of the binding margin of the booklet.

Remove Punch Holes:

Remove the punch holes that appear in the scanned image. You can specify the area to erase the
punch holes by entering a value in the box on the right.
❏ Erasing Position:
Select the position to remove the punch holes.

91
Scanning > Scanning Originals to a Computer

❏ Orientation (Original):
Select the orientation of the original.

Subject:
Enter a subject for the email in alphanumeric characters and symbols.

Attached File Max Size:

Select the maximum file size that can be attached to the email.

File Name:
❏ Filename Prefix:
Enter a prefix for the name of the images in alphanumeric characters and symbols.
❏ Add Date:
Add the date to the file name.
❏ Add Time:
Add the time to the file name.

Scanning Originals to a Computer

Note:
To use this feature, make sure the following applications are installed on your computer.
❏ Epson ScanSmart (Windows 7 or later, or OS X El Capitan or later)
❏ Epson Event Manager (Windows Vista/Windows XP, or OS X Yosemite/OS X Mavericks/OS X Mountain Lion/Mac OS
X v10.7.x/Mac OS X v10.6.8)
❏ Epson Scan 2 (application required to use the scanner feature)

See the following to check for installed applications.

Windows 10: Click the start button, and then check the Epson Software folder > Epson ScanSmart, and the EPSON folder
> Epson Scan 2.
Windows 8.1/Windows 8: Enter the application name in the search charm, and then check the displayed icon.
Windows 7: Click the start button, and then select All Programs. Next, check the Epson Software folder > Epson
ScanSmart, and the EPSON folder > Epson Scan 2.
Windows Vista/Windows XP: Click the start button, and then select All Programs or Programs. Next, check the Epson
Software folder > Epson Event Manager, and the EPSON folder > Epson Scan 2.
Mac OS: Select Go > Applications > Epson Software.

1. Place the originals.

“Placing Originals” on page 37

2. Select Scan > Computer on the control panel.

3. Select on the top of the screen, and then select a computer on which to save the scanned images.

92
Scanning > Scanning Originals to the Cloud > Basic Menu Options for Scanning to the Cloud

4. Make the scan settings.

❏ Select action: Select saving method.
When using Windows 7 or later, or OS X El Capitan or later: Select Preview on Computer to preview the
scanned image on your computer before saving images.
❏ 2-Sided: Scan both sides of the original.
❏ Scan Size: Select the scan size.

5. Tap x.
When using Windows 7 or later, or OS X El Capitan or later: Epson ScanSmart automatically starts on your
computer, and scanning starts.
Note:
❏ See the Epson ScanSmart help for detailed operation information for the software. Click Help on the Epson
ScanSmart screen to open the help.
❏ You can not only start scanning from the printer but also from your computer by using Epson ScanSmart.

Scanning Originals to the Cloud

Before using this feature, make settings using Epson Connect. See the following Epson Connect portal website for
details.
https://www.epsonconnect.com/
http://www.epsonconnect.eu (Europe only)

1. Place the originals.

“Placing Originals” on page 37

2. Select Scan > Cloud on the control panel.

3. Select on the top of the screen, and then select a destination.

4. Make the scan settings.

“Basic Menu Options for Scanning to the Cloud” on page 93
“Advanced Menu Options for Scanning to the Cloud” on page 94

5. Tap x.

Basic Menu Options for Scanning to the Cloud

Note:
The items may not be available depending on other settings you made.

B&W/Color
Select whether to scan in monochrome or in color.

93
Scanning > Scanning Originals to the Cloud > Advanced Menu Options for Scanning to the Cloud

File Format:
Select the format in which to save the scanned image.
When you select PDF as the file format, select whether to save all originals as one file (multi-page) or
save each original separately (single page).

Advanced Menu Options for Scanning to the Cloud

Note:
The items may not be available depending on other settings you made.

2-Sided:
Scan both sides of the original.
❏ Orientation (Original):
Select the orientation of the original.
❏ Binding(Original):
Select the binding direction of the original.

Scan Area:
Select the scan area. To scan at the maximum area of the scanner glass, select Max Area.
❏ Orientation (Original):
Select the orientation of the original.

Original Type:
Select the type of your original.

Orientation (Original):
Select the orientation of the original.

Density:
Select the contrast of the scanned image.

Remove Shadow:
Remove the shadows of the original that appear in the scanned image.
❏ Surround:
Remove the shadows at the edge of the original.
❏ Center:
Remove the shadows of the binding margin of the booklet.

Remove Punch Holes:

Remove the punch holes that appear in the scanned image. You can specify the area to erase the
punch holes by entering a value in the box on the right.
❏ Erasing Position:
Select the position to remove the punch holes.

94
Scanning > Scanning Using WSD > Setting Up a WSD Port

❏ Orientation (Original):
Select the orientation of the original.

Scanning Using WSD

Note:
❏ This feature is only available for computers running Windows 10/Windows 8.1/Windows 8/Windows 7/Windows Vista.
❏ If you are using Windows 7/Windows Vista, you need to setup your computer in advance using this feature.
“Setting Up a WSD Port” on page 95

1. Place the originals.

“Placing Originals” on page 37

2. Select Scan > WSD on the control panel.

3. Select a computer.

4. Tap x.

Setting Up a WSD Port

This section explains how to set up a WSD port for Windows 7/Windows Vista.
Note:
For Windows 10/Windows 8.1/Windows 8, the WSD port is set up automatically.

The following is necessary to set up a WSD port.

❏ The printer and the computer are connected to the network.
❏ The printer driver is installed on the computer.

1. Turn the printer on.

2. Click start, and then click Network on the computer.

3. Right-click the printer, and then click Install.

Click Continue when the User Account Control screen is displayed.

95
Scanning > Scanning Using WSD > Setting Up a WSD Port

Click Uninstall and start again if the Uninstall screen is displayed.

Note:
The printer name you set on the network and model name (EPSON XXXXXX (XX-XXXX)) are displayed on the
network screen. You can check the printer's name set on the network from the printer's control panel or by printing a
network status sheet.

4. Click Your device is ready to use.

5. Check the message, and then click Close.

6. Open the Devices and Printers screen.

❏ Windows 7
Click start > Control Panel > Hardware and Sound (or Hardware) > Devices and Printers.

96
Scanning > Scanning Originals to a Smart Device

❏ Windows Vista
Click start > Control Panel > Hardware and Sound > Printers.

7. Check that an icon with the printer's name on the network is displayed.
Select the printer name when using with WSD.

Scanning Originals to a Smart Device

Note:
❏ Before scanning, install Epson Smart Panel on your smart device.
❏ Epson Smart Panel screens are subject to change without notice.
❏ Epson Smart Panel contents may vary depending on the product.

1. Place the originals.

“Placing Originals” on page 37

2. Start Epson Smart Panel on your smart device.

3. Select scan menu on the home screen.

4. Follow the on-screen instructions to scan and save the images.

97
Maintaining the Printer

Checking the Status of Consumables. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99

Improving Print, Copy, and Scan Quality. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99

Cleaning the Printer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110

Cleaning Spilled ink. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111

Checking the Total Number of Pages Fed Through the Printer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111

Saving Power. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112

Installing or Uninstalling Applications Separately. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112

Transporting and Storing the Printer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118

Maintaining the Printer > Improving Print, Copy, and Scan Quality > Adjusting the Print Quality

Checking the Status of Consumables

You can check the approximate service life of the maintenance box from the control panel. Select Maintenance >
Remaining capacity of Maintenance box on the printer's control panel.
To confirm the actual ink remaining, visually check the ink level in the printer's tank.
Note:
You can also check the approximate ink level and the approximate service life of the maintenance box from the computer. See
the related information link below for details.

Related Information
& “Maintenance Tab” on page 45
& “Guide to Mac OS Printer Driver” on page 221
& “It is Time to Refill the Ink” on page 165
& “It is Time to Replace the Maintenance Box” on page 169

Improving Print, Copy, and Scan Quality

Adjusting the Print Quality

If you notice a misaligned vertical lines, blurred images, or horizontal banding, adjust the print quality.

1. Select Maintenance on the printer's control panel.

2. Select Print Quality Adjustment.

3. Follow the on-screen instructions to load paper and print the nozzle check pattern.

4. Examine the printed pattern.

❏ If there are broken lines or missing segments as shown in the "NG" pattern, the print head nozzles may be
clogged. Select to clean the print head.
❏ If you cannot see any broken lines or missing segments as in the following "OK" pattern, the nozzles are not
clogged. Select to proceed to the next adjustment.

99
Maintaining the Printer > Improving Print, Copy, and Scan Quality > Checking and Cleaning the Print Head

5. Follow the on-screen instructions to print the patterns for print head alignment, and then align the print head.
❏ This pattern allows you to perform alignment if your printouts look blurry.
Find and select the number for the most solid pattern.

❏ This pattern allows you to perform alignment if vertical ruled lines appear misaligned.
Find and select the number for the pattern that has the least misaligned vertical line.

❏ This pattern allows you to perform alignment if you see horizontal banding at regular intervals.
Find and select the number for the least separated and overlapping pattern.

Checking and Cleaning the Print Head

If the nozzles are clogged, the printouts become faint or there is visible banding. If the nozzles are severely clogged,
a blank sheet will be printed. When print quality has declined, first use the nozzle check feature to check if the
nozzles are clogged. If the nozzles are clogged, clean the print head.

100
Maintaining the Printer > Improving Print, Copy, and Scan Quality > Checking and Cleaning the Print Head

c Important:
❏ Do not open the scanner unit or turn off the printer during head cleaning. If the head cleaning is incomplete, you
may not be able to print.
❏ Head cleaning consumes ink and should not be performed more than necessary.
❏ When ink is low, you may not be able to clean the print head.
❏ If print quality has not improved after repeating nozzle check and head cleaning 3 times, wait for at least 12
hours without printing, and then run the nozzle check again and repeat the head cleaning if necessary. We
recommend turning off the printer by using the P button. If print quality has still not improved, run Power
Cleaning.
❏ To prevent the print head from drying out, do not unplug the printer while the power is on.

1. Select Maintenance on the printer's control panel.

2. Select Print Head Nozzle Check.

3. Follow the on-screen instructions to load paper and print the nozzle check pattern.

4. Check the printed pattern to see if the print head nozzles are clogged.

❏ A:

All lines are printed. Select . No further steps are needed.

❏ B or close to B

Some nozzles are clogged. Select , and then follow the on-screen instructions to clean the print head.
❏ C or close to C

If most lines are missing or not printed, this indicates most nozzles are clogged. Select to exit the nozzle
check feature, and then run Power Cleaning. For details, see "Related information" below.

5. When cleaning is finished, print the nozzle check pattern again. Repeat cleaning and printing the pattern until
all lines are printed completely.

c Important:
If print quality has not improved after repeating nozzle check and head cleaning 3 times, wait for at least 12 hours
without printing, and then run the nozzle check again and repeat the head cleaning if necessary. We recommend
turning off the printer by using the P button. If print quality has still not improved, run Power Cleaning.

101
Maintaining the Printer > Improving Print, Copy, and Scan Quality > Running Power Cleaning

Note:
You can also check and clean the print head from the printer driver. See the related information link below for details.

Related Information
& “Maintenance Tab” on page 45
& “Guide to Mac OS Printer Driver” on page 221
& “Running Power Cleaning” on page 102

Running Power Cleaning

The Power Cleaning feature may improve print quality in the following cases.
❏ When most nozzles are clogged.
❏ When you have performed a nozzle check and head cleaning 3 times and waited for at least 12 hours without
printing, but print quality still did not improve.

Before running this feature, use the nozzle check feature to check if the nozzles are clogged, read the following
instructions, and then run Power Cleaning.

c Important:
Make sure that there is enough ink in the ink tank.
Visually check the ink tank is at least a third full. Low ink levels during Power Cleaning could damage the product.

c Important:
An interval of 12 hours is required between each Power Cleaning.
Normally, a single Power Cleaning should resolve the print quality issue within 12 hours. Therefore, to avoid
unnecessary ink usage, you must wait 12 hours before you try it again.

c Important:
Maintenance box replacement may be required.
Ink will be deposited to the maintenance box. If it becomes full, you must prepare and install a replacement
maintenance box to continue printing.

Note:
When the ink levels or the free space in the maintenance box are insufficient for Power Cleaning, you cannot run this
feature. Even in this case, the levels and the free space for printing may remain.

1. Select Maintenance on the home screen.

2. Select Power Cleaning.

3. Follow the on-screen instructions to run the Power Cleaning feature.

Note:
If you cannot run this feature, solve the problems that are displayed on the screen. Next, follow this procedure from step
1 to run this feature again.

102
Maintaining the Printer > Improving Print, Copy, and Scan Quality > Cleaning the Paper Path for Ink Smears

4. After running this feature, run the nozzle check to make sure the nozzles are not clogged.
For details on how to run the nozzle check, see the related information link below.

c Important:
If print quality has not improved after running Power Cleaning, wait for at least 12 hours without printing, and
then print the nozzle check pattern again. Run Print Head Cleaning or Power Cleaning again depending on the
printed pattern. If quality still does not improve, contact Epson support.

Note:
You can also run power cleaning from the printer driver. See the related information link below for details.

Related Information
& “Maintenance Tab” on page 45
& “Guide to Mac OS Printer Driver” on page 221

Preventing nozzle clogging

Always use the power button when turning the printer on and off.
Check that the power light is off before you disconnect the power cord.
The ink itself can dry out if it is not covered. Just like placing a cap on a fountain pen or an oil pen to prevent it
from drying, make sure the print head is capped properly to prevent the ink from drying.
When the power cord is unplugged or a power outage occurs while the printer is in operation, the print head may
not be capped properly. If the print head is left as it is, it will dry out causing nozzles (ink outlets) to clog.
In these cases, turn the printer on and off again as soon as possible to cap the print head.

Aligning the Print Head

If you notice a misalignment of vertical lines or blurred images, align the print head.

1. Select Maintenance on the printer's control panel.

2. Select Print Head Alignment.

3. Select one of the alignment menus.

❏ Ruled Line Alignment: Select this if your printouts look blurry or vertical ruled lines appear misaligned.
❏ Horizontal Alignment: Select this if you see horizontal banding at regular intervals.

4. Follow the on-screen instructions to load paper and print the alignment pattern.

Cleaning the Paper Path for Ink Smears

When the printouts are smeared or scuffed, clean the roller inside.

103
Maintaining the Printer > Improving Print, Copy, and Scan Quality > Cleaning the Scanner Glass and Docume…

c Important:
Do not use tissue paper to clean the inside of the printer. The print head nozzles may be clogged with lint.

1. Select Maintenance on the printer's control panel.

2. Select Paper Guide Cleaning.

3. Select the paper source, load plain paper in the paper source you selected, and then follow the on-screen
instructions to clean the paper path.
“Loading Paper” on page 32
Note:
Repeat this procedure until the paper is not smeared with ink. If the printouts are still smeared or scuffed, clean the
other paper sources.

Cleaning the Scanner Glass and Document Mat

When the following occurs, clean the scanner glass and document mat.
❏ When copies or scanned images are smeared
❏ When the copy or scanned area extends to include dust or stains, resulting in the wrong copying or scanning
position or small images

! Caution:
Be careful not to trap your hand or fingers when opening or closing the document cover. Otherwise you may be
injured.

c Important:
Never use alcohol or thinner to clean the printer. These chemicals can damage the printer.

1. Open the document cover.

104
Maintaining the Printer > Improving Print, Copy, and Scan Quality > Cleaning the Scanner Glass and Docume…

2. Use a soft, dry, clean cloth to clean the surface of the scanner glass.

c Important:
❏ If the glass surface is stained with grease or some other hard-to-remove material, use a small amount of
glass cleaner and a soft cloth to remove it. Wipe off all remaining liquid.
❏ Do not press the glass surface too hard.
❏ Be careful not to scratch or damage the surface of the glass. A damaged glass surface can decrease the scan
quality.

3. Clean the surface of the document mat using a soft, clean, and moist cloth moistened with a mild detergent.

4. Wipe off the document mat with a dry cloth.

Use the scanner after the document mat has dried.

105
Maintaining the Printer > Improving Print, Copy, and Scan Quality > Cleaning the ADF

Cleaning the ADF

When the copied or scanned images from the ADF are smeared or the originals do not feed in the ADF correctly,
clean the ADF.

c Important:
Never use alcohol or thinner to clean the printer. These chemicals can damage the printer.

1. Open the ADF cover.

2. Use a soft, moist cloth to clean the roller and the interior of the ADF.

c Important:
❏ Using a dry cloth may damage the surface of the roller.
❏ Use the ADF after the roller has dried.

106
Maintaining the Printer > Improving Print, Copy, and Scan Quality > Cleaning the ADF

3. Close the ADF cover, and then open the document cover.

4. Clean the part that is shown in the illustration.

Repeat cleaning until there is no dirt remaining.

c Important:
❏ After cleaning off the dirt, wipe off all remaining liquid.
❏ If the glass surface is stained with grease or some other hard-to-remove material, use a small amount of
glass cleaner and a soft cloth to remove it.
❏ Do not press the glass surface too hard.
❏ Be careful not to scratch or damage the surface of the glass. A damaged glass surface can decrease the scan
quality.

107
Maintaining the Printer > Improving Print, Copy, and Scan Quality > Cleaning the Translucent Film

Note:
If a black line appears when copying from the ADF, location (B) shown in the illustration below may be dirty.
Place the copy result on the scanner glass and wipe away any dirt on the surface of the glass at the point extending from
where the black line appears in the copy result. Be sure to wipe the same point on the opposite surface as well.
(A) Copy result where the black line appeared, (B) position with dirt

Cleaning the Translucent Film

When the printout is not improved after aligning the print head or cleaning the paper path, the translucent film
inside the printer may be smeared.
Items required:
❏ Cotton swabs (several)
❏ Water with a few drops of detergent (2 to 3 drops of detergent in 1/4 cup of tap water)
❏ Light for checking smears

c Important:
Do not use cleaning liquid other than water with a few drops of detergent.

1. Turn off the printer by pressing the P button.

108
Maintaining the Printer > Improving Print, Copy, and Scan Quality > Cleaning the Translucent Film

2. Open the scanner unit.

3. Check if the translucent film is smeared. Smears are easier to see if you use a light.
If there are smears (such as finger marks or grease) on the translucent film (A), go to the next step.

A: Translucent film
B: Rail

c Important:
Be careful not to touch the rail (B). Otherwise, you may not be able to print. Do not wipe off the grease on the
rail, because this is necessary for operations.

109
Maintaining the Printer > Cleaning the Printer

4. Moisten a cotton swab with the water with a few drops of detergent so that it is not dripping water, and then
wipe the smeared part.

c Important:
Wipe off the smear gently. If you press the cotton swab too hard to the film, the springs of the film may be
dislocated and the printer may be damaged.

5. Use a new dry cotton swab to wipe the film.

c Important:
Do not leave any fibers on the film.

Note:
To prevent the smear from spreading, frequently replace the cotton swab with a new one.

6. Repeat steps 4 and 5 until the film is not smeared.

7. Visually check that the film is not smeared.

Cleaning the Printer

If the printer’s outer case is dirty or dusty, turn off the printer and clean it with a soft, clean, and moist cloth. If you
cannot remove the dirt, try cleaning with a soft, clean, and moist cloth moistened with a mild detergent.

110
Maintaining the Printer > Checking the Total Number of Pages Fed Through the Printer

c Important:
❏ Be careful not to get water onto the printer mechanism or any electrical components. Otherwise, the printer
could be damaged.
❏ Never use alcohol or paint thinner to clean the components and the case. These chemicals can damage them.
❏ Do not touch the white flat cable, translucent film, and ink tubes inside the printer. Doing so may cause a
malfunction.

Cleaning Spilled ink

If ink has been spilled, clean it up in the following ways.
❏ If ink adheres to the area around the tank, wipe it off using a napless, clean cloth or cotton swab.
❏ If ink spills on the desk or floor, wipe it off immediately. When ink is dried, it will be difficult to remove the
smear. To prevent the smear from spreading, blot the ink with a dry cloth, and then wipe it with a moist cloth.
❏ If ink gets on your hands, wash them with water and soap.

Checking the Total Number of Pages Fed Through the

Printer
You can check the total number of pages fed through the printer. The information is printed together with the
nozzle check pattern.

1. Select Maintenance on the printer's control panel.

2. Select Print Head Nozzle Check.

111
Maintaining the Printer > Installing or Uninstalling Applications Separately > Installing the Applications Separ…

3. Follow the on-screen instructions to load paper and print the nozzle check pattern.
Note:
You can also print a nozzle check pattern from the printer driver and check the total number of pages fed. See the related
information link below for details.

Related Information
& “Maintenance Tab” on page 45
& “Guide to Mac OS Printer Driver” on page 221

Saving Power
The printer enters sleep mode or turns off automatically if no operations are performed for a set period. You can
adjust the time before power management is applied. Any increase will affect the product's energy efficiency. Please
consider the environment before making any change.

Saving Power (Control Panel)

1. Select Settings on the home screen.

2. Select General Settings > Basic Settings.

3. Do one of the following.

Note:
Your product may have the Power Off Settings or Power Off Timer feature depending on the location of purchase.

❏ Select Sleep Timer or Power Off Settings > Power Off If Inactive or Power Off If Disconnected, and then
make settings.
❏ Select Sleep Timer or Power Off Timer, and then make settings.

Installing or Uninstalling Applications Separately

Connect your computer to the network and install the latest version of applications from the website. Log in to
your computer as an administrator. Enter the administrator password if the computer prompts you.

Installing the Applications Separately

Note:
When reinstalling an application, you need to uninstall it first.

1. Make sure the printer and the computer are available for communication, and the printer is connected to the
Internet.

112
Maintaining the Printer > Installing or Uninstalling Applications Separately > Installing the Applications Separ…

2. Start EPSON Software Updater.

The screenshot is an example on Windows.

3. For Windows, select your printer, and then click to check for the latest available applications.

4. Select the items you want to install or update, and then click the install button.

c Important:
Do not turn off or unplug the printer until the update is complete. Doing so may result in malfunction of the
printer.

Note:
❏ You can download the latest applications from the Epson website.
http://www.epson.com
❏ If you use Windows Server operating systems, you cannot use Epson Software Updater. Download the latest
applications from the Epson website.

Related Information
& “Application for Updating Software and Firmware (Epson Software Updater)” on page 225
& “Uninstalling Applications” on page 115

Checking if a genuine Epson printer driver is installed - Windows

You can check if a genuine Epson printer driver is installed on your computer by using one of the following
methods.
Select Control Panel > View devices and printers (Printers, Printers and Faxes), and then do the following to
open the print server properties window.

113
Maintaining the Printer > Installing or Uninstalling Applications Separately > Installing the Applications Separ…

❏ Windows Windows 10/Windows 8.1/Windows 8/Windows 7/Windows Server 2019/Windows Server 2016/
Windows Server 2012 R2/Windows Server 2012/Windows Server 2008 R2
Click the printer icon, and then click Print server properties at the top of the window.
❏ Windows Vista/Windows Server 2008
Right-click on the Printers folder, and then click Run as administrator > Server Properties.
❏ Windows XP/Windows Server 2003 R2/Windows Server 2003
From the File menu, select Server Properties.

Click the Driver tab. If your printer name is displayed in the list, a genuine Epson printer driver is installed on
your computer.

Related Information
& “Installing the Applications Separately” on page 112

Checking if a genuine Epson printer driver is installed - Mac OS

You can check if a genuine Epson printer driver is installed on your computer by using one of the following
methods.

114
Maintaining the Printer > Installing or Uninstalling Applications Separately > Uninstalling Applications

Select System Preferences from the Apple menu > Printers & Scanners (or Print & Scan, Print & Fax), and then
select the printer. Click Options & Supplies, and if the Options tab and Utility tab are displayed on the window, a
genuine Epson printer driver is installed on your computer.

Related Information
& “Installing the Applications Separately” on page 112

Adding the Printer (for Mac OS Only)

1. Select System Preferences from the Apple menu > Printers & Scanners (or Print & Scan, Print & Fax).

2. Click +, and then select your printer on the screen displayed.

3. Select your printer from Use.

4. Click Add.
Note:
If your printer is not listed, check that it is correctly connected to the computer and that the printer is on.

Uninstalling Applications
Log in to your computer as an administrator. Enter the administrator password if the computer prompts you.

Uninstalling Applications - Windows

1. Press the P button to turn off the printer.

2. Quit all running applications.

115
Maintaining the Printer > Installing or Uninstalling Applications Separately > Uninstalling Applications

3. Open Control Panel:

❏ Windows 10/Windows Server 2019/Windows Server 2016
Click on the start button, and then select Windows System > Control Panel.
❏ Windows 8.1/Windows 8/Windows Server 2012 R2/Windows Server 2012
Select Desktop > Settings > Control Panel.
❏ Windows 7/Windows Vista/Windows XP/Windows Server 2008 R2/Windows Server 2008/Windows Server
2003 R2/Windows Server 2003
Click the start button and select Control Panel.

4. Open Uninstall a program (or Add or Remove Programs):

❏ Windows 10/Windows 8.1/Windows 8/Windows 7/Windows Vista/Windows Server 2019/Windows Server
2016/Windows Server 2012 R2/Windows Server 2012/Windows Server 2008 R2/Windows Server 2008
Select Uninstall a program in Programs.
❏ Windows XP/Windows Server 2003 R2/Windows Server 2003
Click Add or Remove Programs.

5. Select the application you want to uninstall.

You cannot uninstall the printer driver if there is any print jobs. Delete or wait to be printed the jobs before
uninstalling.

6. Uninstall the applications:

❏ Windows 10/Windows 8.1/Windows 8/Windows 7/Windows Vista/Windows Server 2019/Windows Server
2016/Windows Server 2012 R2/Windows Server 2012/Windows Server 2008 R2/Windows Server 2008
Click Uninstall/Change or Uninstall.
❏ Windows XP/Windows Server 2003 R2/Windows Server 2003
Click Change/Remove or Remove.

Note:
If the User Account Control window is displayed, click Continue.

7. Follow the on-screen instructions.

Uninstalling Applications - Mac OS

1. Download the Uninstaller using EPSON Software Updater.
Once you have downloaded the Uninstaller, you do not need to download it again each time you uninstall the
application.

2. Press the P button to turn off the printer.

3. To uninstall the printer driver, select System Preferences from the Apple menu > Printers & Scanners (or
Print & Scan, Print & Fax), and then remove the printer from the enabled printers list.

4. Quit all running applications.

5. Select Go > Applications > Epson Software > Uninstaller.

116
Maintaining the Printer > Installing or Uninstalling Applications Separately > Updating Applications and Firm…

6. Select the application you want to uninstall, and then click Uninstall.

c Important:
The Uninstaller removes all drivers for Epson inkjet printers on the computer. If you use multiple Epson inkjet
printers and you only want to delete some drivers, delete all of them first, and then install the necessary printer
driver again.

Note:
If you cannot find the application you want to uninstall in the application list, you cannot uninstall using the
Uninstaller. In this situation, select Go > Applications > Epson Software, select the application you want to uninstall,
and then drag it to the trash icon.

Related Information
& “Application for Updating Software and Firmware (Epson Software Updater)” on page 225

Updating Applications and Firmware

You may be able to clear certain problems and improve or add functions by updating the applications and the
firmware. Make sure you use the latest version of the applications and firmware.

1. Make sure that the printer and the computer are connected, and the computer is connected to the internet.

2. Start EPSON Software Updater, and update the applications or the firmware.

c Important:
Do not turn off the computer or the printer until the update is complete; otherwise, the printer may
malfunction.

Note:
If you cannot find the application you want to update in the list, you cannot update using the EPSON Software Updater.
Check for the latest versions of the applications from your local Epson website.
http://www.epson.com

Related Information
& “Application for Updating Software and Firmware (Epson Software Updater)” on page 225

Updating the Printer's Firmware using the Control Panel

If the printer can be connected to the Internet, you can update the printer's firmware using the control panel. You
can also set the printer to regularly check for firmware updates and notify you if any are available.

1. Select Settings on the home screen.

2. Select General Settings > System Administration > Firmware Update > Update.
Note:
Select Notification > On to set the printer to regularly check for available firmware updates.

3. Check the message displayed on the screen and start searching for available updates.

117
Maintaining the Printer > Transporting and Storing the Printer

4. If a message is displayed on the LCD screen informing you that a firmware update is available, follow the on-
screen instructions to start the update.

c Important:
❏ Do not turn off or unplug the printer until the update is complete; otherwise, the printer may malfunction.
❏ If the firmware update is not completed or is unsuccessful, the printer does not start up normally and
"Recovery Mode" is displayed on the LCD screen the next time the printer is turned on. In this situation, you
need to update the firmware again using a computer. Connect the printer to the computer with a USB cable.
While "Recovery Mode" is displayed on the printer, you cannot update the firmware over a network
connection. On the computer, access your local Epson website, and then download the latest printer
firmware. See the instructions on the website for the next steps.

Updating Firmware Using Web Config

When the printer can connect to the Internet, you can update the firmware from Web Config.

1. Access Web Config and select the Device Management tab > Firmware Update.

2. Click Start, and then follow the on-screen instructions.

The firmware confirmation starts, and the firmware information is displayed if the updated firmware exists.
Note:
You can also update the firmware using Epson Device Admin. You can visually confirm the firmware information on the
device list. It is useful when you want to update multiple devices' firmware. See the Epson Device Admin guide or help for
more details.

Related Information
& “Application for Configuring Printer Operations (Web Config)” on page 223

Updating Firmware without Connecting to the Internet

You can download the device's firmware from Epson website on the computer, and then connect the device and the
computer by USB cable to update the firmware. If you cannot update over the network, try this method.

1. Access Epson website and download the firmware.

2. Connect the computer that contains the downloaded firmware to the printer by USB cable.

3. Double-click the downloaded .exe file.

Epson Firmware Updater starts.

4. Follow the on-screen instructions.

Transporting and Storing the Printer

When you need to store the printer or transport it when moving or for repairs, follow the steps below to pack the
printer.

118
Maintaining the Printer > Transporting and Storing the Printer

1. Turn off the printer by pressing the P button.

2. Make sure the power light turns off, and then unplug the power cord.

c Important:
Unplug the power cord when the power light is off. Otherwise, the print head does not return to the home
position causing the ink to dry, and printing may become impossible.

3. Disconnect all cables such as the power cord and USB cable.

4. Remove all of the paper from the printer.

5. Make sure there are no originals on the printer.

6. Open the scanner unit with the document cover closed.

! Caution:
Be careful not to trap your hand or fingers when opening or closing the scanner unit. Otherwise you may be
injured.

7. Set the transportation lock to the locked (Transport) position.

The transportation lock stops ink supply to prevent ink leakage when transporting and storing.
If the print head is not in the position shown below, move it by hand.

119
Maintaining the Printer > Transporting and Storing the Printer

8. Secure the print head to the case with tape.

9. Close the scanner unit.

10. Make sure you install the ink tank cap securely onto the ink tank.

120
Maintaining the Printer > Transporting and Storing the Printer

11. Close the ink tank cover securely.

12. Prepare to pack the printer as shown below.

13. Place the printer in the plastic bag and fold it closed.

121
Maintaining the Printer > Transporting and Storing the Printer

14. Pack the printer in its box using the protective materials.

122
Maintaining the Printer > Transporting and Storing the Printer

c Important:
❏ When carrying the printer, lift it using a stable position. Lifting the printer using an unstable position may result
in injury.
❏ Because this printer is heavy, it should always be carried by two or more people when unpacking and
transporting.
❏ When lifting the printer, place your hands in the positions shown below. If you lift the printer holding other
positions, the printer may fall or you may trap your fingers when placing the printer.

❏ When carrying the printer, do not tilt it more than 10 degrees; otherwise the printer may fall.
❏ When storing or transporting the printer, place the printer in the plastic bag and fold it closed. Avoid tilting the
printer, placing it vertically, or turning it upside down; otherwise ink may leak.

123
Maintaining the Printer > Transporting and Storing the Printer

c Important:
❏ When storing or transporting an ink bottle, do not tilt the bottle and do not subject it to impacts or temperature
changes. Otherwise, ink may leak even if the cap on the ink bottle is tightened securely. Be sure to keep the ink
bottle upright when tightening the cap, and take precautions to prevent ink from leaking when transporting the
bottle, for example, putting the bottle in a bag.
❏ Do not put opened ink bottles in the box with printer.

The next time you use the printer, make sure you remove the tape securing the print head and set the
transportation lock to the unlocked (Print) position. If print quality has declined the next time you print, clean and
align the print head.

Related Information
& “Checking and Cleaning the Print Head” on page 100
& “Aligning the Print Head” on page 103

124
Solving Problems

Checking Solutions on the Control Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126

Cannot Display a Menu Other than the Copy Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126

The Printer Does Not Work as Expected. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126

A Message is Displayed on the LCD Screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .163

Paper Gets Jammed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164

It is Time to Refill the Ink. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165

It is Time to Replace the Maintenance Box. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169

Printing, Copying, and Scanning Quality is Poor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .171

Cannot Solve Problem. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186

Solving Problems > The Printer Does Not Work as Expected > The Printer Does Not Turn On or Off

Checking Solutions on the Control Panel

You can also check the solutions from on the printer's control panel.

Cannot Display a Menu Other than the Copy Menu

The default screen on the control panel is the copy menu screen. You can select other menus by selecting .

The Printer Does Not Work as Expected

The Printer Does Not Turn On or Off

Power Does Not Turn On

The following causes can be considered.

The power cord is not plugged in properly to the electrical outlet.

Solutions
Make sure the power cord is securely plugged in.

The P button was not pressed for long enough.

Solutions

Hold down the P button for a little longer.

126
Solving Problems > The Printer Does Not Work as Expected > Paper Does Not Feed Properly

Power Does Not Turn Off

The P button was not pressed for long enough.

Solutions

Hold down the P button for a little longer. If you still cannot turn off the printer, unplug the power cord.
To prevent the print head from drying out, turn the printer back on and turn it off by pressing the P
button.

Power Turns Off Automatically

The Power Off Settings or Power Off Timer feature is enabled.

Solutions
❏ Select Settings > General Settings > Basic Settings > Power Off Settings, and then disable the Power
Off If Inactive and Power Off If Disconnected settings.
❏ Select Settings > General Settings > Basic Settings, and then disable the Power Off Timer Setting.

Note:
Your product may have the Power Off Settings or Power Off Timer feature depending on the location of purchase.

Paper Does Not Feed Properly

No Paper Feeds
The following causes can be considered.

The installation location is inappropriate.

Solutions
Place the printer on a flat surface and operate in the recommended environmental conditions.

& “Environmental Specifications” on page 244

Unsupported paper is being used.

Solutions
Use paper supported by this printer.

& “Available Paper and Capacities” on page 214

& “Unavailable Paper Types” on page 217

Paper handling is inappropriate.

Solutions
Follow paper handling precautions.

& “Paper Handling Precautions” on page 31

127
Solving Problems > The Printer Does Not Work as Expected > Paper Does Not Feed Properly

Too many sheets are loaded in the printer.

Solutions
Do not load more than the maximum number of sheets specified for the paper.

& “Available Paper and Capacities” on page 214

The paper settings on the printer are incorrect.

Solutions
Make sure the paper size and paper type settings match the actual paper size and paper type loaded in the
printer.

& “Paper Size and Type Settings” on page 32

Paper Feeds at a Slant

The following causes can be considered.

The installation location is inappropriate.

Solutions
Place the printer on a flat surface and operate in the recommended environmental conditions.

& “Environmental Specifications” on page 244

Unsupported paper is being used.

Solutions
Use paper supported by this printer.

& “Available Paper and Capacities” on page 214

& “Unavailable Paper Types” on page 217

Paper handling is inappropriate.

Solutions
Follow paper handling precautions.

& “Paper Handling Precautions” on page 31

The paper is loaded incorrectly.

Solutions
Load paper in the correct direction, and slide the edge guide against the edge of the paper.

& “Loading Paper” on page 32

Too many sheets are loaded in the printer.

Solutions
Do not load more than the maximum number of sheets specified for the paper.

& “Available Paper and Capacities” on page 214

128
Solving Problems > The Printer Does Not Work as Expected > Paper Does Not Feed Properly

The paper settings on the printer are incorrect.

Solutions
Make sure the paper size and paper type settings match the actual paper size and paper type loaded in the
printer.

& “Paper Size and Type Settings” on page 32

Several Sheets of Paper are Fed at a Time

The following causes can be considered.

The installation location is inappropriate.

Solutions
Place the printer on a flat surface and operate in the recommended environmental conditions.

& “Environmental Specifications” on page 244

Unsupported paper is being used.

Solutions
Use paper supported by this printer.

& “Available Paper and Capacities” on page 214

& “Unavailable Paper Types” on page 217

Paper handling is inappropriate.

Solutions
Follow paper handling precautions.

& “Paper Handling Precautions” on page 31

The paper is moist or damp.

Solutions
Load new paper.

Static electricity is causing sheets of paper to stick to each other.

Solutions
Fan the paper before loading. If the paper still does not feed, load one sheet of paper at a time.

Too many sheets are loaded in the printer.

Solutions
Do not load more than the maximum number of sheets specified for the paper.

& “Available Paper and Capacities” on page 214

129
Solving Problems > The Printer Does Not Work as Expected > Paper Does Not Feed Properly

The paper settings on the printer are incorrect.

Solutions
Make sure the paper size and paper type settings match the actual paper size and paper type loaded in the
printer.

& “Paper Size and Type Settings” on page 32

Multiple sheets of paper feed at the same time during manual 2-sided printing.
Solutions
Remove any paper that is loaded in the paper source before you reload the paper.

Paper Out Error Occurs

Paper is not loaded in the center of the paper tray.

Solutions
When a paper out error occurs although paper is loaded in the paper tray, reload paper in the center of
the paper tray.

Original Does Not Feed in the ADF

The following causes can be considered.

Originals that are not supported by the ADF are being used.
Solutions
Use originals supported by the ADF.

& “ADF Specifications” on page 238

The originals are loaded incorrectly.

Solutions
Load originals in the correct direction, and slide the ADF edge guides against the edges of the originals.

130
Solving Problems > The Printer Does Not Work as Expected > Cannot Print

Too many originals are loaded in the ADF.

Solutions
Do not load originals above the line indicated by the triangle symbol on the ADF.

The original slips when paper dust adheres to the roller.

Solutions
Clean the inside of the ADF.

& “Cleaning the ADF” on page 106

Originals are not detected.

Solutions
On the screen for copy or scan, check that the ADF icon is on. If it is off, place the originals again.

Cannot Print

Cannot Print from Windows

Make sure the computer and the printer are connected correctly.
The cause and solution to the problem differ depending on whether or not they are connected.

Checking the Connection Status

Use Epson Printer Connection Checker to check the connection status for the computer and the printer. You may
be able to solve the problem depending on the results of the check.

1. Double-click the Epson Printer Connection Checker icon on the desktop.

Epson Printer Connection Checker starts.
If there is no icon on the desktop, follow the methods below to start Epson Printer Connection Checker.
❏ Windows 10
Click the start button, and then select Epson Software > Epson Printer Connection Checker.

131
Solving Problems > The Printer Does Not Work as Expected > Cannot Print

❏ Windows 8.1/Windows 8
Enter the application name in the search charm, and then select the displayed icon.
❏ Windows 7
Click the start button, and then select All Programs > Epson Software > Epson Printer Connection
Checker.

2. Follow the on-screen instructions to check.

Note:
If the printer name is not displayed, install a genuine Epson printer driver.
“Checking if a genuine Epson printer driver is installed - Windows” on page 113

When you have identified the problem, follow the solution displayed on the screen.
When you cannot solve the problem, check the following according to your situation.
❏ The printer is not recognized over a network connection
“Cannot connect to a Network” on page 132
❏ The printer is not recognized using a USB connection
“The Printer Cannot Connect by USB (Windows)” on page 134
❏ The printer is recognized, but printing cannot be performed.
“Cannot Print Even Though a Connection has been Established (Windows)” on page 135

Cannot connect to a Network

The problem could be one of the following issues.

Something is wrong with the network devices for Wi-Fi connection.

Solutions
Turn off the devices you want to connect to the network. Wait for about 10 seconds, and then turn on the
devices in the following order; wireless router, computer or smart device, and then printer. Move the
printer and computer or smart device closer to the wireless router to help with radio wave
communication, and then try to make network settings again.

Devices cannot receive signals from the wireless router because they are too far apart.
Solutions
After moving the computer or the smart device and the printer closer to the wireless router, turn off the
wireless router, and then turn it back on.

132
Solving Problems > The Printer Does Not Work as Expected > Cannot Print

When changing the wireless router, the settings do not match the new router.
Solutions
Make the connection settings again so that they match the new wireless router.

& “When Replacing the Wireless Router” on page 190

The SSIDs connected from the computer or smart device and computer are different.
Solutions
When you are using multiple wireless routers at the same time or the wireless router has multiple SSIDs
and devices are connected to different SSIDs, you cannot connect to the wireless router.
Connect the computer or smart device to the same SSID as the printer.

A privacy separator on the wireless router is available.

Solutions
Most wireless routers have a privacy separator feature that blocks communication between connected
devices. If you cannot communicate between the printer and the computer or smart device even if they
are connected to the same network, disable the privacy separator on the wireless router. See the manual
provided with the wireless router for details.

The IP address is incorrectly assigned.

Solutions
If the IP address assigned to the printer is 169.254.XXX.XXX, and the subnet mask is 255.255.0.0, the IP
address may not be assigned correctly.
Select Settings > General Settings > Network Settings > Advanced on the printer’s control panel, and
then check the IP address and the subnet mask assigned to the printer.
Restart the wireless router or reset the network settings for the printer.

& “Re-setting the Network Connection” on page 190

There is a problem with the network settings on the computer.

Solutions
Try accessing any website from your computer to make sure that your computer's network settings are
correct. If you cannot access any website, there is a problem on the computer.

133
Solving Problems > The Printer Does Not Work as Expected > Cannot Print

Check the network connection of the computer. See the documentation provided with the computer for
details.

The printer has been connected by Ethernet using devices that support IEEE802.3az (Energy
Efficient Ethernet).
Solutions
When you connect the printer by Ethernet using devices that support IEEE802.3az (Energy Efficient
Ethernet), the following problems may occur depending on the hub or router that you are using.
❏ Connection becomes unstable, the printer is connected and disconnected again and again.
❏ Cannot connect to the printer.
❏ The communication speed becomes slow.

Follow the steps below to disable IEEE802.3az for the printer and then connect.

1. Remove the Ethernet cable connected to the computer and the printer.

2. When IEEE802.3az for the computer is enabled, disable it.

See the documentation provided with the computer for details.

3. Connect the computer and the printer with an Ethernet cable directly.

4. On the printer, print a network connection report.

“Printing a Network Connection Report” on page 206

5. Check the printer's IP address on the network connection report.

6. On the computer, access Web Config.

Launch a Web browser, and then enter the printer's IP address.
“Running Web Config on a Web Browser” on page 223

7. Select the Network tab > Wired LAN.

8. Select OFF for IEEE 802.3az.

9. Click Next.

10. Click OK.

11. Remove the Ethernet cable connected to the computer and the printer.

12. If you disabled IEEE802.3az for the computer in step 2, enable it.

13. Connect the Ethernet cables that you removed in step 1 to the computer and the printer.
If the problem still occurs, devices other than the printer may be causing the problem.

The Printer Cannot Connect by USB (Windows)

The following causes can be considered.

134
Solving Problems > The Printer Does Not Work as Expected > Cannot Print

The USB cable is not plugged into the electrical outlet correctly.
Solutions
Connect the USB cable securely to the printer and the computer.

There is a problem with the USB hub.

Solutions
If you are using a USB hub, try to connect the printer directly to the computer.

There is a problem with the USB cable or the USB inlet.

Solutions
If the USB cable cannot be recognized, change the port, or change the USB cable.

Cannot Print Even Though a Connection has been Established (Windows)

The following causes can be considered.

There is a problem with the software or data.

Solutions
❏ Make sure that a genuine Epson printer driver (EPSON XXXXX) is installed. If a genuine Epson
printer driver is not installed, the available functions are limited. We recommend using a genuine
Epson printer driver.
❏ If you are printing a large data size image, the computer may run out of memory. Print the image at a
lower resolution or a smaller size.
❏ If you have tried all of the solutions and have not solved the problem, try uninstalling and then
reinstalling the printer driver.
❏ You may be able to clear the problem by updating the software to the latest version. To check the
software status, use the software update tool.

& “Checking if a genuine Epson printer driver is installed - Windows” on page 113
& “Checking if a genuine Epson printer driver is installed - Mac OS” on page 114
& “Installing or Uninstalling Applications Separately” on page 112
& “Updating Applications and Firmware” on page 117

There is a problem with the printer's status.

Solutions
Click EPSON Status Monitor 3 on the printer driver's Maintenance tab, and then check the printer
status. If EPSON Status Monitor 3 is disabled, click Extended Settings on the Maintenance tab, and
then select Enable EPSON Status Monitor 3.

135
Solving Problems > The Printer Does Not Work as Expected > Cannot Print

There is still a job waiting to be printed.

Solutions
Click Print Queue on the printer driver's Maintenance tab. If unnecessary data remains, select Cancel all
documents from the Printer menu.

The printer is pending or offline.

Solutions
Click Print Queue on the printer driver's Maintenance tab.
If the printer is offline or pending, clear the offline or pending setting from the Printer menu.

The printer is not selected as the default printer.

Solutions
Right-click the printer icon in Control Panel > View devices and printers (or Printers, Printers and
Faxes) and click Set as default printer.
Note:
If there are multiple printer icons, see the following to select the correct printer.

Example)
USB connection: EPSON XXXX Series
Network connection: EPSON XXXX Series (network)
If you install the printer driver multiple times, copies of the printer driver may be created. If copies such
as "EPSON XXXX Series (copy 1)" are created, right-click the copied driver icon, and then click Remove
Device.

136
Solving Problems > The Printer Does Not Work as Expected > Cannot Print

The printer port is not set correctly.

Solutions
Click Print Queue on the printer driver's Maintenance tab.
Make sure the printer port is set correctly as shown below in Property > Port from the Printer menu.
USB connection: USBXXX, Network connection: EpsonNet Print Port

Suddenly the Printer Cannot Print over a Network Connection

The problem could be one of the following issues.

The network environment has been changed.

Solutions
When you have changed the network environment, such as the wireless router or provider, try making
network settings for the printer again.
Connect the computer or smart device to the same SSID as the printer.

& “Re-setting the Network Connection” on page 190

Something is wrong with the network devices for Wi-Fi connection.

Solutions
Turn off the devices you want to connect to the network. Wait for about 10 seconds, and then turn on the
devices in the following order; wireless router, computer or smart device, and then printer. Move the
printer and computer or smart device closer to the wireless router to help with radio wave
communication, and then try to make network settings again.

The printer is not connected to the network.

Solutions
Select Settings > General Settings > Network Settings > Connection Check, and then print the network
connection report. If the report shows that the network connection failed, check the network connection
report and then follow the printed solutions.

There is a problem with the network settings on the computer.

Solutions
Try accessing any website from your computer to make sure that your computer's network settings are
correct. If you cannot access any website, there is a problem on the computer.

137
Solving Problems > The Printer Does Not Work as Expected > Cannot Print

Check the network connection of the computer. See the documentation provided with the computer for
details.

There is still a job waiting to be printed.

Solutions
Click Print Queue on the printer driver's Maintenance tab. If unnecessary data remains, select Cancel all
documents from the Printer menu.

The printer is pending or offline.

Solutions
Click Print Queue on the printer driver's Maintenance tab.
If the printer is offline or pending, clear the offline or pending setting from the Printer menu.

The printer is not selected as the default printer.

Solutions
Right-click the printer icon in Control Panel > View devices and printers (or Printers, Printers and
Faxes) and click Set as default printer.
Note:
If there are multiple printer icons, see the following to select the correct printer.

Example)
USB connection: EPSON XXXX Series
Network connection: EPSON XXXX Series (network)
If you install the printer driver multiple times, copies of the printer driver may be created. If copies such
as "EPSON XXXX Series (copy 1)" are created, right-click the copied driver icon, and then click Remove
Device.

138
Solving Problems > The Printer Does Not Work as Expected > Cannot Print

The printer port is not set correctly.

Solutions
Click Print Queue on the printer driver's Maintenance tab.
Make sure the printer port is set correctly as shown below in Property > Port from the Printer menu.
USB connection: USBXXX, Network connection: EpsonNet Print Port

Cannot Print from Mac OS

Make sure the computer and the printer are connected correctly.
The cause and solution to the problem differ depending on whether or not they are connected.

Checking the Connection Status

Use EPSON Status Monitor to check the connection status for the computer and the printer.

1. Select System Preferences from the Apple menu > Printers & Scanners (or Print & Scan, Print & Fax), and
then select the printer.

2. Click Options & Supplies > Utility > Open Printer Utility.

3. Click EPSON Status Monitor.

When the remaining ink levels are displayed, a connection has been successfully established between the computer
and the printer.
Check the following if a connection has not been established.
❏ The printer is not recognized over a network connection
“Cannot connect to a Network” on page 139
❏ The printer is not recognized using a USB connection
“The Printer Cannot Connect by USB (Mac OS)” on page 142

Check the following if a connection has been established.

❏ The printer is recognized, but printing cannot be performed.
“Cannot Print Even Though a Connection has been Established (Mac OS)” on page 142

Cannot connect to a Network

The problem could be one of the following issues.

Something is wrong with the network devices for Wi-Fi connection.

Solutions
Turn off the devices you want to connect to the network. Wait for about 10 seconds, and then turn on the
devices in the following order; wireless router, computer or smart device, and then printer. Move the

139
Solving Problems > The Printer Does Not Work as Expected > Cannot Print

printer and computer or smart device closer to the wireless router to help with radio wave
communication, and then try to make network settings again.

Devices cannot receive signals from the wireless router because they are too far apart.
Solutions
After moving the computer or the smart device and the printer closer to the wireless router, turn off the
wireless router, and then turn it back on.

When changing the wireless router, the settings do not match the new router.
Solutions
Make the connection settings again so that they match the new wireless router.

& “When Replacing the Wireless Router” on page 190

The SSIDs connected from the computer or smart device and computer are different.
Solutions
When you are using multiple wireless routers at the same time or the wireless router has multiple SSIDs
and devices are connected to different SSIDs, you cannot connect to the wireless router.
Connect the computer or smart device to the same SSID as the printer.

A privacy separator on the wireless router is available.

Solutions
Most wireless routers have a privacy separator feature that blocks communication between connected
devices. If you cannot communicate between the printer and the computer or smart device even if they

140
Solving Problems > The Printer Does Not Work as Expected > Cannot Print

are connected to the same network, disable the privacy separator on the wireless router. See the manual
provided with the wireless router for details.

The IP address is incorrectly assigned.

Solutions
If the IP address assigned to the printer is 169.254.XXX.XXX, and the subnet mask is 255.255.0.0, the IP
address may not be assigned correctly.
Select Settings > General Settings > Network Settings > Advanced on the printer’s control panel, and
then check the IP address and the subnet mask assigned to the printer.
Restart the wireless router or reset the network settings for the printer.

& “Re-setting the Network Connection” on page 190

There is a problem with the network settings on the computer.

Solutions
Try accessing any website from your computer to make sure that your computer's network settings are
correct. If you cannot access any website, there is a problem on the computer.
Check the network connection of the computer. See the documentation provided with the computer for
details.

The device connected to the USB 3.0 port causes radio frequency interference.
Solutions
When you connect a device to the USB 3.0 port on a Mac, radio frequency interference may occur. Try
the following if you cannot connect to wireless LAN (Wi-Fi) or if operations become unstable.
❏ Place the device that is connected to the USB 3.0 port further away from the computer.
❏ Connect to the SSID for the 5 GHz range.

See the following to connect the printer to the SSID.

& “Making Wi-Fi Settings by Entering the SSID and Password” on page 194

The printer has been connected by Ethernet using devices that support IEEE802.3az (Energy
Efficient Ethernet).
Solutions
When you connect the printer by Ethernet using devices that support IEEE802.3az (Energy Efficient
Ethernet), the following problems may occur depending on the hub or router that you are using.
❏ Connection becomes unstable, the printer is connected and disconnected again and again.
❏ Cannot connect to the printer.
❏ The communication speed becomes slow.

Follow the steps below to disable IEEE802.3az for the printer and then connect.

1. Remove the Ethernet cable connected to the computer and the printer.

2. When IEEE802.3az for the computer is enabled, disable it.

See the documentation provided with the computer for details.

141
Solving Problems > The Printer Does Not Work as Expected > Cannot Print

3. Connect the computer and the printer with an Ethernet cable directly.

4. On the printer, print a network connection report.

“Printing a Network Connection Report” on page 206

5. Check the printer's IP address on the network connection report.

6. On the computer, access Web Config.

Launch a Web browser, and then enter the printer's IP address.
“Running Web Config on a Web Browser” on page 223

7. Select the Network tab > Wired LAN.

8. Select OFF for IEEE 802.3az.

9. Click Next.

10. Click OK.

11. Remove the Ethernet cable connected to the computer and the printer.

12. If you disabled IEEE802.3az for the computer in step 2, enable it.

13. Connect the Ethernet cables that you removed in step 1 to the computer and the printer.
If the problem still occurs, devices other than the printer may be causing the problem.

The Printer Cannot Connect by USB (Mac OS)

The following causes can be considered.

The USB cable is not plugged into the electrical outlet correctly.
Solutions
Connect the USB cable securely to the printer and the computer.

There is a problem with the USB hub.

Solutions
If you are using a USB hub, try to connect the printer directly to the computer.

There is a problem with the USB cable or the USB inlet.

Solutions
If the USB cable cannot be recognized, change the port, or change the USB cable.

Cannot Print Even Though a Connection has been Established (Mac OS)
The following causes can be considered.

142
Solving Problems > The Printer Does Not Work as Expected > Cannot Print

There is a problem with the software or data.

Solutions
❏ Make sure that a genuine Epson printer driver (EPSON XXXXX) is installed. If a genuine Epson
printer driver is not installed, the available functions are limited. We recommend using a genuine
Epson printer driver.
❏ If you are printing a large data size image, the computer may run out of memory. Print the image at a
lower resolution or a smaller size.
❏ If you have tried all of the solutions and have not solved the problem, try uninstalling and then
reinstalling the printer driver.
❏ You may be able to clear the problem by updating the software to the latest version. To check the
software status, use the software update tool.

& “Checking if a genuine Epson printer driver is installed - Windows” on page 113
& “Checking if a genuine Epson printer driver is installed - Mac OS” on page 114
& “Installing or Uninstalling Applications Separately” on page 112
& “Updating Applications and Firmware” on page 117

There is a problem with the status of the printer.

Solutions
Make sure the printer status is not Pause.
Select System Preferences from the Apple menu > Printers & Scanners (or Print & Scan, Print & Fax),
and then double-click the printer. If the printer is paused, click Resume.

User feature restrictions are enabled for the printer.

Solutions
The printer may not print when the user feature restriction is enabled. Contact your printer
administrator.

Suddenly the Printer Cannot Print over a Network Connection

The problem could be one of the following issues.

The network environment has been changed.

Solutions
When you have changed the network environment, such as the wireless router or provider, try making
network settings for the printer again.
Connect the computer or smart device to the same SSID as the printer.

& “Re-setting the Network Connection” on page 190

Something is wrong with the network devices for Wi-Fi connection.

Solutions
Turn off the devices you want to connect to the network. Wait for about 10 seconds, and then turn on the
devices in the following order; wireless router, computer or smart device, and then printer. Move the

143
Solving Problems > The Printer Does Not Work as Expected > Cannot Print

printer and computer or smart device closer to the wireless router to help with radio wave
communication, and then try to make network settings again.

The printer is not connected to the network.

Solutions
Select Settings > General Settings > Network Settings > Connection Check, and then print the network
connection report. If the report shows that the network connection failed, check the network connection
report and then follow the printed solutions.

There is a problem with the network settings on the computer.

Solutions
Try accessing any website from your computer to make sure that your computer's network settings are
correct. If you cannot access any website, there is a problem on the computer.
Check the network connection of the computer. See the documentation provided with the computer for
details.

Cannot Print from Smart Device

Make sure the smart device and the printer are connected correctly.
The cause and solution to the problem differ depending on whether or not they are connected.

Checking the Connection Status

Use the Epson printing app to check the connection status for the smart device and the printer.
Examples of Epson printing apps

Search for and install the Epson printing application from App Store or Google Play if it is not already installed.

1. On the smart device, start the Epson printing application.

144
Solving Problems > The Printer Does Not Work as Expected > Cannot Print

2. Check that the printer name is displayed in the application.

When the printer name is displayed, a connection has been successfully established between the smart device
and the printer.
If the following are displayed, a connection has not been established between the smart device and the printer.
❏ Printer is not selected.
❏ Communication error.

Check the following if a connection has not been established.

❏ The printer is not recognized over a network connection
“Cannot connect to a Network” on page 145

Check the following if a connection has been established.

❏ The printer is recognized, but printing cannot be performed.
“Cannot Print Even Though a Connection has been Established (iOS)” on page 146

Cannot connect to a Network

The problem could be one of the following issues.

Something is wrong with the network devices for Wi-Fi connection.

Solutions
Turn off the devices you want to connect to the network. Wait for about 10 seconds, and then turn on the
devices in the following order; wireless router, computer or smart device, and then printer. Move the
printer and computer or smart device closer to the wireless router to help with radio wave
communication, and then try to make network settings again.

Devices cannot receive signals from the wireless router because they are too far apart.
Solutions
After moving the computer or the smart device and the printer closer to the wireless router, turn off the
wireless router, and then turn it back on.

When changing the wireless router, the settings do not match the new router.
Solutions
Make the connection settings again so that they match the new wireless router.

& “When Replacing the Wireless Router” on page 190

145
Solving Problems > The Printer Does Not Work as Expected > Cannot Print

The SSIDs connected from the computer or smart device and computer are different.
Solutions
When you are using multiple wireless routers at the same time or the wireless router has multiple SSIDs
and devices are connected to different SSIDs, you cannot connect to the wireless router.
Connect the computer or smart device to the same SSID as the printer.

A privacy separator on the wireless router is available.

Solutions
Most wireless routers have a privacy separator feature that blocks communication between connected
devices. If you cannot communicate between the printer and the computer or smart device even if they
are connected to the same network, disable the privacy separator on the wireless router. See the manual
provided with the wireless router for details.

The IP address is incorrectly assigned.

Solutions
If the IP address assigned to the printer is 169.254.XXX.XXX, and the subnet mask is 255.255.0.0, the IP
address may not be assigned correctly.
Select Settings > General Settings > Network Settings > Advanced on the printer’s control panel, and
then check the IP address and the subnet mask assigned to the printer.
Restart the wireless router or reset the network settings for the printer.

& “Re-setting the Network Connection” on page 190

There is a problem with the network settings on the smart device.

Solutions
Try accessing any website from your smart device to make sure that your smart device's network settings
are correct. If you cannot access any website, there is a problem on the smart device.
Check the network connection of the computer. See the documentation provided with the smart device
for details.

Cannot Print Even Though a Connection has been Established (iOS)

The following causes can be considered.

146
Solving Problems > The Printer Does Not Work as Expected > Cannot Print

Paper Setup Auto Display is disabled.

Solutions
Enable Paper Setup Auto Display in the following menu.
Settings > General Settings > Printer Settings > Paper Source Settings > Paper Setup Auto Display

AirPrint is disabled.
Solutions
Enable the AirPrint setting on Web Config.

& “Application for Configuring Printer Operations (Web Config)” on page 223

Suddenly the Printer Cannot Print over a Network Connection

The problem could be one of the following issues.

The network environment has been changed.

Solutions
When you have changed the network environment, such as the wireless router or provider, try making
network settings for the printer again.
Connect the computer or smart device to the same SSID as the printer.

& “Re-setting the Network Connection” on page 190

Something is wrong with the network devices for Wi-Fi connection.

Solutions
Turn off the devices you want to connect to the network. Wait for about 10 seconds, and then turn on the
devices in the following order; wireless router, computer or smart device, and then printer. Move the
printer and computer or smart device closer to the wireless router to help with radio wave
communication, and then try to make network settings again.

The printer is not connected to the network.

Solutions
Select Settings > General Settings > Network Settings > Connection Check, and then print the network
connection report. If the report shows that the network connection failed, check the network connection
report and then follow the printed solutions.

147
Solving Problems > The Printer Does Not Work as Expected > Cannot Start Scanning

There is a problem with the network settings on the smart device.

Solutions
Try accessing any website from your smart device to make sure that your smart device's network settings
are correct. If you cannot access any website, there is a problem on the smart device.
Check the network connection of the computer. See the documentation provided with the smart device
for details.

Cannot Start Scanning

Cannot Start Scanning from Windows

Make sure the computer and the printer are connected correctly.
The cause and solution to the problem differ depending on whether or not they are connected.

Checking the Connection Status

Use Epson Printer Connection Checker to check the connection status for the computer and the printer. You may
be able to solve the problem depending on the results of the check.

1. Double-click the Epson Printer Connection Checker icon on the desktop.

Epson Printer Connection Checker starts.
If there is no icon on the desktop, follow the methods below to start Epson Printer Connection Checker.
❏ Windows 10
Click the start button, and then select Epson Software > Epson Printer Connection Checker.
❏ Windows 8.1/Windows 8
Enter the application name in the search charm, and then select the displayed icon.
❏ Windows 7
Click the start button, and then select All Programs > Epson Software > Epson Printer Connection
Checker.

2. Follow the on-screen instructions to check.

Note:
If the printer name is not displayed, install a genuine Epson printer driver.
“Checking if a genuine Epson printer driver is installed - Windows” on page 113

When you have identified the problem, follow the solution displayed on the screen.
When you cannot solve the problem, check the following according to your situation.
❏ The printer is not recognized over a network connection
“Cannot connect to a Network” on page 132
❏ The printer is not recognized using a USB connection
“The Printer Cannot Connect by USB (Windows)” on page 134
❏ The printer is recognized, but scanning cannot be performed.
“Cannot Scan Even Though a Connection has been Correctly Established (Windows)” on page 152

148
Solving Problems > The Printer Does Not Work as Expected > Cannot Start Scanning

Cannot connect to a Network

The problem could be one of the following issues.

Something is wrong with the network devices for Wi-Fi connection.

Solutions
Turn off the devices you want to connect to the network. Wait for about 10 seconds, and then turn on the
devices in the following order; wireless router, computer or smart device, and then printer. Move the
printer and computer or smart device closer to the wireless router to help with radio wave
communication, and then try to make network settings again.

Devices cannot receive signals from the wireless router because they are too far apart.
Solutions
After moving the computer or the smart device and the printer closer to the wireless router, turn off the
wireless router, and then turn it back on.

When changing the wireless router, the settings do not match the new router.
Solutions
Make the connection settings again so that they match the new wireless router.

& “When Replacing the Wireless Router” on page 190

The SSIDs connected from the computer or smart device and computer are different.
Solutions
When you are using multiple wireless routers at the same time or the wireless router has multiple SSIDs
and devices are connected to different SSIDs, you cannot connect to the wireless router.

149
Solving Problems > The Printer Does Not Work as Expected > Cannot Start Scanning

Connect the computer or smart device to the same SSID as the printer.

A privacy separator on the wireless router is available.

Solutions
Most wireless routers have a privacy separator feature that blocks communication between connected
devices. If you cannot communicate between the printer and the computer or smart device even if they
are connected to the same network, disable the privacy separator on the wireless router. See the manual
provided with the wireless router for details.

The IP address is incorrectly assigned.

Solutions
If the IP address assigned to the printer is 169.254.XXX.XXX, and the subnet mask is 255.255.0.0, the IP
address may not be assigned correctly.
Select Settings > General Settings > Network Settings > Advanced on the printer’s control panel, and
then check the IP address and the subnet mask assigned to the printer.
Restart the wireless router or reset the network settings for the printer.

& “Re-setting the Network Connection” on page 190

There is a problem with the network settings on the computer.

Solutions
Try accessing any website from your computer to make sure that your computer's network settings are
correct. If you cannot access any website, there is a problem on the computer.
Check the network connection of the computer. See the documentation provided with the computer for
details.

The printer has been connected by Ethernet using devices that support IEEE802.3az (Energy
Efficient Ethernet).
Solutions
When you connect the printer by Ethernet using devices that support IEEE802.3az (Energy Efficient
Ethernet), the following problems may occur depending on the hub or router that you are using.
❏ Connection becomes unstable, the printer is connected and disconnected again and again.
❏ Cannot connect to the printer.

150
Solving Problems > The Printer Does Not Work as Expected > Cannot Start Scanning

❏ The communication speed becomes slow.

Follow the steps below to disable IEEE802.3az for the printer and then connect.

1. Remove the Ethernet cable connected to the computer and the printer.

2. When IEEE802.3az for the computer is enabled, disable it.

See the documentation provided with the computer for details.

3. Connect the computer and the printer with an Ethernet cable directly.

4. On the printer, print a network connection report.

“Printing a Network Connection Report” on page 206

5. Check the printer's IP address on the network connection report.

6. On the computer, access Web Config.

Launch a Web browser, and then enter the printer's IP address.
“Running Web Config on a Web Browser” on page 223

7. Select the Network tab > Wired LAN.

8. Select OFF for IEEE 802.3az.

9. Click Next.

10. Click OK.

11. Remove the Ethernet cable connected to the computer and the printer.

12. If you disabled IEEE802.3az for the computer in step 2, enable it.

13. Connect the Ethernet cables that you removed in step 1 to the computer and the printer.
If the problem still occurs, devices other than the printer may be causing the problem.

The Printer Cannot Connect by USB (Windows)

The following causes can be considered.

The USB cable is not plugged into the electrical outlet correctly.
Solutions
Connect the USB cable securely to the printer and the computer.

There is a problem with the USB hub.

Solutions
If you are using a USB hub, try to connect the printer directly to the computer.

151
Solving Problems > The Printer Does Not Work as Expected > Cannot Start Scanning

There is a problem with the USB cable or the USB inlet.

Solutions
If the USB cable cannot be recognized, change the port, or change the USB cable.

Cannot Scan Even Though a Connection has been Correctly Established (Windows)

Scanning at a high resolution over a network.

Solutions
Try scanning at a lower resolution.

Cannot Start Scanning from Mac OS

Make sure the computer and the printer are connected correctly.
The cause and solution to the problem differ depending on whether or not they are connected.

Checking the Connection Status

Use EPSON Status Monitor to check the connection status for the computer and the printer.

1. Select System Preferences from the Apple menu > Printers & Scanners (or Print & Scan, Print & Fax), and
then select the printer.

2. Click Options & Supplies > Utility > Open Printer Utility.

3. Click EPSON Status Monitor.

When the remaining ink levels are displayed, a connection has been successfully established between the computer
and the printer.
Check the following if a connection has not been established.
❏ The printer is not recognized over a network connection
“Cannot connect to a Network” on page 139
❏ The printer is not recognized using a USB connection
“The Printer Cannot Connect by USB (Mac OS)” on page 142

Check the following if a connection has been established.

❏ The printer is recognized, but scanning cannot be performed.
“Cannot Scan Even Though a Connection has been Correctly Established (Mac OS)” on page 156

Cannot connect to a Network

The problem could be one of the following issues.

152
Solving Problems > The Printer Does Not Work as Expected > Cannot Start Scanning

Something is wrong with the network devices for Wi-Fi connection.

Solutions
Turn off the devices you want to connect to the network. Wait for about 10 seconds, and then turn on the
devices in the following order; wireless router, computer or smart device, and then printer. Move the
printer and computer or smart device closer to the wireless router to help with radio wave
communication, and then try to make network settings again.

Devices cannot receive signals from the wireless router because they are too far apart.
Solutions
After moving the computer or the smart device and the printer closer to the wireless router, turn off the
wireless router, and then turn it back on.

When changing the wireless router, the settings do not match the new router.
Solutions
Make the connection settings again so that they match the new wireless router.

& “When Replacing the Wireless Router” on page 190

The SSIDs connected from the computer or smart device and computer are different.
Solutions
When you are using multiple wireless routers at the same time or the wireless router has multiple SSIDs
and devices are connected to different SSIDs, you cannot connect to the wireless router.
Connect the computer or smart device to the same SSID as the printer.

153
Solving Problems > The Printer Does Not Work as Expected > Cannot Start Scanning

A privacy separator on the wireless router is available.

Solutions
Most wireless routers have a privacy separator feature that blocks communication between connected
devices. If you cannot communicate between the printer and the computer or smart device even if they
are connected to the same network, disable the privacy separator on the wireless router. See the manual
provided with the wireless router for details.

The IP address is incorrectly assigned.

Solutions
If the IP address assigned to the printer is 169.254.XXX.XXX, and the subnet mask is 255.255.0.0, the IP
address may not be assigned correctly.
Select Settings > General Settings > Network Settings > Advanced on the printer’s control panel, and
then check the IP address and the subnet mask assigned to the printer.
Restart the wireless router or reset the network settings for the printer.

& “Re-setting the Network Connection” on page 190

There is a problem with the network settings on the computer.

Solutions
Try accessing any website from your computer to make sure that your computer's network settings are
correct. If you cannot access any website, there is a problem on the computer.
Check the network connection of the computer. See the documentation provided with the computer for
details.

The device connected to the USB 3.0 port causes radio frequency interference.
Solutions
When you connect a device to the USB 3.0 port on a Mac, radio frequency interference may occur. Try
the following if you cannot connect to wireless LAN (Wi-Fi) or if operations become unstable.
❏ Place the device that is connected to the USB 3.0 port further away from the computer.
❏ Connect to the SSID for the 5 GHz range.

See the following to connect the printer to the SSID.

& “Making Wi-Fi Settings by Entering the SSID and Password” on page 194

The printer has been connected by Ethernet using devices that support IEEE802.3az (Energy
Efficient Ethernet).
Solutions
When you connect the printer by Ethernet using devices that support IEEE802.3az (Energy Efficient
Ethernet), the following problems may occur depending on the hub or router that you are using.
❏ Connection becomes unstable, the printer is connected and disconnected again and again.
❏ Cannot connect to the printer.
❏ The communication speed becomes slow.

Follow the steps below to disable IEEE802.3az for the printer and then connect.

154
Solving Problems > The Printer Does Not Work as Expected > Cannot Start Scanning

1. Remove the Ethernet cable connected to the computer and the printer.

2. When IEEE802.3az for the computer is enabled, disable it.

See the documentation provided with the computer for details.

3. Connect the computer and the printer with an Ethernet cable directly.

4. On the printer, print a network connection report.

“Printing a Network Connection Report” on page 206

5. Check the printer's IP address on the network connection report.

6. On the computer, access Web Config.

Launch a Web browser, and then enter the printer's IP address.
“Running Web Config on a Web Browser” on page 223

7. Select the Network tab > Wired LAN.

8. Select OFF for IEEE 802.3az.

9. Click Next.

10. Click OK.

11. Remove the Ethernet cable connected to the computer and the printer.

12. If you disabled IEEE802.3az for the computer in step 2, enable it.

13. Connect the Ethernet cables that you removed in step 1 to the computer and the printer.
If the problem still occurs, devices other than the printer may be causing the problem.

The Printer Cannot Connect by USB (Mac OS)

The following causes can be considered.

The USB cable is not plugged into the electrical outlet correctly.
Solutions
Connect the USB cable securely to the printer and the computer.

There is a problem with the USB hub.

Solutions
If you are using a USB hub, try to connect the printer directly to the computer.

There is a problem with the USB cable or the USB inlet.

Solutions
If the USB cable cannot be recognized, change the port, or change the USB cable.

155
Solving Problems > The Printer Does Not Work as Expected > Cannot Start Scanning

Cannot Scan Even Though a Connection has been Correctly Established (Mac OS)

Scanning at a high resolution over a network.

Solutions
Try scanning at a lower resolution.

Cannot Start Scanning from Smart Device

Make sure the smart device and the printer are connected correctly.
The cause and solution to the problem differ depending on whether or not they are connected.

Checking the Connection Status

Use the Epson printing app to check the connection status for the smart device and the printer.
Examples of Epson printing apps

Search for and install the Epson printing application from App Store or Google Play if it is not already installed.

1. On the smart device, start the Epson printing application.

2. Check that the printer name is displayed in the application.

When the printer name is displayed, a connection has been successfully established between the smart device
and the printer.
If the following are displayed, a connection has not been established between the smart device and the printer.
❏ Printer is not selected.
❏ Communication error.

Check the following if a connection has not been established.

❏ The printer is not recognized over a network connection
“Cannot connect to a Network” on page 145

Check the following if a connection has been established.

❏ The printer is recognized, but scanning cannot be performed.
“Cannot Print Even Though a Connection has been Established (iOS)” on page 146

Cannot connect to a Network

The problem could be one of the following issues.

156
Solving Problems > The Printer Does Not Work as Expected > Cannot Start Scanning

Something is wrong with the network devices for Wi-Fi connection.

Solutions
Turn off the devices you want to connect to the network. Wait for about 10 seconds, and then turn on the
devices in the following order; wireless router, computer or smart device, and then printer. Move the
printer and computer or smart device closer to the wireless router to help with radio wave
communication, and then try to make network settings again.

Devices cannot receive signals from the wireless router because they are too far apart.
Solutions
After moving the computer or the smart device and the printer closer to the wireless router, turn off the
wireless router, and then turn it back on.

When changing the wireless router, the settings do not match the new router.
Solutions
Make the connection settings again so that they match the new wireless router.

& “When Replacing the Wireless Router” on page 190

The SSIDs connected from the computer or smart device and computer are different.
Solutions
When you are using multiple wireless routers at the same time or the wireless router has multiple SSIDs
and devices are connected to different SSIDs, you cannot connect to the wireless router.
Connect the computer or smart device to the same SSID as the printer.

157
Solving Problems > The Printer Does Not Work as Expected > Cannot Start Scanning

A privacy separator on the wireless router is available.

Solutions
Most wireless routers have a privacy separator feature that blocks communication between connected
devices. If you cannot communicate between the printer and the computer or smart device even if they
are connected to the same network, disable the privacy separator on the wireless router. See the manual
provided with the wireless router for details.

The IP address is incorrectly assigned.

Solutions
If the IP address assigned to the printer is 169.254.XXX.XXX, and the subnet mask is 255.255.0.0, the IP
address may not be assigned correctly.
Select Settings > General Settings > Network Settings > Advanced on the printer’s control panel, and
then check the IP address and the subnet mask assigned to the printer.
Restart the wireless router or reset the network settings for the printer.

& “Re-setting the Network Connection” on page 190

There is a problem with the network settings on the smart device.

Solutions
Try accessing any website from your smart device to make sure that your smart device's network settings
are correct. If you cannot access any website, there is a problem on the smart device.
Check the network connection of the computer. See the documentation provided with the smart device
for details.

Cannot Save Scanned Images to the Shared Folder

Messages are Displayed on the Control Panel

When error messages are displayed on the control panel, check the message itself or the following list to solve the
problems.

158
Solving Problems > The Printer Does Not Work as Expected > Cannot Start Scanning

Messages Solutions

DNS error. Check DNS settings. Cannnot connect to the computer. Check the following.
❏ Make sure that the address in the contacts list on the printer and the address
of the shared folder are the same.
❏ If the IP address of the computer is static and is set manually, change the
computer name in the network path to the IP address.
Example: \\EPSON02\SCAN to \\192.168.xxx.xxx\SCAN
❏ Make sure that the computer is turned on and does not sleep. If the computer
sleeps, you cannot save scanned images to the shared folder.
❏ Temporarily disable the computer's Firewall and security software. If this clears
the error, check the settings in the security software.
❏ If Public network is selected as the network place, you cannot save the
scanned images to the shared folder. Set the forward settings for each port.
❏ If you are using a laptop computer and the IP address is set as DHCP, the IP
address may change when reconnecting to the network. Obtain the IP address
again.
❏ Make sure the DNS setting is correct. Contact your network administrator
about the DNS settings.
❏ The computer name and the IP address may differ when the management
table of the DNS server is not updated. Contact your DNS server administrator.

Authentication error. Please check the Make sure the user name and the password are correct on the computer and the
Email Server Settings. contacts on the printer. Also, make sure that the password has not expired.

Communication error. Check the Wi-Fi/ Cannot communicate with a network folder that is registered on the contacts list.
network connection. Check the following.
❏ Make sure that Use Microsoft network sharing is enabled on the Web Config.
Select Network > MS Network on the Web Config.
❏ Make sure that the address in the contacts list on the printer and the address
of the shared folder are the same.
❏ Access rights for the user in the contacts list should be added on the Sharing
tab and the Security tab of the shared folder's properties. Also, the
permissions for the user should be set to "allowed".

The file name is already in use. Rename Change the file name settings. Otherwise, move or delete the files, or change the
the file and scan again. file name on the shared folder.

Scanned file(s) are too large. Only XX There is not enough disk space on the computer. Increase the free space on the
page(s) have been sent. Check if the computer.
destination has enough space.

Checking the Point where the Error Occurred

When saving scanned images to the shared folder, saving process proceeds as following. You can then check the
point where the error occurred.

Items Operation Error Messages

Connecting Connect to the computer from the printer. DNS error. Check DNS settings.

Logging on to the Log on to the computer with the user name and Authentication error. Please check the
computer the password. Email Server Settings.

159
Solving Problems > The Printer Does Not Work as Expected > Cannot Operate the Printer as Expected

Items Operation Error Messages

Checking the folder to Check the network path of the shared folder. Communication error. Check the Wi-Fi/
save network connection.

Checking the file name Check if there is a file with the same name as the The file name is already in use. Rename
file you want to save in the folder. the file and scan again.

Writing the file Write a new file. Scanned file(s) are too large. Only XX
page(s) have been sent. Check if the
destination has enough space.

Saving the Scanned Images Takes a Long Time

It takes a long time for the name resolution to correspond to the "Domain Name" and the "IP
Address".
Solutions
Check the following points.
❏ Make sure the DNS setting is correct.
❏ Make sure each DNS setting is correct when checking the Web Config.
❏ Make sure the DNS domain name is correct.

Cannot Operate the Printer as Expected

Operations are Slow

Printing Is Too Slow

The following causes can be considered.

Unnecessary applications are running.

Solutions
Close any unnecessary applications on your computer or smart device.

The print quality is set to high.

Solutions
Lower the quality setting.

Bidirectional printing is disabled.

Solutions
Enable the bidirectional (or high speed) setting. When this setting is enabled, the print head prints while
moving in both directions, and the printing speed increases.
❏ Windows
Select Bidirectional Printing on the printer driver's More Options tab.

160
Solving Problems > The Printer Does Not Work as Expected > Cannot Operate the Printer as Expected

❏ Mac OS
Select System Preferences from the Apple menu > Printers & Scanners (or Print & Scan, Print &
Fax), and then select the printer. Click Options & Supplies > Options (or Driver). Select On as the
Bidirectional Printing setting.

Quiet Mode is enabled.

Solutions
Disable Quiet Mode. The printing speed slows down when the printer is running in Quiet Mode.
❏ Control panel

Select on the home screen, and then select Off.

❏ Windows
Select Off as the Quiet Mode setting on the printer driver's Main tab.
❏ Mac OS
Select System Preferences from the Apple menu > Printers & Scanners (or Print & Scan, Print &
Fax), and then select the printer. Click Options & Supplies > Options (or Driver). Select Off as the
Quiet Mode setting.

Printing Slows Down Dramatically During Continuous Printing

The function that prevents the printer mechanism from overheating and being damaged is
operating.
Solutions
You can continue printing. To return to normal printing speed, leave the printer idle for at least 30
minutes. Printing speed does not return to normal if the power is off.

Scanning Speed Is Slow

Scanning at a high resolution.

Solutions
Try scanning at a lower resolution.

LCD Screen Gets Dark

The printer is in sleep mode.

Solutions
Tap anywhere on the LCD screen to return it to its former state.

Touch Screen Does Not Respond

The following causes can be considered.

161
Solving Problems > The Printer Does Not Work as Expected > Cannot Operate the Printer as Expected

A protective sheet has been stuck on the touch screen.

Solutions
If you stick a protective sheet on the touch screen, the optical touch screen may not respond. Remove the
sheet.

The screen is smeared.

Solutions
Turn off the printer, and then wipe the screen using a soft, dry cloth. If the screen is smeared, it may not
respond.

Cannot Operate from the Control Panel

When the user feature restriction is enabled, a user ID and password are required to print.
Solutions
If you do not know the password, contact your printer administrator.

Operation Sounds Are Loud

Quiet Mode is disabled.

Solutions
If operations sounds are too loud, enable Quiet Mode. Enabling this feature may reduce printing speed.
❏ Control panel

Select on the home screen, and then enable Quiet Mode.

❏ Windows printer driver
Enable Quiet Mode on the Main tab.
❏ Mac OS printer driver
Select System Preferences from the Apple menu > Printers & Scanners (or Print & Scan, Print &
Fax), and then select the printer. Click Options & Supplies > Options (or Driver). Select On as the
Quiet Mode setting.

The Date and Time Are Incorrect

Error occurred in power supply.

Solutions
After a power failure caused by a lightning strike or if the power is left off for a long time, the clock may
show the wrong time. Set the date and the time correctly in Settings > General Settings > Basic Settings
> Date/Time Settings on the control panel.

162
Solving Problems > A Message is Displayed on the LCD Screen

The Root Certificate Needs to be Updated

The root certificate has expired.

Solutions
Run Web Config, and then update the root certificate.

Cannot Cancel Printing from a Computer Running Mac OS X v10.6.8

There is a problem with your AirPrint setup.

Solutions
Run Web Config, and then select Port9100 as the Top Priority Protocol setting in AirPrint Setup. Select
System Preferences from the Apple menu > Printers & Scanners (or Print & Scan, Print & Fax), remove
the printer, and then add the printer again.

& “Application for Configuring Printer Operations (Web Config)” on page 223

Forgot Your Password

You need help from service personnel.

Solutions
If you forget the administrator's password, contact Epson support.

Copies are Made Unintentionally

Foreign objects are touching the optical touch panel.

Solutions
Select Settings > General Settings > Basic Settings > Wake from Sleep, and then turn off Touch LCD
Screen to Wake. The printer will not return from sleep mode (power saving) until you press the P
button.

A Message is Displayed on the LCD Screen

If an error message is displayed on the LCD screen, follow the on-screen instructions or the solutions below to
solve the problem.

Error Messages Solutions

Printer Error Remove any paper or protective material in the printer. If the error
message is still displayed, contact Epson support.
Turn on the printer again. See your
documentation for more details.

Paper out in XX. Load paper in the displayed paper source, and if you load paper in the
paper cassette, insert it all the way.

163
Solving Problems > Paper Gets Jammed > Preventing Paper Jams

Error Messages Solutions

Paper Setup Auto Display is set to Off. Some If Paper Setup Auto Display is disabled, you cannot use AirPrint.
features may not be available. For details, see
your documentation.

The combination of the IP address and the Enter the correct IP address or default gateway. Contact the person who
subnet mask is invalid. See your documentation setup the network for assistance.
for more details.

To use cloud services, update the root certificate Run Web Config, and then update the root certificate.
from the Epson Web Config utility.

Check that the printer driver is installed on the Make sure the printer port is selected correctly in Property > Port from
computer and that the port settings for the the Printer menu as follows.
printer are correct.
Select "USBXXX" for a USB connection, or "EpsonNet Print Port" for a
network connection.

Recovery Mode The printer has started in recovery mode because the firmware update
failed. Follow the steps below to try to update the firmware again.
Update Firmware
1. Connect the computer and the printer with a USB cable. (During
recovery mode, you cannot update the firmware over a network
connection.)
2. Visit your local Epson website for further instructions.

Paper Gets Jammed

Check the error displayed on the control panel and follow the instructions to remove the jammed paper including
any torn pieces. The LCD screen displays an animation that shows you how to remove jammed paper. Next, select
OK to clear the error.

! Caution:
Never touch the buttons on the control panel while your hand is inside the printer. If the printer starts operating, it
could cause an injury. Be careful not to touch the protruding parts to avoid injury.

c Important:
❏ Remove the jammed paper carefully. Removing the paper vigorously may cause damage to the printer.
❏ When removing jammed paper, avoid tilting the printer, placing it vertically, or turning it upside down;
otherwise ink may leak.

Preventing Paper Jams

Check the following if paper jams occur frequently.
❏ Place the printer on a flat surface and operate in the recommended environmental conditions.
“Environmental Specifications” on page 244
❏ Use the paper supported by this printer.
“Available Paper and Capacities” on page 214

164
Solving Problems > It is Time to Refill the Ink > Ink Bottle Handling Precautions

❏ Follow paper handling precautions.

“Paper Handling Precautions” on page 31
❏ Load paper in the correct direction, and slide the edge guide against the edge of the paper.
“Loading Paper” on page 32
❏ Raise the ADF document support.

❏ Do not load more than the maximum number of sheets specified for paper.
❏ Load one sheet of paper at a time if you have loaded several sheets of paper.
❏ Make sure the paper size and paper type settings match the actual paper size and paper type loaded in the
printer.
“List of Paper Type” on page 32

It is Time to Refill the Ink

Ink Bottle Handling Precautions

Read the following instructions before refilling ink.

Storing precautions for ink

❏ Keep the ink bottles out of direct sunlight.
❏ Do not store the ink bottles in high or freezing temperatures.
❏ After bringing an ink bottle inside from a cold storage site, allow it to warm up at room temperature for at least
three hours before using it.
❏ Once you open an ink bottle, we recommend using it as soon as possible.
❏ Epson recommends using the ink bottle before the date printed on the package.
❏ Do not open the ink bottle package until you are ready to fill the ink tank. The ink bottle is vacuum packed to
maintain its reliability. If you leave an ink bottle unpacked for a long time before using it, normal printing may
not be possible.
❏ When storing or transporting an ink bottle, do not tilt the bottle and do not subject it to impacts or temperature
changes. Otherwise, ink may leak even if the cap on the ink bottle is tightened securely. Be sure to keep the ink
bottle upright when tightening the cap, and take precautions to prevent ink from leaking when transporting the
bottle, for example, putting the bottle in a bag.

165
Solving Problems > It is Time to Refill the Ink > Refilling the Ink Tank

Handling precautions for refilling ink

❏ The ink for this printer must be handled carefully. Ink may splatter when the ink tank is being filled or refilled
with ink. If ink gets on your clothes or belongings, it may not come off.
❏ Use ink bottles with the correct part code for this printer.
❏ Do not shake too vigorously or squeeze the ink bottles.
❏ For optimum print results do not maintain low ink levels for extended periods of time.
❏ To obtain optimum printing results, refill the ink tank to the upper line at least once every year.
❏ To ensure you receive premium print quality and to help protect your print head, a variable ink safety reserve
remains in the ink tank when your printer indicates to refill ink. The yields quoted for you do not include this
reserve.

Ink consumption
❏ To maintain optimum print head performance, some ink is consumed from the ink tank during maintenance
operations such as print head cleaning. Ink may also be consumed when you turn the printer on.
❏ The ink in the ink bottle supplied with your printer is partly used during initial setup. In order to produce high
quality printouts, the print head in your printer will be fully charged with ink. This one-off process consumes a
quantity of ink and therefore this bottle may print fewer pages compared to subsequent ink bottles.
❏ Quoted yields may vary depending on the images that you are printing, the paper type that you are using, the
frequency of your prints and environmental conditions such as temperature.

Refilling the Ink Tank

1. Select Maintenance on the printer's control panel.

2. Select Fill Ink.

3. Read all of the usage precautions for filling ink on the screen, and then proceed to the next screen.

4. Open the ink tank cover.

166
Solving Problems > It is Time to Refill the Ink > Refilling the Ink Tank

5. Open the ink tank cap.

6. While holding the ink bottle upright, turn the cap slowly to remove it.

c Important:
❏ Epson recommends the use of genuine Epson ink bottles.
❏ Be careful not to spill any ink.

7. Check the upper line (a) in the ink tank.

167
Solving Problems > It is Time to Refill the Ink > Refilling the Ink Tank

8. Align the top of the ink bottle with the filling port, and then insert it straight into the port to fill ink until it
stops automatically at the upper line.
When you insert the ink bottle into the filling port for the correct color, ink starts pouring and the flow stops
automatically when the ink reaches the upper line.
If the ink does not start flowing into the tank, remove the ink bottle and reinsert it. However, do not remove
and reinsert the ink bottle when the ink has reached the upper line; otherwise ink may leak.

9. When you have finished refilling the ink, remove the ink bottle, and then close the ink tank cap securely.

c Important:
Do not leave the ink bottle inserted; otherwise the bottle may be damaged or ink may leak.

168
Solving Problems > It is Time to Replace the Maintenance Box > Maintenance Box Handling Precautions

Note:
If any ink remains in the ink bottle, tighten the cap and store the bottle upright for later use.

10. Close the ink tank cover firmly.

11. Follow the on-screen instructions to set the ink level.

c Important:
Even if you do not refill ink up to the upper line on the ink tank, you can continue using the printer. To keep your
printer operating at its best, however, fill ink tank up to the upper line and reset the ink level immediately.

Related Information
& “Ink Bottle Code” on page 217
& “Ink Bottle Handling Precautions” on page 165
& “Cleaning Spilled ink” on page 111

It is Time to Replace the Maintenance Box

Maintenance Box Handling Precautions

Read the following instructions before replacing the maintenance box.
❏ Do not touch the green chip on the side of the maintenance box. Doing so may prevent normal operation and
printing.
❏ Do not replace the maintenance box during printing; otherwise, ink may leak.
❏ Do not remove the maintenance box or open its cover except when replacing the maintenance box; otherwise
ink may leak.

169
Solving Problems > It is Time to Replace the Maintenance Box > Replacing a Maintenance Box

❏ Do not reuse a maintenance box which has been removed and left detached for a long period. Ink inside the box
will have solidified and no more ink can be absorbed.
❏ Do not tilt the used maintenance box until after it is sealed in the plastic bag; otherwise ink may leak.
❏ Do not store the maintenance box in high or freezing temperatures.
❏ Keep the maintenance box out of direct sunlight.
❏ Do not drop the maintenance box or subject it to strong shocks.
❏ Do not touch the openings in the maintenance box as you may get smeared with ink.

Replacing a Maintenance Box

In some print cycles a very small amount of surplus ink may be collected in the maintenance box. To prevent ink
leakage from the maintenance box, the printer is designed to stop printing when the absorbing capacity of the
maintenance box has reached its limit. Whether and how often this is required will vary according to the number
of pages you print, the type of material that you print and the number of cleaning cycles that the printer performs.
When a message is displayed prompting you to replace the maintenance box, refer to the animations displayed on
the control panel. The need for replacement of the box does not mean that your printer has ceased to operate in
accordance with its specifications. The Epson warranty does not cover the cost of this replacement. It is a user-
serviceable part.

Note:
❏ When the maintenance box is full, you cannot print and clean the print head until it is replaced to avoid ink leakage.
However, you can perform operations that do not use ink such as scanning.

Related Information
& “Maintenance Box Code” on page 218
& “Maintenance Box Handling Precautions” on page 169

170
Solving Problems > Printing, Copying, and Scanning Quality is Poor > Print Quality is Poor

Printing, Copying, and Scanning Quality is Poor

Print Quality is Poor

Banding Appears in Printouts

The print head nozzles may be clogged.

Solutions
Use the Print Quality Adjustment feature. If you have not used the printer for a long time, the print head
nozzles may be clogged and ink drops may not be discharged.

& “Adjusting the Print Quality” on page 99

Black or Gray Banding Appears at Intervals of Approximately 3.3 cm

The following causes can be considered.

The paper type setting does not match the paper loaded.
Solutions
Select the appropriate paper type setting for the type of paper loaded in the printer.

& “List of Paper Type” on page 32

The print quality is set to low.

Solutions
When printing on plain paper, print using a higher quality setting.
❏ Windows
Select High from Quality on the printer driver's Main tab.
❏ Mac OS
Select Fine as Print Quality from the print dialog's Print Settings menu.

171
Solving Problems > Printing, Copying, and Scanning Quality is Poor > Print Quality is Poor

The print head position is out of alignment.

Solutions
Align the print head using the Print Quality Adjustment feature.

& “Adjusting the Print Quality” on page 99

Vertical Banding or Misalignment

The following causes can be considered.

The print head position is out of alignment.

Solutions
Align the print head using the Print Quality Adjustment feature.

& “Adjusting the Print Quality” on page 99

The bidirectional printing setting is enabled.

Solutions
If print quality does not improve even after aligning the print head, disable the bidirectional setting.
During bidirectional (or high speed) printing, the print head prints while moving in both directions, and
vertical lines may be misaligned. Disabling this setting may slow down printing speed but improve print
quality.
❏ Windows
Clear Bidirectional Printing on the printer driver’s More Options tab.
❏ Mac OS
Select System Preferences from the Apple menu > Printers & Scanners (or Print & Scan, Print &
Fax), and then select the printer. Click Options & Supplies > Options (or Driver). Select Off as the
Bidirectional Printing setting.

Striped Patterns Appear

172
Solving Problems > Printing, Copying, and Scanning Quality is Poor > Print Quality is Poor

The bidirectional printing setting is enabled.

Solutions
When printing on plain paper, disable the bidirectional setting.
During bidirectional (or high speed) printing, the print head prints while moving in both directions, and
vertical lines may be misaligned. Disabling this setting may slow down printing speed but improve print
quality.
❏ Windows
Clear Bidirectional Printing on the printer driver’s More Options tab.
❏ Mac OS
Select System Preferences from the Apple menu > Printers & Scanners (or Print & Scan, Print &
Fax), and then select the printer. Click Options & Supplies > Options (or Driver). Select Off as the
Bidirectional Printing setting.

The print head nozzles may be clogged.

Solutions
Use the Print Quality Adjustment feature. If you have not used the printer for a long time, the print head
nozzles may be clogged and ink drops may not be discharged.

& “Adjusting the Print Quality” on page 99

Printout Comes Out as a Blank Sheet

The print head nozzles may be clogged.

Solutions
Use the Print Quality Adjustment feature. If you have not used the printer for a long time, the print head
nozzles may be clogged and ink drops may not be discharged.

& “Adjusting the Print Quality” on page 99

The print settings and the paper size loaded in the printer are different.
Solutions
Change the print settings according to the paper size loaded in the paper cassette. Load paper in the
paper cassette that matches the print settings.

173
Solving Problems > Printing, Copying, and Scanning Quality is Poor > Print Quality is Poor

Multiple sheets of paper are fed into the printer at the same time.
Solutions
See the following to prevent multiple sheets of paper being fed into the printer at the same time.

& “Several Sheets of Paper are Fed at a Time” on page 129

Paper Is Smeared or Scuffed

The following causes can be considered.

Paper is loaded incorrectly.

Solutions
When horizontal banding (perpendicular to the printing direction) appears, or the top or bottom of the
paper is smeared, load paper in the correct direction and slide the edge guides to the edges of the paper.

& “Loading Paper” on page 32

The paper path is smeared.

Solutions
When vertical banding (horizontal to the printing direction) appears, or the paper is smeared, clean the
paper path.

& “Cleaning the Paper Path for Ink Smears” on page 103

The paper is curled.

Solutions
Place the paper on a flat surface to check if it is curled. If it is, flatten it.

The print head is rubbing the surface of the paper.

Solutions
When printing on thick paper, the print head is close to the printing surface and the paper may be
scuffed. In this case, enable the reduce scuff setting. If you enable this setting, print quality may decline or
printing may slow down.
❏ Control panel
Select Settings > General Settings > Printer Settings, and then enable Thick Paper.

174
Solving Problems > Printing, Copying, and Scanning Quality is Poor > Print Quality is Poor

❏ Windows
Click Extended Settings on the printer driver's Maintenance tab, and then select Thick Paper and
Envelopes.
If the paper is still scuffed after selecting the Thick Paper and Envelopes setting, select Short Grain
Paper in the Extended Settings window of the printer driver.
❏ Mac OS
Select System Preferences from the Apple menu > Printers & Scanners (or Print & Scan, Print &
Fax), and then select the printer. Click Options & Supplies > Options (or Driver). Select On as
theThick paper and envelopes setting.

The back of the paper was printed before the side that had already been printed was dry.
Solutions
When performing manual 2-sided printing, make sure that the ink is completely dry before reloading the
paper.

When printing using automatic 2-sided printing, the print density is too high and the drying
time is too short.
Solutions
When using the automatic 2-sided printing feature and printing high density data such as images and
graphs, set the print density to lower and the drying time to longer.

& “Printing on 2-Sides” on page 47

& “Printing on 2-Sides” on page 66

The Position, Size, or Margins of the Printout Are Incorrect

The following causes can be considered.

The paper is loaded incorrectly.

Solutions
Load paper in the correct direction, and slide the edge guide against the edge of the paper.

& “Loading Paper” on page 32

The size of the paper is set incorrectly.

Solutions
Select the appropriate paper size setting.

175
Solving Problems > Printing, Copying, and Scanning Quality is Poor > Print Quality is Poor

The margin setting in the application software is not within the print area.
Solutions
Adjust the margin setting in the application so that it falls within the printable area.

& “Printable Area” on page 237

Printed Characters Are Incorrect or Garbled

The following causes can be considered.

The USB cable is not connected correctly.

Solutions
Connect the USB cable securely to the printer and the computer.

There is a job waiting to be printed.

Solutions
Cancel any paused print jobs.

The computer has been manually put into the Hibernate mode or the Sleep mode while
printing.
Solutions
Do not put the computer manually into the Hibernate mode or the Sleep mode while printing. Pages of
garbled text may be printed next time you start the computer.

You are using the printer driver for a different printer.

Solutions
Make sure that the printer driver you are using is for this printer. Check the printer name on the top of
the printer driver window.

The Printed Image Is Inverted

176
Solving Problems > Printing, Copying, and Scanning Quality is Poor > Copy Quality is Poor

The image is set to invert horizontally in the print settings.

Solutions
Clear any mirror image settings in the printer driver or the application.
Windows
Clear Mirror Image on the printer driver’s More Options tab.

Mosaic-Like Patterns in the Prints

Images or photos with a low resolution were printed.

Solutions
When printing images or photos, print using high-resolution data. Images on web sites are often low
resolution although they look good enough on the display, and so print quality may decline.

Copy Quality is Poor

Banding Appears in Copies

The print head nozzles may be clogged.

Solutions
Use the Print Quality Adjustment feature. If you have not used the printer for a long time, the print head
nozzles may be clogged and ink drops may not be discharged.

& “Adjusting the Print Quality” on page 99

Black or Gray Banding Appears at Intervals of Approximately 3.3 cm

177
Solving Problems > Printing, Copying, and Scanning Quality is Poor > Copy Quality is Poor

The following causes can be considered.

The paper type setting does not match the paper loaded.
Solutions
Select the appropriate paper type setting for the type of paper loaded in the printer.

& “List of Paper Type” on page 32

The print head position is out of alignment.

Solutions
Align the print head using the Print Quality Adjustment feature.

& “Adjusting the Print Quality” on page 99

Vertical Banding or Misalignment

The following causes can be considered.

The print head position is out of alignment.

Solutions
Align the print head using the Print Quality Adjustment feature.

& “Adjusting the Print Quality” on page 99

Striped Patterns Appear

The print head nozzles may be clogged.

Solutions
Use the Print Quality Adjustment feature. If you have not used the printer for a long time, the print head
nozzles may be clogged and ink drops may not be discharged.

& “Adjusting the Print Quality” on page 99

178
Solving Problems > Printing, Copying, and Scanning Quality is Poor > Copy Quality is Poor

Printout Comes Out as a Blank Sheet

The print head nozzles may be clogged.

Solutions
Use the Print Quality Adjustment feature. If you have not used the printer for a long time, the print head
nozzles may be clogged and ink drops may not be discharged.

& “Adjusting the Print Quality” on page 99

The print settings and the paper size loaded in the printer are different.
Solutions
Change the print settings according to the paper size loaded in the paper cassette. Load paper in the
paper cassette that matches the print settings.

Multiple sheets of paper are fed into the printer at the same time.
Solutions
See the following to prevent multiple sheets of paper being fed into the printer at the same time.

& “Several Sheets of Paper are Fed at a Time” on page 129

Paper Is Smeared or Scuffed

The following causes can be considered.

Paper is loaded incorrectly.

Solutions
When horizontal banding (perpendicular to the printing direction) appears, or the top or bottom of the
paper is smeared, load paper in the correct direction and slide the edge guides to the edges of the paper.

& “Loading Paper” on page 32

179
Solving Problems > Printing, Copying, and Scanning Quality is Poor > Copy Quality is Poor

The paper path is smeared.

Solutions
When vertical banding (horizontal to the printing direction) appears, or the paper is smeared, clean the
paper path.

& “Cleaning the Paper Path for Ink Smears” on page 103

The paper is curled.

Solutions
Place the paper on a flat surface to check if it is curled. If it is, flatten it.

The printhead is rubbing the surface of the paper.

Solutions
When copying on thick paper, the print head is close to the printing surface and the paper may be
scuffed. In this case, enable the reduce scuff setting.
Select Settings > General Settings > Printer Settings, and then enable Thick Paper on the control panel.
If you enable this setting, copy quality may decline or may slow down.

Copied Photos are Sticky

The copy was made on the wrong side of the photo paper.
Solutions
Make sure you are copying on the printable side. If you have accidentally copied on the wrong side of the
photo paper, you need to clean the paper path.

& “Loading Paper” on page 32

& “Cleaning the Paper Path for Ink Smears” on page 103

The Position, Size, or Margins of the Copies are Incorrect

The following causes can be considered.

180
Solving Problems > Printing, Copying, and Scanning Quality is Poor > Copy Quality is Poor

The paper is loaded incorrectly.

Solutions
Load paper in the correct direction, and slide the edge guide against the edge of the paper.

& “Loading Paper” on page 32

The size of the paper is set incorrectly.

Solutions
Select the appropriate paper size setting.

The originals are not placed correctly.

Solutions
❏ Make sure the original is placed correctly against the alignment marks.
❏ If the edge of the scanned image is missing, move the original slightly away from the edge of the
scanner glass. You cannot scan the area within approximately 1.5 mm (0.06 in.) from the edge of the
scanner glass.

& “Placing Originals” on page 37

There is dust or dirt on the scanner glass or document mat.

Solutions
When placing the originals on the scanner glass, remove any dust or dirt that has adhered to the originals,
and clean the scanner glass and document mat. If there is dust or stains on the glass, the copy area may
extend to include the dust or stains, resulting in the wrong copying position or small images.

Original Size is wrong in copy setting.

Solutions
Select the appropriate Original Size in the copy setting.

& “Advanced Menu Options for Copying” on page 82

If the printer is placed in a location near a light source or subjected to direct sunlight, the
original size may not be detected correctly.
Solutions
Select the original size manually, and then try again.

Original is too thin to detect the size automatically.

Solutions
Select the original size manually, and then try again.

181
Solving Problems > Printing, Copying, and Scanning Quality is Poor > Copy Quality is Poor

Smears, Dots, or Straight Lines Appear in the Copied Image

The following causes can be considered.

The paper path is dirty.

Solutions
Load and eject paper without printing to clean the paper path.

& “Cleaning the Paper Path for Ink Smears” on page 103

There is dust or dirt on the originals or the scanner glass.

Solutions
Remove any dust or dirt that adheres to the originals, and clean the scanner glass.

& “Cleaning the Scanner Glass and Document Mat” on page 104

The original was pressed with too much force.

Solutions
If you press with too much force, blurring, smudges, and spots may occur.
Do not press with too much force on the original or the document cover.

& “Placing Originals” on page 37

There is dust or dirt on the ADF or originals.

Solutions
Clean the ADF, and remove any dust or dirt that adheres to the originals.

& “Cleaning the ADF” on page 106

The copy density setting is too high.

Solutions
Lower the copy density setting.

& “Basic Menu Options for Copying” on page 81

182
Solving Problems > Printing, Copying, and Scanning Quality is Poor > Copy Quality is Poor

Moiré (Cross-Hatch) Patterns Appear in the Copied Image

If the original is a printed document such as a magazine or a catalog, a dotted moiré pattern
appears.
Solutions
Change the reduce and enlarge setting. If a moiré pattern still appears, place the original at a slightly
different angle.

& “Basic Menu Options for Copying” on page 81

An Image of the Reverse Side of the Original Appears in the Copied Image

The following causes can be considered.

When scanning thin originals, images on the back may be scanned at the same time.
Solutions
Place the original on the scanner glass and then place a piece of black paper over it.

& “Placing Originals” on page 37

The copy density setting is too high.

Solutions
Lower the copy density setting.

& “Basic Menu Options for Copying” on page 81

183
Solving Problems > Printing, Copying, and Scanning Quality is Poor > Scanned Image Problems

Scanned Image Problems

Uneven Colors, Dirt, Spots, and so on Appear when Scanning from the Scanner
Glass

There is dust or dirt on the originals or the scanner glass.

Solutions
Remove any dust or dirt that adheres to the originals, and clean the scanner glass.

& “Cleaning the Scanner Glass and Document Mat” on page 104

The original was pressed with too much force.

Solutions
If you press with too much force, blurring, smudges, and spots may occur.
Do not press with too much force on the original or the document cover.

& “Placing Originals” on page 37

Straight Lines Appear when Scanning from ADF

There is dust or dirt on the ADF or originals.

Solutions
Clean the ADF, and remove any dust or dirt that adheres to the originals.

& “Cleaning the ADF” on page 106

184
Solving Problems > Printing, Copying, and Scanning Quality is Poor > Scanned Image Problems

Offset Appears in the Background of Scanned Images

When scanning thin originals, images on the back may be scanned at the same time.
Solutions
When scanning from the scanner glass, place black paper or a desk pad over the original.

& “Placing Originals” on page 37

Cannot Scan the Correct Area on the Scanner Glass

The originals are not placed correctly.

Solutions
❏ Make sure the original is placed correctly against the alignment marks.
❏ If the edge of the scanned image is missing, move the original slightly away from the edge of the
scanner glass. You cannot scan the area within approximately 1.5 mm (0.06 in.) from the edge of the
scanner glass.

& “Placing Originals” on page 37

If the printer is placed in a location near a light source or subjected to direct sunlight, the
original size may not be detected correctly.
Solutions
Select the original size manually, and then try again.

There is dust or dirt on the scanner glass or document mat.

Solutions
When scanning from the control panel and selecting the auto scan area cropping function, remove any
trash or dirt from the scanner glass and document mat. If there is any trash or dirt around the original,
the scanning range expands to include it.

& “Cleaning the Scanner Glass and Document Mat” on page 104

185
Solving Problems > Cannot Solve Problem > Cannot Solve Printing or Copying Problems

Original is too thin to detect the size automatically.

Solutions
Select the original size manually, and then try again.

Cannot Solve Problems in the Scanned Image

Check the following if you have tried all of the solutions and have not solved the problem.

There are problems with the scanning software settings.

Solutions
Use Epson Scan 2 Utility to initialize the settings for the scanner software.
Note:
Epson Scan 2 Utility is an application supplied with the scanner software.

1. Start the Epson Scan 2 Utility.

❏ Windows 10
Click the start button, and then select EPSON > Epson Scan 2 Utility.
❏ Windows 8.1/Windows 8
Enter the application name in the search charm, and then select the displayed icon.
❏ Windows 7/Windows Vista/Windows XP
Click the start button, and then select All Programs or Programs > EPSON > Epson Scan 2 >
Epson Scan 2 Utility.
❏ Mac OS
Select Go > Applications > Epson Software > Epson Scan 2 Utility.

2. Select the Other tab.

3. Click Reset.

If initialization does not solve the problem, uninstall and re-install the scanner software.

& “Installing or Uninstalling Applications Separately” on page 112

Cannot Solve Problem

If you cannot solve the problem after trying all of the solutions, contact Epson support.
If you cannot solve printing or copying problems, see the following related information.

Related Information
& “Cannot Solve Printing or Copying Problems” on page 186

Cannot Solve Printing or Copying Problems

Try the following problems in order starting at the top until you solve the problem.

186
Solving Problems > Cannot Solve Problem > Cannot Solve Printing or Copying Problems

❏ Make sure you match the paper type loaded in the printer and the paper type set on the printer to the paper
type settings in the printer driver.
“Paper Size and Type Settings” on page 32
❏ Use a higher quality setting on the control panel or the printer driver.
❏ Align the print head.
“Aligning the Print Head” on page 103
❏ Run a nozzle check to see if the print head nozzles are clogged.
If there are missing segments in the nozzle check pattern, the nozzles may be clogged. Repeat head cleaning and
the nozzle check alternately 3 times and check if the clogging has cleared.
Note that print head cleaning uses some ink.
“Checking and Cleaning the Print Head” on page 100
❏ Turn off the printer, wait for at least 12 hours, and then check if the clogging has cleared.
If the problem is clogging, leaving the printer for a while without printing may solve the problem.
You can check the following items while the printer is off.
❏ Check that you are using genuine Epson ink bottles.
Try to use genuine Epson ink bottles. The use of non-genuine ink bottles may cause print quality to decline.
❏ Check if the translucent film is smeared.
If there are smears on the translucent film, carefully wipe off the smear.
“Cleaning the Translucent Film” on page 108
❏ Make sure that there are no paper fragments left inside the printer.
When you remove the paper, do not touch the translucent film with your hand or the paper.
❏ Check the paper.
Check if the paper is curled or loaded with the printable side facing up.
“Paper Handling Precautions” on page 31
“Available Paper and Capacities” on page 214
“Unavailable Paper Types” on page 217
❏ If you turn off the printer, wait for at least 12 hours, and if print quality has still not improved, run Power
Cleaning.
“Running Power Cleaning” on page 102

If you cannot solve the problem by checking the solutions above, you may need to request repairs. Contact Epson
support.

Related Information
& “Before Contacting Epson” on page 338
& “Contacting Epson Support” on page 338

187
Adding or Replacing the Computer or
Devices

Connecting to a Printer that has been Connected to the Network. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .189

Re-setting the Network Connection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190

Connecting a Smart Device and Printer Directly (Wi-Fi Direct). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .196

Checking the Network Connection Status. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .204

Adding or Replacing the Computer or Devices > Connecting to a Printer that has been Connected t…

Connecting to a Printer that has been Connected to

the Network
When the printer has already been connected to the network, you can connect a computer or a smart device to the
printer over the network.

Using a Network Printer from a Second Computer

We recommend using the installer to connect the printer to a computer. You can run the installer using one of the
following methods.
❏ Setting up from the website
Access the following website, and then enter the product name. Go to Setup, and then start setting up.
https://epson.sn
❏ Setting up using the software disc (only for the models that come with a software disc and users with Windows
computers with disc drives.)
Insert the software disc into the computer, and then follow the on-screen instructions.

Selecting the Printer

Follow the on-screen instructions until the following screen is displayed, select the printer name you want to
connect to, and then click Next.

Follow the on-screen instructions.

189
Adding or Replacing the Computer or Devices > Re-setting the Network Connection > When Repl…

Using a Network Printer from a Smart Device

You can connect a smart device to the printer using one of the following methods.

Connecting over a wireless router

Connect the smart device to the same Wi-Fi network (SSID) as the printer.
See the following for more details.
“Making Settings for Connecting to the Smart Device” on page 191

Connecting by Wi-Fi Direct

Connect the smart device to the printer directly without a wireless router.
See the following for more details.
“Connecting a Smart Device and Printer Directly (Wi-Fi Direct)” on page 196

Re-setting the Network Connection

This section explains how to make the network connection settings and change the connection method when
replacing the wireless router or the computer.

When Replacing the Wireless Router

When you replace the wireless router, make settings for the connection between the computer or the smart device
and the printer.

Making Settings for Connecting to the Computer

We recommend using the installer to connect the printer to a computer. You can run the installer using one of the
following methods.
❏ Setting up from the website
Access the following website, and then enter the product name. Go to Setup, and then start setting up.
http://epson.sn
❏ Setting up using the software disc (only for the models that come with a software disc and users with Windows
computers with disc drives.)
Insert the software disc into the computer, and then follow the on-screen instructions.

Selecting the Connection Methods

Follow the on-screen instructions until the following screen is displayed.

190
Adding or Replacing the Computer or Devices > Re-setting the Network Connection > When Chan…

Select Change connection method for printer (for new network router or changing USB to network, etc.) on
the Select Your Operation screen, and then click Next.

Follow the on-screen instructions.

If you cannot connect, see the following to try to solve the problem.
❏ Windows: “Cannot connect to a Network” on page 132
❏ Mac OS: “Cannot connect to a Network” on page 139

Making Settings for Connecting to the Smart Device

You can use the printer from a smart device when you connect the printer to the same Wi-Fi network (SSID) as the
smart device. To use the printer from a smart device, set up from the following website. Access to the website from
the smart device that you want to connect to the printer.
http://epson.sn > Setup

When Changing the Computer

When changing the computer, make connection settings between the computer and the printer.

Making Settings for Connecting to the Computer

We recommend using the installer to connect the printer to a computer. You can run the installer using one of the
following methods.
❏ Setting up from the website
Access the following website, and then enter the product name. Go to Setup, and then start setting up.
https://epson.sn

191
Adding or Replacing the Computer or Devices > Re-setting the Network Connection > Changing t…

❏ Setting up using the software disc (only for the models that come with a software disc and users with Windows
computers with disc drives.)
Insert the software disc into the computer, and then follow the on-screen instructions.

Follow the on-screen instructions.

Changing the Connection Method to the Computer

This section explains how to change the connection method when the computer and the printer have been
connected.

Changing the Network Connection from Ethernet to Wi-Fi

Change the Ethernet connection to Wi-Fi connection from the printer's control panel. The changing connection
method is basically the same as the Wi-Fi connection settings.

Related Information
& “Making Wi-Fi Settings from the Control Panel” on page 194

Changing the Network Connection from Wi-Fi to Ethernet

Follow the steps below to change from a Wi-Fi connection to an Ethernet connection.

1. Select Settings on the home screen.

2. Select General Settings > Network Settings > Wired LAN Setup.

3. Follow the on-screen instructions.

Changing from USB to a Network Connection

Using the installer and re-set up in a different connection method.
❏ Setting up from the website
Access the following website, and then enter the product name. Go to Setup, and then start setting up.
http://epson.sn
❏ Setting up using the software disc (only for the models that come with a software disc and users with Windows
computers with disc drives.)
Insert the software disc into the computer, and then follow the on-screen instructions.

Selecting Change the Connection Methods

Follow the on-screen instructions until the following screen is displayed.

192
Adding or Replacing the Computer or Devices > Re-setting the Network Connection > Changing t…

Select Change connection method for printer (for new network router or changing USB to network, etc.) on
the Select Your Operation screen, and then click Next.

Select the network connection that you want to use, Connect via wireless network (Wi-Fi) or Connect via wired
LAN (Ethernet), and then click Next.

Follow the on-screen instructions.

193
Adding or Replacing the Computer or Devices > Re-setting the Network Connection > Making Wi-…

Making Wi-Fi Settings from the Control Panel

You can make network settings from the printer's control panel in several ways. Choose the connection method
that matches the environment and conditions that you are using.
If you know the information for the wireless router such as SSID and password, you can make settings manually.
If the wireless router supports WPS, you can make settings by using push button setup.
After connecting the printer to the network, connect to the printer from the device that you want to use (computer,
smart device, tablet, and so on.)

Related Information
& “Making Wi-Fi Settings by Entering the SSID and Password” on page 194
& “Making Wi-Fi Settings by Push Button Setup (WPS)” on page 195
& “Making Wi-Fi Settings by PIN Code Setup (WPS)” on page 196

Making Wi-Fi Settings by Entering the SSID and Password

You can set up a Wi-Fi network by entering the information necessary to connect to a wireless router from the
printer's control panel. To set up using this method, you need the SSID and password for a wireless router.
Note:
If you are using an wireless router with its default settings, the SSID and password are on the label. If you do not know the
SSID and password, contact the person who set up the wireless router, or see the documentation provided with the wireless
router.

1. Tap on the home screen.

2. Select Router.

3. Tap Start Setup.

If the network connection is already set up, the connection details are displayed. Tap Change to Wi-Fi
connection. or Change Settings to change the settings.

4. Select Wi-Fi Setup Wizard .

5. Follow the on-screen instructions to select the SSID, enter the password for the wireless router, and start setup.
If you want to check the network connection status for the printer after setup is complete, see the related
information link below for details.

194
Adding or Replacing the Computer or Devices > Re-setting the Network Connection > Making Wi-…

Note:
❏ If you do not know the SSID, check if it is written on the label of the wireless router. If you are using the wireless
router with its default settings, use the SSID written on the label. If you cannot find any information, see the
documentation provided with the wireless router.
❏ The password is case-sensitive.
❏ If you do not know the password, check if the information is written on the label of the wireless router. On the label,
the password may be written "Network Key", "Wireless Password", and so on. If you are using the wireless router
with its default settings, use the password written on the label.

Related Information
& “Entering Characters” on page 28
& “Checking the Network Connection Status” on page 204

Making Wi-Fi Settings by Push Button Setup (WPS)

You can automatically set up a Wi-Fi network by pressing a button on the wireless router. If the following
conditions are met, you can set up by using this method.
❏ The wireless router is compatible with WPS (Wi-Fi Protected Setup).
❏ The current Wi-Fi connection was established by pressing a button on the wireless router.

Note:
If you cannot find the button or you are setting up using the software, see the documentation provided with the wireless
router.

1. Tap on the home screen.

2. Select Router.

3. Tap Start Setup.

If the network connection is already set up, the connection details are displayed. Tap Change to Wi-Fi
connection. or Change Settings to change the settings.

4. Select Push Button Setup (WPS).

5. Follow the on-screen instructions.

If you want to check the network connection status for the printer after setup is complete, see the related
information link below for details.
Note:
If connection fails, restart the wireless router, move it closer to the printer, and try again. If it still does not work, print a
network connection report and check the solution.

Related Information
& “Checking the Network Connection Status” on page 204

195
Adding or Replacing the Computer or Devices > Connecting a Smart Device and Printer Directly (Wi…

Making Wi-Fi Settings by PIN Code Setup (WPS)

You can automatically connect to an wireless router by using a PIN code. You can use this method to set up if an
wireless router is capable of WPS (Wi-Fi Protected Setup). Use a computer to enter a PIN code into the wireless
router.

1. Tap on the home screen.

2. Select Router.

3. Tap Start Setup.

If the network connection is already set up, the connection details are displayed. Tap Change to Wi-Fi
connection. or Change Settings to change the settings.

4. Select Others > PIN Code Setup (WPS)

5. Follow the on-screen instructions.

If you want to check the network connection status for the printer after setup is complete, see the related
information link below for details.
Note:
See the documentation provided with your wireless router for details on entering a PIN code.

Related Information
& “Checking the Network Connection Status” on page 204

Connecting a Smart Device and Printer Directly (Wi-Fi

Direct)
Wi-Fi Direct (Simple AP) allows you to connect a smart device directly to the printer without a wireless router and
print from the smart device.

About Wi-Fi Direct

Use this connection method when you are not using Wi-Fi at home or at the office, or when you want to connect
the printer and the computer or smart device directly. In this mode, the printer acts as an wireless router and you

196
Adding or Replacing the Computer or Devices > Connecting a Smart Device and Printer Directly (Wi…

can connect the devices to the printer without having to use a standard wireless router. However, devices directly
connected to the printer cannot communicate with each other through the printer.

The printer can be connected by Wi-Fi or Ethernet, and Wi-Fi Direct (Simple AP) connection simultaneously.
However, if you start a network connection in Wi-Fi Direct (Simple AP) connection when the printer is connected
by Wi-Fi, the Wi-Fi is temporarily disconnected.

Connecting to an iPhone, iPad or iPod touch using Wi-Fi Direct

This method allows you to connect the printer directly to an iPhone, iPad or iPod touch without a wireless router.
The following conditions are required to use this function. If your environment does not match these conditions,
you can connect by selecting Other OS Devices. See the related information link below for details on connecting.
❏ iOS 11 or later
❏ Using the standard camera application to scan the QR code
❏ Epson printing app for iOS.
Examples of Epson printing apps

Install Epson printing app on the smart device in advance.

Note:
You only need to make these settings for the printer and the smart device that you want to connect to once. Unless you
disable Wi-Fi Direct or restore the network settings to their defaults, you do not need to make these settings again.

1. Tap on the home screen.

2. Tap Wi-Fi Direct.

3. Tap Start Setup.

197
Adding or Replacing the Computer or Devices > Connecting a Smart Device and Printer Directly (Wi…

4. Tap iOS.

The QR code is displayed on the printer's control panel.

5. On your iPhone, iPad or iPod touch, start the standard Camera app, and then scan the QR code displayed on
the printer's control panel in PHOTO mode.

Use the Camera app for iOS 11 or later. You cannot connect to the printer using the Camera app for iOS 10 or
earlier. Also, you cannot connect using an app for scanning QR codes. If you cannot connect, select Other
Methods on the printer's control panel. See the related information link below for details on connecting.

198
Adding or Replacing the Computer or Devices > Connecting a Smart Device and Printer Directly (Wi…

6. Tap the notification displayed on the screen of the iPhone, iPad or iPod touch.

7. Tap Join.

8. On the printer's control panel, select Next.

9. On the iPhone, iPad or iPod touch, start Epson printing app.

10. On the Epson printing app screen, tap Printer is not selected..
On the Epson Smart Panel, the smart device automatically connects to the printer when it starts.

11. Select the printer that you want to connect to.

See the information displayed on the printer's control panel to select the printer.

12. On the printer's control panel, select Complete.

For smart devices that have been connected to the printer before, select the network name (SSID) on the smart
device's Wi-Fi screen to connect them again.

Related Information
& “Application for Printing Easily from a Smart Device (Epson iPrint)” on page 221
& “Connecting to Devices other than iOS and Android using Wi-Fi Direct” on page 201

199
Adding or Replacing the Computer or Devices > Connecting a Smart Device and Printer Directly (Wi…

Connecting to Android Devices using Wi-Fi Direct

This method allows you to connect the printer directly to your Android device without a wireless router. The
following conditions are required to use this function.
❏ Android 4.4 or later
❏ Epson printing app for Android.
Examples of Epson printing apps

Install Epson printing app on the smart device in advance.

Note:
You only need to make these settings for the printer and the smart device that you want to connect to once. Unless you
disable Wi-Fi Direct or restore the network settings to their defaults, you do not need to make these settings again.

1. Tap on the home screen.

2. Tap Wi-Fi Direct.

3. Tap Start Setup.

4. Tap Android.

5. On the smart device, start Epson printing app.

6. On the Epson printing app screen, tap Printer is not selected..

On the Epson Smart Panel, the smart device automatically connects to the printer when it starts.

200
Adding or Replacing the Computer or Devices > Connecting a Smart Device and Printer Directly (Wi…

7. Select the printer that you want to connect to.

See the information displayed on the printer's control panel to select the printer.

Note:
Printers may not been displayed depending on the Android device. If printers are not displayed, connect by selecting
Other OS Devices. See the related information link below for connecting.

8. When the device connection approval screen is displayed, select Approve.

9. On the printer's control panel, select Complete.

For smart devices that have been connected to the printer before, select the network name (SSID) on the smart
device's Wi-Fi screen to connect them again.

Related Information
& “Application for Printing Easily from a Smart Device (Epson iPrint)” on page 221
& “Connecting to Devices other than iOS and Android using Wi-Fi Direct” on page 201

Connecting to Devices other than iOS and Android using Wi-Fi

Direct
This method allows you to connect the printer directly to smart devices without a wireless router.
Note:
You only need to make these settings for the printer and the smart device that you want to connect to once. Unless you
disable Wi-Fi Direct or restore the network settings to their defaults, you do not need to make these settings again.

1. Tap on the home screen.

2. Tap Wi-Fi Direct.

3. Tap Start Setup.

201
Adding or Replacing the Computer or Devices > Connecting a Smart Device and Printer Directly (Wi…

4. Tap Other OS Devices.

The Network Name(SSID) and Password for Wi-Fi Direct for the printer are displayed.

5. On the smart device's Wi-Fi screen, select the SSID shown on the printer's control panel, and then enter the
password.

6. On the printer's control panel, select Next.

202
Adding or Replacing the Computer or Devices > Connecting a Smart Device and Printer Directly (Wi…

7. On the printing app screen for the smart device, select the printer that you want to connect to.
See the information displayed on the printer's control panel to select the printer.

8. On the printer's control panel, select Complete.

For smart devices that have been connected to the printer before, select the network name (SSID) on the smart
device's Wi-Fi screen to connect them again.

Related Information
& “Application for Printing Easily from a Smart Device (Epson iPrint)” on page 221

Disconnecting Wi-Fi Direct (Simple AP) Connection

There are two methods available to disable a Wi-Fi Direct (Simple AP) connection; you can disable all connections
by using the printer's control panel, or disable each connection from the computer or the smart device. When you
want to disable all connections, see the related information link below for details.

c Important:
When Wi-Fi Direct (Simple AP) connection disabled, all computers and smart devices connected to the printer in
Wi-Fi Direct (Simple AP) connection are disconnected.

Note:
If you want to disconnect a specific device, disconnect from the device instead of the printer. Use one of the following
methods to disconnect the Wi-Fi Direct (Simple AP) connection from the device.
❏ Disconnect the Wi-Fi connection to the printer's network name (SSID).
❏ Connect to another network name (SSID).

Related Information
& “Changing the Wi-Fi Direct (Simple AP) Settings Such as the SSID” on page 203

Changing the Wi-Fi Direct (Simple AP) Settings Such as the SSID

When Wi-Fi Direct (simple AP) connection is enabled, you can change the settings from > Wi-Fi
Direct > Start Setup > Change, and then the following menu items are displayed.

203
Adding or Replacing the Computer or Devices > Checking the Network Connection Status

Change Network Name

Change the Wi-Fi Direct (simple AP) network name (SSID) used for connecting to the printer to your arbitrary
name. You can set the network name (SSID) in ASCII characters that is displayed on the software keyboard on the
control panel. You can enter up to 22 characters.
When changing the network name (SSID), all connected devices are disconnected. Use the new network name
(SSID) if you want to re-connect the device.

Change Password
Change the Wi-Fi Direct (simple AP) password for connecting to the printer to your arbitrary value. You can set
the password in ASCII characters that is displayed on the software keyboard on the control panel. You can enter 8
to 22 characters.
When changing the password, all connected devices are disconnected. Use the new password if you want to re-
connect the device.

Change Frequency Range

Change the frequency range of Wi-Fi Direct used for connecting to the printer. You can select 2.4 GHz or 5 GHz.
When changing the frequency range, all connected devices are disconnected. Re-connect the device.
Note that you cannot re-connect from devices that do not support 5 GHz frequency range when changing to 5
GHz.
Depending on the region, this setting may not be displayed.

Disable Wi-Fi Direct

Disable Wi-Fi Direct (simple AP) settings of the printer. When disabling it, all devices connected to the printer in
Wi-Fi Direct (Simple AP) connection are disconnected.

Restore Default Settings

Restore all Wi-Fi Direct (simple AP) settings to their defaults.
The Wi-Fi Direct (simple AP) connection information of the smart device saved to the printer is deleted.
Note:
You can also set up from the Network tab > Wi-Fi Direct on Web Config for the following settings.
❏ Enabling or disabling Wi-Fi Direct (simple AP)
❏ Changing network name (SSID)
❏ Changing password
❏ Changing the frequency range
Depending on the region, this setting may not be displayed.
❏ Restoring the Wi-Fi Direct (simple AP) settings

Checking the Network Connection Status

You can check the network connection status in the following way.

Related Information
& “Checking the Network Connection Status from the Control Panel” on page 205

204
Adding or Replacing the Computer or Devices > Checking the Network Connection Status > Chec…

& “Printing a Network Connection Report” on page 206

Checking the Network Connection Status from the Control Panel

You can check the network connection status using the network icon or the network information on the printer’s
control panel.

Checking the Network Connection Status using the Network Icon

You can check the network connection status and strength of the radio wave using the network icon on the
printer's home screen.

Related Information
& “Guide to the Network Icon” on page 26

Displaying Detailed Network Information on the Control Panel

When your printer is connected to the network, you can also view other network-related information by selecting
the network menus you want to check.

1. Select Settings on the home screen.

2. Select General Settings > Network Settings > Network Status.

3. To check the information, select the menus that you want to check.
❏ Wired LAN/Wi-Fi Status
Displays the network information (device name, connection, signal strength, and so on) for Ethernet or Wi-
Fi connections.
❏ Wi-Fi Direct Status
Displays whether Wi-Fi Direct is enabled or disabled, and the SSID, password and so on for Wi-Fi Direct
connections.
❏ Email Server Status
Displays the network information for email server.
❏ Print Status Sheet
Prints a network status sheet. The information for Ethernet, Wi-Fi, Wi-Fi Direct, and so on is printed on
two or more pages.

205
Adding or Replacing the Computer or Devices > Checking the Network Connection Status > Printi…

Printing a Network Connection Report

You can print a network connection report to check the status between the printer and the wireless router.

1. Select Settings on the home screen.

2. Select General Settings > Network Settings > Connection Check.

The connection check starts.

3. Select Print Check Report.

4. Print the network connection report.

If an error has occurred, check the network connection report, and then follow the printed solutions.

Related Information
& “Messages and Solutions on the Network Connection Report” on page 206

Messages and Solutions on the Network Connection Report

Check the messages and error codes on the network connection report, and then follow the solutions.

a. Error code

206
Adding or Replacing the Computer or Devices > Checking the Network Connection Status > Printi…

b. Messages on the Network Environment

Related Information
& “E-1” on page 207
& “E-2, E-3, E-7” on page 207
& “E-5” on page 208
& “E-6” on page 208
& “E-8” on page 209
& “E-9” on page 209
& “E-10” on page 209
& “E-11” on page 210
& “E-12” on page 210
& “E-13” on page 210
& “Message on the Network Environment” on page 211

E-1

Solutions:
❏ Make sure the Ethernet cable is securely connected to your printer and to your hub or other network device.
❏ Make sure your hub or other network device is turned on.
❏ If you want to connect the printer by Wi-Fi, make Wi-Fi settings for the printer again because it is disabled.

E-2, E-3, E-7

Solutions:
❏ Make sure your wireless router is turned on.
❏ Confirm that your computer or device is connected correctly to the wireless router.
❏ Turn off the wireless router. Wait for about 10 seconds, and then turn it on.
❏ Place the printer closer to your wireless router and remove any obstacles between them.
❏ If you have entered the SSID manually, check if it is correct. Check the SSID from the Network Status part on
the network connection report.
❏ If an wireless router has multiple SSIDs, select the SSID that is displayed. When the SSID is using a non-
compliant frequency, the printer does not display them.
❏ If you are using push button setup to establish a network connection, make sure your wireless router supports
WPS. You cannot use push button setup if your wireless router does not support WPS.
❏ Makes sure your SSID uses only ASCII characters (alphanumeric characters and symbols). The printer cannot
display an SSID that contains non-ASCII characters.
❏ Makes sure you know your SSID and password before connecting to the wireless router. If you are using a
wireless router with its default settings, the SSID and password are located on a label on the wireless router. If
you do not know your SSID and password, contact the person who set up the wireless router, or see the
documentation provided with the wireless router.

207
Adding or Replacing the Computer or Devices > Checking the Network Connection Status > Printi…

❏ If you are connecting to an SSID generated from a tethering smart device, check for the SSID and password in
the documentation provided with the smart device.
❏ If your Wi-Fi connection suddenly disconnects, check for the conditions below. If any of these conditions are
applicable, reset your network settings by downloading and running the software from the following website.
http://epson.sn > Setup

❏ Another smart device was added to the network using push button setup.
❏ The Wi-Fi network was set up using any method other than push button setup.

Related Information
& “Making Settings for Connecting to the Computer” on page 191
& “Making Wi-Fi Settings from the Control Panel” on page 194

E-5

Solutions:
Make sure the wireless router’s security type is set to one of the following. If it is not, change the security type on
the wireless router, and then reset the printer’s network settings.
❏ WEP-64 bit (40 bit)
❏ WEP-128 bit (104 bit)
❏ WPA PSK (TKIP/AES)*
❏ WPA2 PSK (TKIP/AES)*
❏ WPA (TKIP/AES)
❏ WPA2 (TKIP/AES)
❏ WPA3-SAE (AES)
❏ WPA2/WPA3-Enterprise

* WPA PSK is also known as WPA Personal. WPA2 PSK is also known as WPA2 Personal.

E-6

Solutions:
❏ Check if MAC address filtering is disabled. If it is enabled, register the printer’s MAC address so that it is not
filtered. See the documentation provided with the wireless router for details. You can check the printer’s MAC
address from the Network Status part on the network connection report.
❏ If your wireless router is using shared authentication with WEP security, make sure the authentication key and
index are correct.
❏ If the number of connectable devices on the wireless router is less than the number of network devices that you
want to connect, make settings on the wireless router to increase the number of connectable devices. See the
documentation provided with the wireless router to make settings.

208
Adding or Replacing the Computer or Devices > Checking the Network Connection Status > Printi…

Related Information
& “Making Settings for Connecting to the Computer” on page 191

E-8

Solutions:
❏ Enable DHCP on the wireless router if the printer’s Obtain IP Address setting is set to Auto.
❏ If the printer’s Obtain IP Address setting is set to Manual, the IP address you manually set is invalid due to out
of range (for example: 0.0.0.0). Set a valid IP address from the printer’s control panel.

Related Information
& “Network Settings” on page 230

E-9

Solutions:
Check the following.
❏ Devices are turned on.
❏ You can access the Internet and other computers or network devices on the same network from the devices you
want to connect to the printer.

If still does not connect your printer and network devices after confirming the above, turn off the wireless router.
Wait for about 10 seconds, and then turn it on. Then reset your network settings by downloading and running the
installer from the following website.
http://epson.sn > Setup

Related Information
& “Making Settings for Connecting to the Computer” on page 191

E-10

Solutions:
Check the following.
❏ Other devices on the network are turned on.
❏ Network addresses (IP address, subnet mask, and default gateway) are correct if you have set the printer’s
Obtain IP Address to Manual.

Reset the network address if they are incorrect. You can check the IP address, subnet mask, and default gateway
from the Network Status part on the network connection report.

Related Information
& “Network Settings” on page 230

209
Adding or Replacing the Computer or Devices > Checking the Network Connection Status > Printi…

E-11

Solutions:
Check the following.
❏ The default gateway address is correct if you set the printer’s TCP/IP Setup setting to Manual.
❏ The device that is set as the default gateway is turned on.

Set the correct default gateway address. You can check the default gateway address from the Network Status part
on the network connection report.

Related Information
& “Network Settings” on page 230

E-12

Solutions:
Check the following.
❏ Other devices on the network are turned on.
❏ The network addresses (IP address, subnet mask, and default gateway) are correct if you are entering them
manually.
❏ The network addresses for other devices (subnet mask and default gateway) are the same.
❏ The IP address does not conflict with other devices.

If still does not connect your printer and network devices after confirming the above, try the following.
❏ Turn off the wireless router. Wait for about 10 seconds, and then turn it on.
❏ Make network settings again using the installer. You can run it from the following website.
http://epson.sn > Setup
❏ You can register several passwords on a wireless router that uses WEP security type. If several passwords are
registered, check if the first registered password is set on the printer.

Related Information
& “Network Settings” on page 230
& “Making Settings for Connecting to the Computer” on page 191

E-13

Solutions:
Check the following.
❏ Network devices such as a wireless router, hub, and router are turned on.
❏ The TCP/IP Setup for network devices has not been set up manually. (If the printer’s TCP/IP Setup is set
automatically while the TCP/IP Setup for other network devices is performed manually, the printer’s network
may differ from the network for other devices.)

210
Adding or Replacing the Computer or Devices > Checking the Network Connection Status > Printi…

If it still does not work after checking the above, try the following.
❏ Turn off the wireless router. Wait for about 10 seconds, and then turn it on.
❏ Make network settings on the computer that is on the same network as the printer using the installer. You can
run it from the following website.
http://epson.sn > Setup
❏ You can register several passwords on a wireless router that uses the WEP security type. If several passwords are
registered, check if the first registered password is set on the printer.

Related Information
& “Network Settings” on page 230
& “Making Settings for Connecting to the Computer” on page 191

Message on the Network Environment

Message Solution

The Wi-Fi environment needs to be After moving the printer closer to the wireless router and removing any
improved. Turn the wireless router off and obstacles between them, turn off the wireless router. Wait for about 10
then turn it on. If the connection does not seconds, and then turn it on. If it still does not connect, see the
improve, see the documentation for the documentation supplied with the wireless router.
wireless router.

*No more devices can be connected. Computer and smart devices that can be connected simultaneously are
Disconnect one of the connected devices if connected in full in the Wi-Fi Direct (Simple AP) connection. To add another
you want to add another one. computer or smart device, disconnect one of the connected devices or
connect it to the other network first.
You can confirm the number of wireless devices which can be connected
simultaneously and the number of connected devices by checking the
network status sheet or the printer’s control panel.

The same SSID as Wi-Fi Direct exists in the On the printer’s control panel, go to Wi-Fi Direct Setup screen and select the
environment. Change the Wi-Fi Direct SSID menu to change the setting. You can change the network name following
if you cannot connect a smart device to the after DIRECT-XX-. Enter within 22 characters.
printer.

Printing a Network Status Sheet

You can check the detailed network information by printing it.

1. Select Settings on the home screen.

2. Select General Settings > Network Settings > Network Status.

3. Select Print Status Sheet.

4. Check the message, and then print the network status sheet.

211
Adding or Replacing the Computer or Devices > Checking the Network Connection Status > Chec…

Checking the Network of the Computer (Windows only)

By using the command prompt, check the connection status of the computer and the connection path to the
printer. This will lead you to solve the problems.
❏ ipconfig command
Display the connection status of the network interface that is currently used by the computer.
By comparing the setting information with actual communication, you can check whether the connection is
correct. In case there are multiple DHCP servers on the same network, you can find out the actual address
assigned to the computer, the referred DNS server, etc.
❏ Format : ipconfig /all
❏ Examples :

❏ pathping command
You can confirm the list of routers passing through the destination host and the routing of communication.

❏ Format : pathping xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx

❏ Examples : pathping 192.0.2.222

212
Product Information

Paper Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .214

Consumable Products Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .217

Software Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219

Settings Menu List. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .226

Product Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237

Regulatory Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246

Product Information > Paper Information > Available Paper and Capacities

Paper Information

Available Paper and Capacities

Genuine Epson Paper

Epson recommends using genuine Epson paper to ensure high-quality printouts.
Note:
❏ The availability of paper varies by location. For the latest information on paper available in your area, contact Epson
support.
❏ See the following for information on available paper types for 2-sided printing.
“Paper for 2-Sided Printing” on page 216

Paper suitable for printing documents

Media Name Size Loading Capacity (Sheets)

Paper Paper Paper Tray

Cassette 1 Cassette 2

Epson Business Paper A4 250 50

Epson Bright White Paper A3 250 50

Epson Bright White Ink Jet Paper A4 250 50

Paper suitable for printing documents and photos

Media Name Size Loading Capacity (Sheets)

Paper Paper Paper Tray

Cassette 1 Cassette 2

Epson Photo Quality Ink Jet Paper A3+ - - 20

A3, A4 100 - 20

Epson Double-sided Photo A4 1 - 1

Quality Ink Jet Paper

Epson Matte Paper-Heavyweight A3+ - - 20

A3, A4, 20x25 cm (8x 10 in.)* 50 - 20

* Only printing from computer is available.

Related Information
& “Precautions for Photo Paper” on page 31

214
Product Information > Paper Information > Available Paper and Capacities

Commercially Available Paper

Note:
See the following for information on available paper types for 2-sided printing.
“Paper for 2-Sided Printing” on page 216

Plain papers

Media Name Size Loading Capacity (Sheets)

Paper Cassette Paper Cassette Paper Tray

1 2

Plain paper, Copy paper A3+ – – 50

Preprinted paper*1 A3, B4, Legal, Letter, 250 50

Letterhead 8.5×13 in., A4,
Executive*2, B5, 16K
Color paper (195×270 mm), 8K
Recycled paper (270×390 mm), Indian-
Legal
High quality plain paper
A5, A6, B6 250 – 50

User Defined*2(mm) 250 – –

89 to 297×127 to 431.8

User Defined*2(mm) 1 – –

89 to 297×431.9 to 1200

User Defined*2(mm) – 250 –

182 to 297×257 to 431.8

User Defined*2(mm) – 1 –

182 to 297×431.9 to
1200

User Defined*2(mm) – – 50

64 to 329×127 to 483

User Defined*2(mm) – – 1

64 to 329×483.1 to 6000

*1 Paper on which various forms are pre-printed such as slips or securities.

*2 Only printing from computer is available.

215
Product Information > Paper Information > Available Paper and Capacities

Thick papers

Media Name Size Loading Capacity (Sheets)

Paper Cassette Paper Cassette Paper Tray

1 2

Thick paper A3+ – – 20

A3, B4, Legal, Letter, 50 – 20

8.5×13 in., A4,
Executive*, B5, A5, A6,
B6, 16K (195×270 mm),
8K (270×390 mm),
Indian-Legal

User Defined*(mm) 50 – –

89 to 297×127 to 431.8

User Defined*(mm) 1 – –

89 to 297×431.9 to 1200

User Defined*(mm) – – 20

64 to 329×127 to 483

User Defined*(mm) – – 1

64 to 329×483.1 to 6000

* Only printing from computer is available.

Envelope

Media Name Size Loading Capacity (Envelopes)

Paper Cassette Paper Cassette Paper Tray

1 2

Envelope Envelope #10, Envelope 10 – 10

DL, Envelope C6,
Envelope C4

Paper for 2-Sided Printing

Genuine Epson Paper

❏ Epson Business Paper
❏ Epson Bright White Paper
❏ Epson Bright White Ink Jet Paper
❏ Epson Double-sided Photo Quality Ink Jet Paper

216
Product Information > Consumable Products Information > Ink Bottle Code

Related Information
& “Available Paper and Capacities” on page 214

Commercially Available Paper

❏ Plain paper, Copy paper, Preprinted paper, Letterhead, Color paper, Recycled paper, High quality plain paper*
❏ Thick paper*

* A3+ size paper is not supported for automatic 2-sided printing.

For automatic 2-sided printing with User Defined paper sizes, you can use 182 to 297 x 257 to 431.8 mm paper sizes.

Related Information
& “Available Paper and Capacities” on page 214

Unavailable Paper Types

Do not use the following papers. Using these types of paper causes paper jams and smears on the printout.
❏ Papers that are wavy
❏ Papers that are torn or cut
❏ Papers that are folded
❏ Papers that are damp
❏ Papers that are too thick or too thin
❏ Papers that have stickers

Do not use the following envelopes. Using these types of envelope causes paper jams and smears on the printout.
❏ Envelopes that are curled or folded
❏ Envelopes with adhesive surfaces on the flaps or window envelopes
❏ Envelopes that are too thin
They may curl during printing.

Consumable Products Information

Ink Bottle Code

Epson recommends the use of genuine Epson ink bottles.
The following are the codes for genuine Epson ink bottles.

217
Product Information > Consumable Products Information > Maintenance Box Code

c Important:
❏ Epson warranty does not cover damage caused by inks other than those specified, including any genuine Epson
ink not designed for this printer or any third party ink.
❏ Other products not manufactured by Epson may cause damage that is not covered by Epson’s warranties, and
under certain circumstances, may cause erratic printer behavior.

Note:
❏ Ink bottle codes may vary by location. For the correct codes in your area, contact Epson support.
❏ Although the ink bottles may contain recycled materials, this does not affect printer function or performance.
❏ Specifications and appearance of the ink bottle are subject to change without prior notice for improvement.

For Europe

Product BK: Black

ET-M16600 Series 113

M15140 Series 112

Note:
For users in Europe, visit the following website for information on Epson's ink bottle yields.
http://www.epson.eu/pageyield

For Asian countries except for Taiwan

BK: Black

008

For Taiwan

BK: Black

015

Maintenance Box Code

Epson recommends the use of a genuine Epson maintenance box.
Maintenance box code: C9345

c Important:
Once a maintenance box has been installed in a printer it cannot be used with other printers.

218
Product Information > Software Information > Software for Printing

Software Information
This section introduces the network services and software products available for your printer from the Epson
website.

Software for Printing

Application for Printing from a Computer (Windows Printer Driver)

The printer driver controls the printer according to the commands from an application. Making settings on the
printer driver provides the best printing results. You can also check the status of the printer or keep it in top
operating condition using the printer driver utility.
Note:
You can change the language of the printer driver. Select the language you want to use from the Language setting on the
Maintenance tab.

Accessing the printer driver from applications

To make settings that apply only to the application you are using, access from that application.
Select Print or Print Setup from the File menu. Select your printer, and then click Preferences or Properties.
Note:
Operations differ depending on the application. See the application's help for details.

Accessing the printer driver from the control panel

To make settings that apply to all of the applications, access from the control panel.
❏ Windows 10/Windows Server 2019/Windows Server 2016
Click on the start button, and then select Windows System > Control Panel > View devices and printers in
Hardware and Sound. Right-click on your printer, or press and hold it and then select Printing preferences
❏ Windows 8.1/Windows 8/Windows Server 2012 R2/Windows Server 2012
Select Desktop > Settings > Control Panel > View devices and printers in Hardware and Sound. Right-click
on your printer, or press and hold it and then select Printing preferences
❏ Windows 7/Windows Server 2008 R2
Click the start button, and select Control Panel > View devices and printers in Hardware and Sound. Right-
click on your printer and select Printing preferences.
❏ Windows Vista/Windows Server 2008
Click the start button, and select Control Panel > Printers in Hardware and Sound. Right-click on your printer
and select Printing preferences.
❏ Windows XP/Windows Server 2003 R2/Windows Server 2003
Click the start button, and select Control Panel > Printers and Other Hardware > Printers and Faxes. Right-
click on your printer and select Printing preferences.

Accessing the printer driver from the printer icon on the task bar
The printer icon on the desktop task bar is a shortcut icon allowing you to quickly access the printer driver.

219
Product Information > Software Information > Software for Printing

If you click the printer icon and select Printer Settings, you can access the same printer settings window as the one
displayed from the control panel. If you double-click this icon, you can check the status of the printer.
Note:
If the printer icon is not displayed on the task bar, access the printer driver window, click Monitoring Preferences on the
Maintenance tab, and then select Register the shortcut icon to the taskbar.

Starting the utility

Access the printer driver window. Click the Maintenance tab.

Related Information
& “Menu Options for the Printer Driver” on page 42

Application for Printing from a Computer (Mac OS Printer Driver)

The printer driver controls the printer according to the commands from an application. Making settings on the
printer driver provides the best printing results. You can also check the status of the printer or keep it in top
operating condition using the printer driver utility.

Accessing the printer driver from applications

Click Page Setup or Print on the File menu of your application. If necessary, click Show Details (or d) to expand
the print window.
Note:
Depending on the application being used, Page Setup may not be displayed in the File menu, and the operations for
displaying the print screen may differ.See the application's help for details.

Starting the utility

Select System Preferences from the Apple menu > Printers & Scanners (or Print & Scan, Print & Fax), and then
select the printer. Click Options & Supplies > Utility > Open Printer Utility.

Related Information
& “Menu Options for the Printer Driver” on page 64

220
Product Information > Software Information > Software for Printing

Guide to Mac OS Printer Driver

Epson Printer Utility

You can run a maintenance feature such as nozzle check and print head cleaning, and by starting EPSON Status
Monitor, you can check printer status and error information.

Application for Printing Easily from a Smart Device (Epson iPrint)

Epson iPrint is an application that allows you to print photos, documents, and web pages from a smart device such
as a smartphone or tablet. You can use local print, printing from a smart device that is connected to the same
wireless network as your printer, or remote print, printing from a remote location over the Internet. To use remote
print, register your printer in the Epson Connect service.

Installing Epson iPrint

You can install Epson iPrint on your smart device from the following URL or QR code.
http://ipr.to/c

221
Product Information > Software Information > Software for Scanning

Application for Easily Operating the Printer from a Smart device (Epson Smart
Panel)
Epson Smart Panel is an application that allows you to perform printer operations easily including printing,
copying, or scanning from a smart device such as a smartphone or tablet. You can connect the printer and smart
device over a wireless network, check the ink levels and printer status, and check for solutions if an error occurs.
You can also copy easily by registering a copy favorite.
Search for and install Epson Smart Panel from App Store or Google Play.

Application for Printing Easily from an Android Application (Epson Print

Enabler)
Epson Print Enabler is an application that allows you to wirelessly print your documents, emails, photos, and web
pages right from your Android phone or tablet (Android v4.4 or later). With a few taps, your Android device will
discover an Epson printer that is connected to the same wireless network.
Search for and install Epson Print Enabler from Google Play.

Software for Scanning

Application for Scanning from a Computer (Epson ScanSmart)

This application allows you to scan documents easily, and then save the scanned images in simple steps.
See the Epson ScanSmart help for details on using the features.

Starting on Windows
❏ Windows 10
Click the start button, and then select Epson Software > Epson ScanSmart.
❏ Windows 8.1/Windows 8
Enter the application name in the search charm, and then select the displayed icon.
❏ Windows 7
Click the start button, and then select All Programs > Epson Software > Epson ScanSmart.

Starting on Mac OS
Select Go > Applications > Epson Software > Epson ScanSmart.

222
Product Information > Software Information > Software for Making Settings or Managing Devices

Software for Package Creation

Application for Creating Driver Packages (EpsonNet SetupManager)

EpsonNet SetupManager is a software to create a package for a simple printer installation, such as installing the
printer driver, installing EPSON Status Monitor and creating a printer port. This software allows the administrator
to create unique software packages and distribute them among groups.
For more information, visit your regional Epson website.
http://www.epson.com

Software for Making Settings or Managing Devices

Application for Configuring Printer Operations (Web Config)

Web Config is an application that runs in a web browser, such as Microsoft Edge and Safari, on a computer or
smart device. You can confirm the printer status or change the network service and printer settings. To use the
Web Config, connect the printer and the computer or device to the same network.
The following browsers are supported. Use the latest version.
Microsoft Edge, Internet Explorer, Firefox, Chrome, Safari
Note:
You may be asked to enter the administrator password while operating Web Config. See the related information below for
more details.

Related Information
& “Default Value of the Administrator Password” on page 16

Running Web Config on a Web Browser

1. Check the printer's IP address.

Select the network icon on the printer's home screen, and then select the active connection method to confirm
the printer's IP address.
Note:
You can also check the IP address by printing the network connection report.

2. Launch a Web browser from a computer or smart device, and then enter the printer's IP address.
Format:
IPv4: http://the printer's IP address/
IPv6: http://[the printer's IP address]/
Examples:
IPv4: http://192.168.100.201/
IPv6: http://[2001:db8::1000:1]/

223
Product Information > Software Information > Software for Making Settings or Managing Devices

Note:
Using the smart device, you can also run Web Config from the product information screen of the Epson Smart Panel.

Since the printer uses a self-signed certificate when accessing HTTPS, a warning is displayed on the browser
when you start Web Config; this does not indicate a problem and can be safely ignored.

Related Information
& “Application for Easily Operating the Printer from a Smart device (Epson Smart Panel)” on page 222
& “Printing a Network Connection Report” on page 206

Running Web Config on Windows

When connecting a computer to the printer using WSD, follow the steps below to run Web Config.

1. Open the printer list on the computer.

❏ Windows 10
Click on the start button, and then select Windows System > Control Panel > View devices and printers
in Hardware and Sound.
❏ Windows 8.1/Windows 8
Select Desktop > Settings > Control Panel > View devices and printers in Hardware and Sound (or
Hardware).
❏ Windows 7
Click the start button, and select Control Panel > View devices and printers in Hardware and Sound.
❏ Windows Vista
Click the start button, and select Control Panel > Printers in Hardware and Sound.

2. Right-click on your printer and select Properties.

3. Select the Web Service tab and click the URL.

Since the printer uses a self-signed certificate when accessing HTTPS, a warning is displayed on the browser
when you start Web Config; this does not indicate a problem and can be safely ignored.

Running Web Config on Mac OS

1. Select System Preferences from the Apple menu > Printers & Scanners (or Print & Scan, Print & Fax), and
then select the printer.

2. Click Options & Supplies> Show Printer Webpage.

Since the printer uses a self-signed certificate when accessing HTTPS, a warning is displayed on the browser
when you start Web Config; this does not indicate a problem and can be safely ignored.

Application for Setting up the Device on a Network (EpsonNet Config)

EpsonNet Config is an application that allows you to set the network interface addresses and protocols. See the
operations guide for EpsonNet Config or the application's help for more details.

224
Product Information > Software Information > Software for Updating

Starting on Windows
❏ Windows 10/Windows Server 2019/Windows Server 2016
Click the start button, and then select EpsonNet > EpsonNet Config.
❏ Windows 8.1/Windows 8/Windows Server 2012 R2/Windows Server 2012
Enter the application name in the search charm, and then select the displayed icon.
❏ Windows 7/Windows Vista/Windows XP/Windows Server 2008 R2/Windows Server 2008/Windows Server
2003 R2/Windows Server 2003
Click the start button, and select All Programs or Programs > EpsonNet > EpsonNet Config SE > EpsonNet
Config.

Starting on Mac OS
Go > Applications > Epson Software > EpsonNet > EpsonNet Config SE > EpsonNet Config.

Related Information
& “Installing the Applications Separately” on page 112

Software for Managing Devices on the Network (Epson Device Admin)

Epson Device Admin is a multifunctional application software that manages the device on the network.
The following functions are available.
❏ Monitor or manage up to 2,000 printers or scanners over the segment
❏ Make a detailed report, such as for the consumable or product status
❏ Update the firmware of the product
❏ Introduce the device to the network
❏ Apply the unified settings to multiple devices.

You can download Epson Device Admin from Epson support website. For more information, see the
documentation or help of Epson Device Admin.

Software for Updating

Application for Updating Software and Firmware (Epson Software Updater)

Epson Software Updater is an application that installs new software, and updates firmware over the Internet. If you
want to check for update information regularly, you can set the interval for checking for updates in Epson Software
Updater's Auto Update Settings.
Note:
Windows Server operating systems are not supported.

Starting on Windows
❏ Windows 10
Click the start button, and then select EPSON Software > Epson Software Updater.

225
Product Information > Settings Menu List > General Settings

❏ Windows 8.1/Windows 8
Enter the application name in the search charm, and then select the displayed icon.
❏ Windows 7/Windows Vista/Windows XP
Click the start button, and then select All Programs (or Programs) > EPSON Software > Epson Software
Updater.

Note:
You can also start Epson Software Updater by clicking the printer icon on the task bar on the desktop, and then selecting
Software Update.

Starting on Mac OS
Select Go > Applications > Epson Software > Epson Software Updater.

Related Information
& “Installing the Applications Separately” on page 112

Settings Menu List

Select Settings on the home screen of the printer to make various settings.

General Settings
Select the menus on the control panel as described below.
Settings > General Settings

Basic Settings
Select the menus on the control panel as described below.
Settings > General Settings > Basic Settings

You cannot change settings that have been locked by your administrator.

LCD Brightness:
Adjust the brightness of the LCD screen.

Sound:
Adjust the volume.
❏ Mute
Select On to mute all sound.
❏ Normal Mode
Select the volume such as Button Press.
❏ Quiet Mode
Select the volume such as Button Press in Quiet Mode.

226
Product Information > Settings Menu List > General Settings

Sleep Timer:
Adjust the time period to enter a sleep mode (energy saving mode) when the printer has not
performed any operations. The LCD screen turns black when the setting time passes.

Wake from Sleep:

Touch LCD Screen to Wake:

Select On to return from sleep mode (energy saving mode) by tapping the touch panel. When
this is off, you need to press a button on the control panel to wake the printer. Turning this
feature off prevents any unintentional operations caused due to foreign objects touching the
screen. You can also set a time period during this feature is on.

Power Off Timer:

Your product may have this feature or the Power Off Settings feature depending on the location of
purchase.
Select this setting to turn the printer off automatically when it is not used for a specified period of
time. You can adjust the time before power management is applied. Any increase will affect the
product’s energy efficiency. Please consider the environment before making any change.

Power Off Settings:

Your product may have this feature or the Power Off Timer feature depending on the location of
purchase.
❏ Power Off If Inactive
Select this setting to turn the printer off automatically if it is not used for a specified period of
time. Any increase will affect the product’s energy efficiency. Please consider the environment
before making any change.
❏ Power Off If Disconnected
Select this setting to turn the printer off after a specified period of time when all ports including
the USB port are disconnected. This feature may not be available depending on your region.
See the following website for the specified period of time.
https://www.epson.eu/energy-consumption

Date/Time Settings:
❏ Date/Time
Enter the current date and time.
❏ Daylight Saving Time
Select the summer time setting that applies to your area.
❏ Time Difference
Enter the time difference between your local time and UTC (Coordinated Universal Time).

Language:
Select the language used on the LCD screen.

Start-up Screen:
Specify the initial menu displayed on the LCD screen when the printer turns on and Operation Time
Out is enable.

227
Product Information > Settings Menu List > General Settings

Wall Paper:
Change the background color of the LCD screen.

Operation Time Out:

Select On to return to the initial screen when no operations have been performed for the specified
time. When user restrictions have been applied and no operations are performed for the specified
time, you are logged out and returned to the initial screen.

Keyboard:
Change the layout of the keyboard on the LCD screen.

Original Size Auto Detection Option:

The ADF and the scanner glass are equipped with sensors that automatically detect the size of the
paper. However, due to the characteristics of the sensors, similar sizes cannot be identified, and K size
paper, which is mainly used in China, cannot be recognized correctly in the printer's initial state.
Select K Size Priority if you often use K size paper. The original size will be recognized as K size
instead of the approximate size. Depending on the size and orientation of the paper, it may be
detected as another approximate size. Also, K size may not be automatically detected depending on
the function you are using. For example, when scanning and saving to a computer using an
application, whether or not K size can be automatically detected depends on the behavior of the
application software.

Related Information
& “Saving Power” on page 112
& “Entering Characters” on page 28

Printer Settings
Select the menus on the control panel as described below.
Settings > General Settings > Printer Settings

You cannot change settings that have been locked by your administrator.

Paper Source Settings:

Paper Setting:
Select the paper size and paper type you loaded in the paper source.

Paper Tray Priority:

Select On to give printing priority to paper loaded in the paper tray.

A4/Letter Auto Switching:

Select On to feed paper from the paper source set as A4 size when there is no paper source set
as Letter, or feed from the paper source set as Letter size when there is no paper source set as
A4.

228
Product Information > Settings Menu List > General Settings

Auto Select Settings:

When paper runs out, paper is automatically fed from a paper source that has the same
settings as the paper settings for the print jobs. You can set automatic selection for every paper
source for each function in copy or other. You cannot set everything to off.
This setting is disabled when you select a specific paper source in the paper settings for the
print jobs. Depending on the paper type setting on the Main tab of the printer driver, paper
may not be fed automatically.

Error Notice:
Select On to display an error message when the selected paper size or type does not match the
loaded paper.

Paper Setup Auto Display:

Select On to display the Paper Setting screen when loading paper in the paper cassette. If you
disable this feature, you cannot print from an iPhone, iPad, or iPod touch using AirPrint.

Universal Print Settings:

These print settings are applied when you print by an external device without using the printer driver.
The offset settings are applied when you print using the printer driver.

Top Offset:
Adjust the top margin of the paper.

Left Offset:
Adjust the left margin of the paper.

Top Offset in Back:

Adjust the top margin for the back of the page when performing 2-sided printing.

Left Offset in Back:

Adjust the left margin for the back of the page when performing 2-sided printing.

Check Paper Width:

Select On to check the paper width before printing. This prevents printing beyond the edges of
the paper when the paper size setting is incorrect, but this may lower the print speed.

Skip Blank Page:

Skips blank pages in the print data automatically.

Auto Error Solver:

Select an action to perform when a 2-sided printing error or a memory full error occurs.
❏ On
Displays a warning and prints in single-sided mode when a 2-sided printing error occurs, or prints
only what the printer could process when a memory full error occurs.
❏ Off
Displays an error message and cancels printing.

229
Product Information > Settings Menu List > General Settings

Thick Paper:
Select On to prevent ink from smearing on your printouts, however, this may lower the print speed.

Quiet Mode:
Select On to reduce noise during printing, however, this may lower the print speed. Depending on
the paper type and print quality settings you selected, there may be no difference in the printer's noise
level.

Ink Drying Time:

Select the ink drying time you want to use when performing 2-sided printing. The printer prints the
other side after printing one side. If your printout is smeared, increase the time setting.

Output Tray Auto Extension:

Select On to extend the paper output support automatically when printing A3 size paper.

PC Connection via USB:

Select Enable to allow a computer to access the printer when connected by USB. When Disable is
selected, printing and scanning that is not sent over a network connection is restricted.

Related Information
& “Loading Paper” on page 32

Network Settings
Select the menus on the control panel as described below.
Settings > General Settings > Network Settings

Wi-Fi Setup:
Set up or change wireless network settings. Choose the connection method from following and then
follow the instructions on the control panel.

Router:
❏ Wi-Fi Setup Wizard
❏ Push Button Setup (WPS)
❏ Others

❏ PIN Code Setup (WPS)

❏ Wi-Fi Auto Connect
❏ Disable Wi-Fi
You may be able to resolve network problems by disabling the Wi-Fi settings or making

the Wi-Fi settings again. Tap > Router > Change Settings > Others >
Disable Wi-Fi > Start Setup.

Wi-Fi Direct:
❏ iOS

230
Product Information > Settings Menu List > General Settings

❏ Android
❏ Other OS Devices
❏ Change

❏ Change Network Name

❏ Change Password
❏ Change Frequency Range
This setting may not be displayed depending on the region.
❏ Disable Wi-Fi Direct
❏ Restore Default Settings

Wired LAN Setup:

Set up or change a network connection that uses a LAN cable and router. When this is being used,
Wi-Fi connections are disabled.

Network Status:
Displays or prints the current network settings.
❏ Wired LAN/Wi-Fi Status
❏ Wi-Fi Direct Status
❏ Email Server Status
❏ Print Status Sheet

Connection Check:
Checks the current network connection and prints a report. If there are any problems with the
connection, see the report to solve the problem.

Advanced:
Make the following detailed settings.
❏ Device Name
❏ TCP/IP
❏ Proxy Server
❏ Email Server
❏ IPv6 Address
❏ Link Speed & Duplex
❏ Redirect HTTP to HTTPS
❏ Disable IPsec/IP Filtering
❏ Disable IEEE802.1X

Related Information
& “Making Wi-Fi Settings by Entering the SSID and Password” on page 194
& “Making Wi-Fi Settings by Push Button Setup (WPS)” on page 195
& “Making Wi-Fi Settings by PIN Code Setup (WPS)” on page 196

231
Product Information > Settings Menu List > General Settings

& “Connecting a Smart Device and Printer Directly (Wi-Fi Direct)” on page 196
& “Printing a Network Connection Report” on page 206
& “Checking the Network Connection Status” on page 204

Web Service Settings

Select the menus on the control panel as described below.
Settings > General Settings > Web Service Settings

You cannot change settings that have been locked by your administrator.

Epson Connect Services:

Displays whether the printer is registered and connected to Epson Connect.
You can register to the service by selecting Register and follow the instructions.
When you have registered, you can change the following settings.
❏ Suspend/Resume
❏ Unregister

For details, see the following web site.

https://www.epsonconnect.com/
http://www.epsonconnect.eu (Europe only)

Related Information
& “Printing Using a Cloud Service” on page 74

Scan Settings
Confirm Recipient
Check destination before scanning.

Email Server
Set the email server settings for scanning Email.
❏ Server Settings
Specify the authentication method for the printer to access the mail server.
“Mail Server Setting Items” on page 260
❏ Connection Check
Check the connection to the mail server.

System Administration
By using this menu, you can maintain the product as a system administrator. It also allows you to restrict product
features for individual users to suite your work or office style.

232
Product Information > Settings Menu List > General Settings

Select the menus on the control panel as described below.

Settings > General Settings > System Administration

Contacts Manager:
You can make the following settings for contacts.

Register/Delete:
Register and/or delete contacts for the Scan to Email and Scan to Network Folder/FTP menus.

Search Options:
Change the method for searching contacts.

Clear Internal Memory Data:

Delete the printer's internal memory data, such as jobs with passwords.

Security Settings:
You can make the following security settings.

Restrictions:
Permit to change the settings of the following items when panel lock is enabled.
❏ Access to Register/Delete Contacts
❏ Access to Print Save History of Scan to Network Folder/FTP
❏ Access to Recent of Scan to Email
❏ Access to Show Sent History of Scan to Email
❏ Access to Print Sent History of Scan to Email
❏ Access to Language
❏ Access to Thick Paper
❏ Access to Quiet Mode
❏ Protection of Personal Data

Access Control:
Select On to restrict product features. This requires users to log into the product control panel
with their user name and password before they can use control panel features. In Accept
Unknown User Jobs, you can select whether or not to allow jobs that do not have the
necessary authentication information.

Admin Settings:
❏ Admin Password
Set, change, and clear an administrator password.
❏ Lock Setting
Select whether or not to lock the control panel using the password registered in Admin
Password.

233
Product Information > Settings Menu List > Maintenance

Password Encryption:
Select On to encrypt your password. If you turn the power off while restart is in progress, data
may be damaged and the printer settings are restores to defaults. In that case, set password
information again.

Customer Research:
Select Approve to provide product usage information such as the number of prints to Seiko Epson
Corporation.

Restore Default Settings:

Reset the settings in the following menus to their defaults.
❏ Network Settings
❏ Copy Settings
❏ Scan Settings
❏ Clear All Data and Settings

Firmware Update:
You can get firmware information such as your current version and information on available updates.

Update:
Check if the latest version of the firmware has been uploaded to the network server. If an
update is available, you can select whether or not to start updating.

Notification:
Select On to receive a notification if a firmware update is available.

Related Information
& “Updating the Printer's Firmware using the Control Panel” on page 117

Print Counter
Select the menus on the control panel as described below.
Settings > Print Counter

Displays the total number of prints and the total number of pages fed through the printer including items such as
the status sheet from the time you purchased the printer.

Maintenance
Select the menus on the control panel as described below.
Settings > Maintenance

234
Product Information > Settings Menu List > Maintenance

Print Quality Adjustment:

Select this feature if there are any problems with your print outs. You can check for clogged nozzles
and clean the print head if necessary, and then adjust some parameters to improve print quality.

Print Head Nozzle Check:

Select this feature to check if the print head nozzles are clogged. The printer prints a nozzle check
pattern.

Print Head Cleaning:

Select this feature to clean clogged nozzles in the print head.

Power Cleaning:
Select this feature to replace all of the ink inside the ink tube. More ink is consumed than in usual
cleaning. See the "Related Information" below for details on using this feature.

Print Head Alignment:

Select this feature to adjust the print head to improve print quality.
❏ Ruled Line Alignment
Select this feature to align vertical lines.
❏ Horizontal Alignment
Select this feature if horizontal banding appears at regular intervals in your printouts.

Fill Ink:
Select this feature to reset the ink level to 100% when refilling the ink tank.

Ink Level Setting:

Select this feature to set the ink level according to the actual ink remaining.

Remaining capacity of Maintenance box:

Displays the approximate service life of the maintenance box. When is displayed, the
maintenance box is nearly full. When is displayed, the maintenance box is full.

Paper Guide Cleaning:

Select this feature if there are ink stains on the internal rollers. The printer feeds paper to clean the
internal rollers.

Remove Paper:
Select this feature if there are still some torn pieces of paper inside the printer even after removing
jammed paper. The printer makes more space between the print head and the surface of the paper to
easily remove the torn pieces of paper.

Related Information
& “Checking and Cleaning the Print Head” on page 100
& “Running Power Cleaning” on page 102
& “Refilling the Ink Tank” on page 166
& “Cleaning the Paper Path for Ink Smears” on page 103

235
Product Information > Settings Menu List > User Settings

Language
Select the menus on the control panel as described below.
Settings > Language

Select the language used on the LCD screen.

Printer Status/Print
Select the menus on the control panel as described below.
Settings > Printer Status/Print

Print Status Sheet:

Configuration Status Sheet:

Print information sheets showing the current printer status and settings.

Supply Status Sheet:

Print information sheets showing the status of consumables.

Usage History Sheet:

Print information sheets showing the usage history of the printer.

Network:
Displays the current network settings. You can also print a status sheet.

Contacts Manager
Select the menus on the control panel as described below.
Settings > Contacts Manager

Register/Delete:
Register and/or delete contacts for the Scan to Email and Scan to Network Folder/FTP menus.

Search Options:
Change the method for searching contacts.

User Settings
Select the menus on the control panel as described below.
Settings > User Settings

You can change the default settings for your frequently used scanning and copying settings. See the following
related information for details.

236
Product Information > Product Specifications > Printer Specifications

❏ Copy
❏ Scan to Network Folder/FTP
❏ Scan to Email
❏ Scan to Computer
❏ Scan to Cloud

Product Specifications

Printer Specifications
Print Head Nozzle Placement Black ink nozzles: 800

Weight of Paper * Plain Paper 64 to 90 g/m2(17 to 24lb)

Thick Paper 91 to 256 g/m2 (25 to 68 lb)

Envelopes Envelope #10, DL, C6, C4: 75 to 100 g/m2 (20 to 27 lb)

* Even when the paper thickness is within this range, the paper may not feed in the printer or print result may adversely
affected depending on the paper property or quality.

Printable Area

Printable Area for Single Sheets

Print quality may decline in the shaded areas due to the printer's mechanism.

A 3.0 mm (0.12 in.)

B 3.0 mm (0.12 in.)

C 48.0 mm (1.89 in.)

D 49.0 mm (1.93 in.)

Printable Area for Envelopes

Print quality may decline in the shaded areas due to the printer's mechanism.

237
Product Information > Product Specifications > ADF Specifications

A 3.0 mm (0.12 in.)

B 3.0 mm (0.12 in.)

C 48.0 mm (1.89 in.)

D 49.0 mm (1.93 in.)

Scanner Specifications
Scanner Type Flatbed

Photoelectric Device CIS

Effective Pixels 14040×20400 pixels (1200 dpi)

Maximum Document Size 297×431.8 mm (11.7×17 in.)

A3

Scanning Resolution 1200 dpi (main scan)

2400 dpi (sub scan)

Output Resolution 50 to 9600 dpi in 1 dpi increments

Color Depth Color

❏ 48 bits per pixel internal (16 bits per pixel per color internal)
❏ 24 bits per pixel external (8 bits per pixel per color external)

Grayscale
❏ 16 bits per pixel internal
❏ 8 bits per pixel external

Black and white

❏ 16 bits per pixel internal
❏ 1 bits per pixel external

Light Source LED

ADF Specifications
ADF Type Auto duplex scanning

Available Paper Sizes A5, A4, A3, B5, B4, Executive, 16K, Indian-Legal, Letter, 8.5×13 in, Legal, 8K

Paper Type Plain Paper

Weight of Paper 64 to 90 g/m2

Loading Capacity A4, A3, B4, 16K, Indian-Legal, Letter, 8.5×13 in, Legal, 8K: 50 sheets or 5.5 mm
A5, B5, Executive: 20 sheets

238
Product Information > Product Specifications > Using Port for the Printer

Even when the original meets the specifications for media that can be placed in the ADF, it may not feed from the
ADF or the scan quality may decline depending on the paper properties or quality.

Using Port for the Printer

The printer uses the following port. These ports should be allowed to become available by the network
administrator as necessary.

When the Sender (Client) is the Printer

Use Destination Protocol Port

(Server) Number

File sending (When scan to network folder is FTP server FTP (TCP) 20
used from the printer)
21

File server SMB (TCP) 445

NetBIOS (UDP) 137

138

NetBIOS (TCP) 139

Email sending (When scan to mail is used SMTP server SMTP (TCP) 25
from the printer)
SMTP SSL/TLS (TCP) 465

SMTP STARTTLS (TCP) 587

POP before SMTP connection (When scan to POP server POP3 (TCP) 110
mail is used from the printer)

When Epson Connect is used Epson Connect HTTPS 443

Server
XMPP 5222

Control WSD Client computer WSD (TCP) 5357

Search the computer when push scanning Client computer Network Push Scan Discovery 2968
from Epson ScanSmart

When the Sender (Client) is the Client Computer

Use Destination Protocol Port

(Server) Number

Discover the printer from an application such Printer ENPC (UDP) 3289
as EpsonNet Config, printer driver, and
scanner driver.

Collect and set up the MIB information from Printer SNMP (UDP) 161
an application such as EpsonNet Config,
printer driver, and scanner driver.

Forwarding LPR data Printer LPR (TCP) 515

Forwarding RAW data Printer RAW (Port9100) (TCP) 9100

239
Product Information > Product Specifications > Network Specifications

Use Destination Protocol Port

(Server) Number

Forwarding AirPrint (IPP/IPPS printing) data Printer IPP/IPPS (TCP) 631

Searching WSD printer Printer WS-Discovery (UDP) 3702

Forwarding the scan data from Epson Printer Network Scan (TCP) 1865
ScanSmart

Collecting the job information when push Printer Network Push Scan 2968
scanning from Epson ScanSmart

PC-FAX Printer HTTP (TCP) 80

HTTPS (TCP) 443

Interface Specifications
For Computer Hi-Speed USB*

* USB 3.0 cables are not supported.

Network Specifications

Wi-Fi Specifications
See the following table for Wi-Fi specifications.

Countries or regions except for those listed Table A

below

China Table B
Taiwan

Table A

Standards IEEE802.11b/g/n*1

Frequency Range 2.4 GHz

Channels 1/2/3/4/5/6/7/8/9/10/11/12/13

Coordination Modes Infrastructure, Wi-Fi Direct (Simple AP)*2*3

Security Protocols*4 WEP (64/128bit), WPA2-PSK (AES)*5, WPA3-SAE (AES), WPA2/WPA3-Enterprise

*1 Only available for the HT20

*2 Not supported for IEEE 802.11b
*3 Infrastructure and Wi-Fi Direct modes or an Ethernet connection can be used simultaneously.

240
Product Information > Product Specifications > Network Specifications

*4 Wi-Fi Direct supports WPA2-PSK (AES) only.

*5 Complies with WPA2 standards with support for WPA/WPA2 Personal.

Table B

Standards IEEE802.11a/b/g/n*1/ac

Frequency Ranges IEEE802.11b/g/n: 2.4 GHz, IEEE802.11a/n/ac: 5 GHz

Channels Wi-Fi 2.4 GHz 1/2/3/4/5/6/7/8/9/10/11/12*2/13*2

5 GHz*3 W52 (36/40/44/48),

W53 (52/56/60/64),
W56 (100/104/108/112/116/120/124/128/132/136/140/144),
W58 (149/153/157/161/165)

Wi-Fi Direct 2.4 GHz 1/2/3/4/5/6/7/8/9/10/11/12*2/13*2

5 GHz*3 W52 (36/40/44/48)

W58 (149/153/157/161/165)

Connection Modes Infrastructure, Wi-Fi Direct (Simple AP) *4*5

Security Protocols*6 WEP (64/128bit), WPA2-PSK (AES)*7, WPA3-SAE (AES), WPA2/WPA3-Enterprise

*1 Only available for the HT20

*2 Not available in Taiwan
*3 The availability of these channels and use of the product outdoors over these channels varies by location. For more
information, see the following website.
http://support.epson.net/wifi5ghz/
*4 Not supported for IEEE 802.11b
*5 Infrastructure and Wi-Fi Direct modes or an Ethernet connection can be used simultaneously.
*6 Wi-Fi Direct only supports WPA2-PSK (AES) .
*7 Complies with WPA2 standards with support for WPA/WPA2 Personal.

Ethernet Specifications

Standards IEEE802.3i (10BASE-T)*1

IEEE802.3u (100BASE-TX)

IEEE802.3az (Energy Efficient Ethernet)*2

Communication Mode Auto, 10Mbps Full duplex, 10Mbps Half duplex, 100Mbps
Full duplex, 100Mbps Half duplex

Connector RJ-45

*1 Use a category 5e or higher STP (Shielded twisted pair) cable to prevent risk of radio interference.
*2 The connected device should comply with IEEE802.3az standards.

241
Product Information > Product Specifications > Network Specifications

Network Functions and IPv4/IPv6

Functions Supported Remarks

Network Printing EpsonNet Print (Windows) IPv4 ✓ -

Standard TCP/IP (Windows) IPv4, IPv6 ✓ -

WSD Printing (Windows) IPv4, IPv6 ✓ Windows Vista or

later

Bonjour Printing (Mac OS) IPv4, IPv6 ✓ -

IPP Printing (Windows, Mac IPv4, IPv6 ✓ -

OS)

PictBridge Printing (Wi-Fi) IPv4 - Digital camera

Epson Connect (Email Print, IPv4 ✓ -

Remote Print)

AirPrint (iOS, Mac OS) IPv4, IPv6 ✓ iOS 5 or later, Mac

OS X v10.7 or later

Network Scanning Epson Scan 2 IPv4, IPv6 ✓ -

Epson ScanSmart IPv4 ✓ Windows 7 or later,

Mac OS X El
Capitan or later

Event Manager IPv4 ✓ Windows XP, Vista,

Mac OS X v10.6 to
Yosemite

Epson Connect (Scan to IPv4 ✓ -

Cloud)

AirPrint (Scan) IPv4, IPv6 ✓ OS X Mavericks or

later

Fax Send a fax IPv4 - -

Receive a fax IPv4 - -

AirPrint (Faxout) IPv4, IPv6 - -

Security Protocol

IEEE802.1X*

IPsec/IP Filtering

SSL/TLS HTTPS Server/Client

IPPS

SMTPS (STARTTLS, SSL/TLS)

SNMPv3

242
Product Information > Product Specifications > Electrical Specifications

* You need to use a device for connection that complies with IEEE802.1X.

Supported Third Party Services

AirPrint Print iOS 5 or later/Mac OS X v10.7.x or later

Scan OS X Mavericks or later

Dimensions
Dimensions Storage
❏ Width: 515 mm (20.3 in.)
❏ Depth: 500 mm (19.7 in.)
❏ Height: 350 mm (13.8 in.)

Printing
❏ Width: 515 mm (20.3 in.)
❏ Depth: 976 mm (38.4 in.)
❏ Height: 521 mm (20.5 in.)

Weight* Approx. 20.2 kg (44.5 lb)

* Without the ink and the power cord.

Electrical Specifications
Power Supply Rating AC 100-240 V AC 220-240 V

Rated Frequency Range 50-60 Hz 50-60 Hz

Rated Current 0.7-0.4 A 0.4 A

Power Consumption (with USB Con- Standalone copying: Approx. 19.0 W Standalone copying: Approx. 19.0 W
nection) (ISO/IEC24712) (ISO/IEC24712)
Ready mode: Approx. 8.0 W Ready mode: Approx. 8.0 W
Sleep mode: Approx. 0.7 W Sleep mode: Approx. 0.8 W
Power off: Approx. 0.15 W Power off: Approx. 0.2 W

Note:
❏ Check the label on the printer for its voltage.
❏ For European users, see the following Website for details on power consumption.
http://www.epson.eu/energy-consumption

243
Product Information > Product Specifications > Environmental Specifications

Environmental Specifications
Operation Use the printer within the range shown in the following graph.

Temperature: 10 to 35°C (50 to 95°F)

Humidity: 20 to 80% RH (without condensation)

Storage Temperature after initial ink charging: -15 to 40°C (5 to 104°F)*

Temperature before initial ink charging: -20 to 40°C (-4 to 104°F)*

Humidity: 5 to 85% RH (without condensation)

* You can store for one month at 40°C (104°F).

Environmental Specifications for Ink Bottles

Storage Temperature -20 to 40 °C (-4 to 104 °F)*

Freezing Temperature -15 °C (5 °F)

Ink thaws and is usable after approximately 2 hours at 25 °C (77 °F).

* You can store for one month at 40 °C (104 °F).

244
Product Information > Product Specifications > Installation Location and Space

Installation Location and Space

Secure enough place to install and operate the printer correctly.

A 681mm

B 1208mm

C 515mm

D 331mm

E 741mm

F 467mm

See "Safety Instructions" in this manual to confirm the environmental conditions.

Related Information
& “Safety Instructions” on page 13

245
Product Information > Regulatory Information > Standards and Approvals

System Requirements
❏ Windows
Windows Vista, Windows 7, Windows 8/8.1, Windows 10 or later (32-bit, 64-bit)
Windows XP SP3 (32-bit)
Windows XP Professional x64 Edition SP2
Windows Server 2003 (SP2) or later
❏ Mac OS
Mac OS X v10.6.8 or later

Note:
❏ Mac OS may not support some applications and features.
❏ The UNIX File System (UFS) for Mac OS is not supported.

Regulatory Information

Standards and Approvals

Standards and Approvals for European Model

For European users
Hereby, Seiko Epson Corporation declares that the following radio equipment model is in compliance with
Directive 2014/53/EU. The full text of the EU declaration of conformity is available at the following website.
http://www.epson.eu/conformity
C756B
For use only in Ireland, UK, Austria, Germany, Liechtenstein, Switzerland, France, Belgium, Luxemburg,
Netherlands, Italy, Portugal, Spain, Denmark, Finland, Norway, Sweden, Iceland, Croatia, Cyprus, Greece,
Slovenia, Malta, Bulgaria, Czech, Estonia, Hungary, Latvia, Lithuania, Poland, Romania, and Slovakia.
Epson cannot accept responsibility for any failure to satisfy the protection requirements resulting from a non-
recommended modification of the products.

Frequency Maximum Radio-Frequency Power Transmitted

2400-2483.5 MHz 20 dBm (EIRP)

ZICTA Type Approval for Users in Zambia

See the following website to check the information for ZICTA Type Approval.
https://support.epson.net/zicta/

246
Product Information > Regulatory Information > Restrictions on Copying

Restrictions on Copying
Observe the following restrictions to ensure the responsible and legal use of the printer.
Copying of the following items is prohibited by law:
❏ Bank bills, coins, government-issued marketable securities, government bond securities, and municipal
securities
❏ Unused postage stamps, pre-stamped postcards, and other official postal items bearing valid postage
❏ Government-issued revenue stamps, and securities issued according to legal procedure

Exercise caution when copying the following items:

❏ Private marketable securities (stock certificates, negotiable notes, checks, etc.), monthly passes, concession
tickets, etc.
❏ Passports, driver’s licenses, warrants of fitness, road passes, food stamps, tickets, etc.

Note:
Copying these items may also be prohibited by law.

Responsible use of copyrighted materials:

Printers can be misused by improperly copying copyrighted materials. Unless acting on the advice of a
knowledgeable attorney, be responsible and respectful by obtaining the permission of the copyright holder before
copying published material.

247
Administrator Information

Connecting the Printer to the Network. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249

Settings to Use the Printer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253

Managing the Printer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .290

Advanced Security Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304

Administrator Information > Connecting the Printer to the Network > Before Making Network Connection

Connecting the Printer to the Network

You can connect the printer to the network in several ways.
❏ Connect by using advanced settings on the control panel.
❏ Connect by using the installer on the website or on the software disc.

This section explains the procedure to connect the printer to the network using the printer's control panel.

Before Making Network Connection

To connect to the network, check the connection method and setting information for connection in advance.

Gathering Information on the Connection Setting

Prepare the necessary setting information to connect. Check the following information in advance.

Divisions Items Note

Device connection ❏ Ethernet Decide how to connect the printer to the network.
method
❏ Wi-Fi For Wired LAN, connects to the LAN switch.
For Wi-Fi, connects to the network (SSID) of the access point.

LAN connection ❏ IP address Decide the IP address to assign to the printer.

information
❏ Subnet mask When you assign the IP address statically, all values are required.
❏ Default gateway When you assign the IP address dynamically using the DHCP function,
this information is not required because it is set automatically.

Wi-Fi connection ❏ SSID These are the SSID (network name) and the password of the access
information point that the printer connects to.
❏ Password
If MAC address filtering has been set, register the MAC address of the
printer in advance to register the printer.
See the following for the supported standards.
“Wi-Fi Specifications” on page 240

DNS server information ❏ IP address for These are required when specifying DNS servers. The secondary DNS
primary DNS is set when the system has a redundant configuration and there is a
secondary DNS server.
❏ IP address for
secondary DNS If you are in a small organization and do not set the DNS server, set
the IP address of the router.

Proxy server ❏ Proxy server name Set this when your network environment uses the proxy server to
information access the internet from the intranet, and you use the function that
the printer directly accesses to the internet.
For the following functions, the printer directly connects to the
internet .
❏ Epson Connect Services
❏ Cloud services of other companies
❏ Firmware updating

249
Administrator Information > Connecting the Printer to the Network > Before Making Network Connection

Divisions Items Note

Port number ❏ Port number to Check the port number used by the printer and computer, then
information release release the port that is blocked by a firewall, if necessary.
See the following for the port number used by the printer.
“Using Port for the Printer” on page 239

IP Address Assignment
These are the following types of IP address assignment.

Static IP address:
Assign the predetermined IP address to the printer (host) manually.
The information to connect to the network (subnet mask, default gateway, DNS server and so on) need to be set
manually.
The IP address does not change even when the device is turned off, so this is useful when you want to manage
devices with an environment where you cannot change the IP address or you want to manage devices using the IP
address. We recommend settings to the printer, server, etc. that many computers access. Also, when using security
features such as IPsec / IP filtering, assign a fixed IP address so that the IP address does not change.

Automatic assignment by using DHCP function (dynamic IP address):

Assign the IP address automatically to the printer (host) by using the DHCP function of the DHCP server or
router.
The information to connect to the network (subnet mask, default gateway, DNS server and so on) is set
automatically, so you can easily connect the device to the network.
If the device or the router is turned off, or depending on the DHCP server settings, IP address may change when
re-connecting.
We recommend managing devices other than the IP address and communicating with protocols that can follow
the IP address.
Note:
When you use the IP address reservation function of the DHCP, you can assign the same IP address to the devices at any
time.

DNS Server and Proxy Server

The DNS server has a host name, domain name of the email address, etc. in association with the IP address
information.
Communication is impossible if the other party is described by host name, domain name, etc. when the computer
or the printer performs IP communication.
Queries the DNS server for that information and gets the IP address of the other party. This process is called name
resolution.
Therefore, the devices such as computers and printers can communicate using the IP address.
Name resolution is necessary for the printer to communicate using the email function or Internet connection
function.
When you use those functions, make the DNS server settings.

250
Administrator Information > Connecting the Printer to the Network > Connecting to the Network from the …

When you assign the printer's IP address by using the DHCP function of the DHCP server or router, it is
automatically set.
The proxy server is placed at the gateway between the network and the Internet, and it communicates to the
computer, printer, and Internet (opposite server) on behalf of each of them. The opposite server communicates
only to the proxy server. Therefore, printer information such as the IP address and port number cannot be read
and increased security is expected.
When you connect to the Internet via a proxy server, configure the proxy server on the printer.

Connecting to the Network from the Control Panel

Connect the printer to the network by using the printer's control panel.

Assigning the IP Address

Set up the basic items such as Host Address, Subnet Mask, Default Gateway.
This section explains the procedure for setting a static IP address.

1. Turn on the printer.

2. Select Settings on the home screen on the printer's control panel.

3. Select General Settings > Network Settings > Advanced > TCP/IP.

4. Select Manual for Obtain IP Address.

When you set the IP address automatically by using the DHCP function of router, select Auto. In that case, the
IP Address, Subnet Mask, and Default Gateway on step 5 to 6 are also set automatically, so go to step 7.

5. Enter the IP address.

Focus moves to the forward segment or the back segment separated by a period if you select l and r.
Confirm the value reflected on the previous screen.

6. Set up the Subnet Mask and Default Gateway.

Confirm the value reflected on the previous screen.

c Important:
If the combination of the IP Address, Subnet Mask and Default Gateway is incorrect, Start Setup is inactive
and cannot proceed with the settings. Confirm that there is no error in the entry.

7. Enter the IP address for the primary DNS server.

Confirm the value reflected on the previous screen.
Note:
When you select Auto for the IP address assignment settings, you can select the DNS server settings from Manual or
Auto. If you cannot obtain the DNS server address automatically, select Manual and enter the DNS server address.
Then, enter the secondary DNS server address directly. If you select Auto, go to step 9.

8. Enter the IP address for the secondary DNS server.

Confirm the value reflected on the previous screen.

251
Administrator Information > Connecting the Printer to the Network > Connecting to the Network from the …

9. Tap Start Setup.

Setting the Proxy Server

Set up the proxy server if both of the following are true.
❏ The proxy server is built for Internet connection.
❏ When using a function in which a printer directly connects to the Internet, such as Epson Connect service or
another company's cloud services.

1. Select Settings on the home screen.

When making settings after IP address setting, the Advanced screen is displayed. Go to step 3.

2. Select General Settings > Network Settings > Advanced.

3. Select Proxy Server.

4. Select Use for Proxy Server Settings.

5. Enter the address for the proxy server by IPv4 or FQDN format.
Confirm the value reflected on the previous screen.

6. Enter the port number for the proxy server.

Confirm the value reflected on the previous screen.

7. Tap Start Setup.

Connecting to LAN
Connect the printer to the network by Ethernet or Wi-Fi.

Connecting to Ethernet
Connect the printer to the network by using the Ethernet cable, and check the connection.

1. Connect the printer and hub (LAN switch) by Ethernet cable.

2. Select Settings on the home screen.

3. Select General Settings > Network Settings > Connection Check.

The connection diagnosis result is displayed. Confirm the connection is correct.

4. Tap OK to finish.
When you tap Print Check Report, you can print the diagnosis result. Follow the on-screen instructions to
print it.

Related Information
& “Changing the Network Connection from Wi-Fi to Ethernet” on page 192

252
Administrator Information > Settings to Use the Printer > Using the Print Functions

Connecting to the Wireless LAN (Wi-Fi)

You can connect the printer to the wireless LAN (Wi-Fi) in several ways. Choose the connection method that
matches the environment and conditions that you are using.
If you know the information for the wireless router such as SSID and password, you can make settings manually.
If the wireless router supports WPS, you can make settings by using push button setup.
After connecting the printer to the network, connect to the printer from the device that you want to use (computer,
smart device, tablet, and so on.)

Related Information
& “Making Wi-Fi Settings by Entering the SSID and Password” on page 194
& “Making Wi-Fi Settings by Push Button Setup (WPS)” on page 195
& “Making Wi-Fi Settings by PIN Code Setup (WPS)” on page 196

Settings to Use the Printer

Using the Print Functions

Enable to use the print function through the network.
To use the printer on the network, you need to set the port for network connection on the computer as well as the
printer’s network connection.

Printer Connection Types

The following two methods are available for the printer's network connection.
❏ Peer to peer connection (direct printing)
❏ Server / client connection (printer sharing using the Windows server)

Peer to Peer Connection Settings

This is the connection to connect the printer on the network and the computer directly. Only a network-capable
model can be connected.

Connection method:
Connect the printer to the network directly via hub or access point.

Printer driver:
Install the printer driver on each client computer.
When using EpsonNet SetupManager, you can provide the driver's package that includes the printer settings.

Features:
❏ The print job starts immediately because the print job is sent to the printer directly.

253
Administrator Information > Settings to Use the Printer > Using the Print Functions

❏ You can print as long as the printer runs.

Server / Client Connection Settings

This is the connection that the server computer shares with the printer. To prohibit the connection without going
through the server computer, you can enhance the security.
When using USB, the printer without the network function can be also shared.

Connection method:
Connect the printer to the network via LAN switch or access point.
You can also connect the printer to the server directly by USB cable.

Printer driver:
Install the printer driver on the Windows server depending on the OS of the client computers.
By accessing the Windows server and linking the printer, the printer driver is installed on the client computer and
can be used.

Features:
❏ Manage the printer and the printer driver in batch.
❏ Depending on the server spec, it may take time to start the print job because all print jobs go through the print
server.
❏ You cannot print when the Windows server is turned off.

Print Settings for Peer to Peer Connection

For peer to peer connection (direct printing), a printer and a client computer have a one-to-one relationship.
The printer driver must be installed on each client computer.

Print Settings for Server / Client Connection

Enable to print from the printer that is connected as the server / client connection.
For the server / client connection, set up the print server first, and then share the printer on the network.
When using the USB cable to connect to the server, also set the print server first, and then share the printer on the
network.

Setting Up the Network Ports

Create the print queue for network printing on the print server by using standard TCP/IP, and then set the network
port.
This example is when using Windows 2012 R2.

1. Open the devices and printers screen.

Desktop > Settings > Control Panel > Hardware and Sound or Hardware > Devices and Printers.

254
Administrator Information > Settings to Use the Printer > Using the Print Functions

2. Add a printer.
Click Add printer, and then select The printer that I want isn't listed.

3. Add a local printer.

Select Add a local printer or network printer with manual settings, and then click Next.

4. Select Create a new port, select Standard TCP/IP Port as the Port Type, and then click Next.

5. Enter the printer's IP address or printer name in Host Name or IP Address or Printer Name or IP Address,
and then click Next.
Example:
❏ Printer name : EPSONA1A2B3C
❏ IP address : 192.0.2.111

Do not change Port name.

Click Continue when the User Account Control screen is displayed.

255
Administrator Information > Settings to Use the Printer > Using the Print Functions

Note:
If you specify the printer name on the network where the name resolution is available, the IP address is tracked even if
printer's IP address has been changed by DHCP. You can confirm the printer name from the network status screen on
the printer's control panel or network status sheet.

6. Set the printer driver.

❏ If the printer driver is already installed:
Select Manufacturer and Printers. Click Next.

7. Follow the on-screen instructions.

When using the printer under the server / client connection (printer sharing using the Windows server), make the
sharing settings hereafter.

Checking the Port Configuration - Windows

Check if the correct port is set for the print queue.

1. Open the devices and printers screen.

Desktop > Settings > Control Panel > Hardware and Sound or Hardware > Devices and Printers.

2. Open the printer properties screen.

Right-click the printer icon, and then click Printer properties.

3. Click the Ports tab, select Standard TCP/IP Port, and then click Configure Port.

4. Check the port configuration.

❏ For RAW
Check that Raw is selected in Protocol, and then click OK.
❏ For LPR
Check that LPR is selected in Protocol. Enter "PASSTHRU" in Queue name from LPR Settings. Select LPR
Byte Counting Enabled, and then click OK.

Sharing the Printer (Windows only)

When using the printer under the server / client connection (printer sharing using the Windows server), set up the
printer sharing from the print server.

1. Select Control Panel > View devices and printers on the print server.

2. Right-click the printer icon (print queue) that you want to share with, and then select Printer Properties >
Sharing tab.

3. Select Share this printer and then enter to Share name.

For Windows Server 2012, click Change Sharing Options and then configure the settings.

Installing Additional Drivers (Windows only)

If the Windows versions for a server and clients are different, it is recommended to install additional drivers to the
print server.

256
Administrator Information > Settings to Use the Printer > Using the Print Functions

1. Select Control Panel > View devices and printers on the print server.

2. Right-click the printer icon that you want to share with the clients, and then click Printer Properties >
Sharing tab.

3. Click Additional Drivers.

For Windows Server 2012, click Change Sharing Options and then configure the settings.

4. Select versions of Windows for clients, and then click OK.

5. Select the information file for the printer driver (*.inf) and then install the driver.

Using the Shared Printer – Windows

The administrator needs to inform the clients of the computer name assigned to the print server and how to add it
to their computers. If the additional driver(s) have not been configured yet, inform the clients how to use Devices
and Printers to add the shared printer.
If additional driver(s) have already been configured on the print server, follow these steps:

1. Select the name assigned to the print server in Windows Explorer.

2. Double-click the printer that you want to use.

Basic Settings for Printing

Set the print settings, such as paper size or printing error.

Setting the Paper Source

Set the size and type of paper to be loaded in each paper source.

1. Access Web Config and select the Print tab > Paper Source Settings.

2. Set each item.

The displayed items may vary by the situation.
❏ Paper source name
Display the target paper source name, such as paper tray, Cassette 1.
❏ Paper Size
Select the paper size you want to set from the pull-down menu.
❏ Unit
Select the unit of the user-defined size. You can select it when User defined is selected on Paper Size.
❏ Width
Set the horizontal length of the user-defined size.
The range you can enter here depends on the paper source, which is indicated on the side of Width.
When you select mm in Unit, you can enter up to one decimal place.
When you select inch in Unit, you can enter up to two decimal places.

257
Administrator Information > Settings to Use the Printer > Using the Print Functions

❏ Height
Set the vertical length of the user-defined size.
The range you can enter here depends on the paper source, which is indicated on the side of Height.
When you select mm in Unit, you can enter up to one decimal place.
When you select inch in Unit, you can enter up to two decimal places.
❏ Paper Type
Select the paper type you want to set from the pull-down menu.

3. Check the settings, and then click OK.

Setting Errors
Set the displaying error for the device.

1. Access Web Config and select the Print tab > Error Settings.

2. Set each item.

❏ Paper Size Notice
Set whether to display an error on the control panel when the paper size of the specified paper source is
different from the paper size of the print data.
❏ Paper Type Notice
Set whether to display an error on the control panel when the paper type of the specified paper source is
different from the paper type of the print data.
❏ Auto Error Solver
Set whether to automatically cancel the error if there is no operation on the control panel for 5 seconds
after displaying the error.

3. Check the settings, and then click OK.

Setting Universal Print

Set when you print from external devices without using the printer driver.
Some items are not displayed depending on the printing language of your printer.

1. Access Web Config and select the Print tab > Universal Print Settings.

2. Set each item.

3. Check the settings, and then click OK.

Basic

Items Explanation

Top Offset(-30.0-30.0mm) Sets the vertical position of the paper on which printing starts.

Left Offset(-30.0-30.0mm) Sets the horizontal position of the paper on which printing starts.

258
Administrator Information > Settings to Use the Printer > Configuring a Mail Server

Items Explanation

Top Offset in Back(-30.0-30.0mm) Sets the vertical position of the paper on which the printing of the back side of
the paper starts in duplex printing.

Left Offset in Back(-30.0-30.0mm) Sets the horizontal position of the paper on which the printing of the back side of
the paper starts in duplex printing.

Check Paper Width Set whether to check paper width when printing.

Skip Blank Page If there is a blank page in the print data, set not to print a blank page.

Setting Up AirPrint
Set when using AirPrint printing and scanning.
Access Web Config and select the Network tab > AirPrint Setup.

Items Explanation

Bonjour Service Name Enter the Bonjour service name between 1 and 41 characters in ASCII (0x20-0x7E).

Bonjour Location Enter location information such as the printer's placement within 127 bytes or less
in Unicode (UTF-8).

Geolocation Enter the printer's location information. This entry is optional.

Latitude and Longitude (WGS84) Enter values by using WGS-84 datum, which separates latitude and longitude with
a comma.
You can enter -90 to +90 for the latitude value, and -180 to +180 for the longitude
value. You can enter less than a decimal to the sixth place, and you can omit "+".

Top Priority Protocol Select top priority protocol from IPP and Port9100.

Wide-Area Bonjour Set whether or not to use Wide-Area Bonjour. If you use it, the printers must be
registered on the DNS server to be able to search the printer over the segment.

iBeacon Transmission Select whether to enable or disable the iBeacon transmission function. When
enabled, you can search for the printer from iBeacon-enabled devices.

Require PIN Code when using IPP Select whether or not to require a PIN code when using IPP printing. If you select
printing Yes, IPP print jobs without PIN codes are not saved in the printer.

Enable AirPrint IPP, Bonjour, AirPrint (Scan service) are enabled, and IPP is established only with
secure communication.

Configuring a Mail Server

Set the mail server from Web Config.
Check below before setting up.
❏ The printer is connected to the network that can access the mail server.
❏ Email setting information of the computer that uses the same mail server as the printer.

259
Administrator Information > Settings to Use the Printer > Configuring a Mail Server

Note:
❏ When you use the mail server on the Internet, confirm the setting information from the provider or website.
❏ You can also set the mail server from the printer’s control panel. Access as below.
Settings > General Settings > Network Settings > Advanced > Email Server > Server Settings

1. Access Web Config and select the Network tab > Email Server > Basic.

2. Enter a value for each item.

3. Select OK.
The settings you have selected are displayed.
When the setup completes, perform the connection check.

Related Information
& “Running Web Config on a Web Browser” on page 223

Mail Server Setting Items

260
Administrator Information > Settings to Use the Printer > Configuring a Mail Server

Items Settings and Explanation

Authentication Method Specify the authentication method for the printer to access the mail server.

Off Set when the mail server does not need authentication.

SMTP AUTH Authenticates on the SMTP server (outgoing mail server)

when sending the email. The mail server needs to support
SMTP authentication.

POP before SMTP Authenticates on the POP3 server (receiving mail server)
before sending the email. When you select this item, set the
POP3 server.

Authenticated Account If you select SMTP AUTH or POP before SMTP as the Authentication Method, enter the
authenticated account name between 0 and 255 characters in ASCII (0x20-0x7E).
When you select SMTP AUTH, enter the SMTP server account. When you select POP before
SMTP, enter the POP3 server account.

Authenticated Password If you select SMTP AUTH or POP before SMTP as the Authentication Method, enter the
authenticated password between 0 and 20 characters in ASCII (0x20-0x7E).
When you select SMTP AUTH, enter the authenticated account for the SMTP server. When
you select POP before SMTP, enter the authenticated account for the POP3 server.

Sender's Email Address Enter the sender's email address such as the email address of the system administrator. This
is used when authenticating, so enter a valid email address that is registered to the mail
server.
Enter between 0 and 255 characters in ASCII (0x20-0x7E) except for : ( ) < > [ ] ; ¥. A period "."
cannot be the first character.

SMTP Server Address Enter between 0 and 255 characters using A-Z a-z 0-9 . - . You can use IPv4 or FQDN format.

SMTP Server Port Number Enter a number between 1 and 65535.

Secure Connection Select the encryption method of the communication to the mail server.

None If you select POP before SMTP in Authentication Method,

the connection is not encrypted.

SSL/TLS This is available when Authentication Method is set to Off

or SMTP AUTH. Communication is encrypted from the start.

STARTTLS This is available when Authentication Method is set to Off

or SMTP AUTH. Communication is not encrypted from the
start, but depending on the network environment, whether
the communication is encrypted or not is changed.

Certificate Validation The certificate is validated when this is enabled. We recommend this is set to Enable. To set
up, you need to import the CA Certificate to the printer.

POP3 Server Address If you select POP before SMTP as the Authentication Method, enter the POP3 server
address between 0 and 255 characters using A-Z a-z 0-9 . - . You can use IPv4 or FQDN
format.

POP3 Server Port Number If you select POP before SMTP as the Authentication Method, enter a number between 1
and 65535.

Checking a Mail Server Connection

You can check the connection to the mail server by performing the connection check.

261
Administrator Information > Settings to Use the Printer > Configuring a Mail Server

1. Access Web Config and select the Network tab > Email Server > Connection Test.

2. Select Start.
The connection test to the mail server is started. After the test, the check report is displayed.
Note:
You can also check the connection to the mail server from the printer’s control panel. Access as below.
Settings > General Settings > Network Settings > Advanced > Email Server > Connection Check

Mail Server Connection Test References

Messages Cause

Connection test was successful. This message appears when the connection with the server is successful.

SMTP server communication error. This message appears when

Check the following. - Network
❏ The printer is not connected to a network
Settings
❏ SMTP server is down
❏ Network connection is disconnected while communicating
❏ Received incomplete data

POP3 server communication error. This message appears when

Check the following. - Network
❏ The printer is not connected to a network
Settings
❏ POP3 server is down
❏ Network connection is disconnected while communicating
❏ Received incomplete data

An error occurred while connecting to This message appears when

SMTP server. Check the followings. -
❏ Connecting to a DNS server failed
SMTP Server Address - DNS Server
❏ Name resolution for an SMTP server failed

An error occurred while connecting to This message appears when

POP3 server. Check the followings. -
❏ Connecting to a DNS server failed
POP3 Server Address - DNS Server
❏ Name resolution for an POP3 server failed

SMTP server authentication error. This message appears when SMTP server authentication failed.
Check the followings. - Authentication
Method - Authenticated Account -
Authenticated Password

POP3 server authentication error. This message appears when POP3 server authentication failed.
Check the followings. - Authentication
Method - Authenticated Account -
Authenticated Password

Unsupported communication method. This message appears when you try to communicate with unsupported protocols.
Check the followings. - SMTP Server
Address - SMTP Server Port Number

Connection to SMTP server failed. This message appears when an SMTP mismatch occurs between a server and a
Change Secure Connection to None. client, or when the server does not support SMTP secure connection (SSL
connection).

262
Administrator Information > Settings to Use the Printer > Setting a Shared Network Folder

Messages Cause

Connection to SMTP server failed. This message appears when an SMTP mismatch occurs between a server and a
Change Secure Connection to SSL/TLS. client, or when the server requests to use an SSL/TLS connection for an SMTP
secure connection.

Connection to SMTP server failed. This message appears when an SMTP mismatch occurs between a server and a
Change Secure Connection to client, or when the server requests to use an STARTTLS connection for an SMTP
STARTTLS. secure connection.

The connection is untrusted. Check the This message appears when the printer’s date and time setting is incorrect or the
following. - Date and Time certificate has expired.

The connection is untrusted. Check the This message appears when the printer does not have a root certificate
following. - CA Certificate corresponding to the server or a CA Certificate has not been imported.

The connection is not secured. This message appears when the obtained certificate is damaged.

SMTP server authentication failed. This message appears when an authentication method mismatch occurs between
Change Authentication Method to a server and a client. The server supports SMTP AUTH.
SMTP-AUTH.

SMTP server authentication failed. This message appears when an authentication method mismatch occurs between
Change Authentication Method to a server and a client. The server does not support SMTP AUTH.
POP before SMTP.

Sender's Email Address is incorrect. This message appears when the specified sender’s Email address is wrong.
Change to the email address for your
email service.

Cannot access the printer until This message appears when the printer is busy.
processing is complete.

Setting a Shared Network Folder

Set a shared network folder to save the scanned image.
When saving a file to the folder, the printer logs on as the user of the computer on which the folder was created.
Also, make sure you setup MS Network when creating the shared network folder.

Creating the Shared Folder

Before Creating the Shared Folder

Before creating the shared folder, check the following.
❏ The printer is connected to the network where it can access the computer where the shared folder will be
created.
❏ A multi-byte character is not included in the name of the computer where the shared folder will be created.

263
Administrator Information > Settings to Use the Printer > Setting a Shared Network Folder

c Important:
When a multi-byte character is included in the computer name, saving the file to the shared folder may fail.
In that case, change to the computer that does not include the Multi-byte character in the name or change the
computer name.
When changing the computer name, make sure to confirm with the administrator in advance because it may affect
some settings, such as computer management, resource access, etc.

Checking the Network Profile

On the computer where the shared folder will be created, check whether folder sharing is available.

1. Log in to the computer where the shared folder will be created by the administrator authority user account.

2. Select Control Panel > Network and Internet > Network and Sharing Center.

3. Click Change advanced sharing settings, and then click for the profile with (current profile) in the
displayed network profiles.

4. Check whether Turn on file and printer sharing is selected on File and Printer Sharing.
If already selected, click Cancel and close the window.
When you change the settings, click Save Changes and close the window.

Related Information
& “Location Where the Shared Folder is Created and an Example of the Security” on page 264

Location Where the Shared Folder is Created and an Example of the Security
Depending on the location where the shared folder is created, security and convenience vary.
To operate the shared folder from the printers or other computers, the following reading and changing permissions
for the folder are required.
❏ Sharing tab > Advanced Sharing > Permissions
It controls the network access permission of the shared folder.
❏ Access permission of Security tab
It controls permission of the network access and local access of the shared folder.

When you set Everyone to the shared folder that is created on the desktop, as an example of creating a shared
folder, all users who can access the computer will be permitted access.
However, the user who does not have authority cannot access them because the desktop (folder) is under the
control of the user folder, and then the security settings of the user folder are handed down to it. The user who is
permitted access on the Security tab (user logged in and administrator in this case) can operate the folder.
See below to create the proper location.
This example is when creating the "scan_folder" folder.

Related Information
& “Example of Configuration for File Servers” on page 265

264
Administrator Information > Settings to Use the Printer > Setting a Shared Network Folder

& “Example of Configuration for a Personal Computer” on page 270

Example of Configuration for File Servers

This explanation is an example for creating the shared folder on the root of the drive on the shared computer, such
as the file server under the following condition.
Access controllable users, such as someone who has the same domain of a computer to create a shared folder, can
access the shared folder.
Set this configuration when you permit any user to read and write to the shared folder on the computer, such as the
file server and the shared computer.
❏ Place for creating shared folder: Root of drive
❏ Folder path: C:\scan_folder
❏ Access permission via network (Share Permissions): Everyone
❏ Access permission on file system (Security): Authenticated Users

1. Log in to the computer where the shared folder will be created by the administrator authority user account.

2. Start explorer.

3. Create the folder on the root of drive, and then name it "scan_folder".
For the folder name, enter between 1 and 12 alphanumeric characters. If the character limit of the folder name
is exceeded, you may not be able to access it normally by the varied environment.

4. Right click the folder, and then select Properties.

265
Administrator Information > Settings to Use the Printer > Setting a Shared Network Folder

5. Click Advanced Sharing on the Sharing tab.

266
Administrator Information > Settings to Use the Printer > Setting a Shared Network Folder

6. Select Share this folder, and then click Permissions.

7. Select Everyone group of Group or user names, select Allow on Change, and then click OK.

267
Administrator Information > Settings to Use the Printer > Setting a Shared Network Folder

8. Click OK.

9. Select Security tab, and then select Authenticated Users on the Group or user names.

"Authenticated Users" is the special group that includes all users who can log in to the domain or computer.
This group is displayed only when the folder is created just below the root folder.
If it is not displayed, you can add it by clicking Edit. For more details, see Related Information.

268
Administrator Information > Settings to Use the Printer > Setting a Shared Network Folder

10. Check that Allow on Modify is selected in Permissions for Authenticated Users.
If it is not selected, select Authenticated Users, click Edit, select Allow on Modify in Permissions for
Authenticated Users, and then click OK.

269
Administrator Information > Settings to Use the Printer > Setting a Shared Network Folder

11. Select Sharing tab.

The network path of the shared folder is displayed. This is used when registering to the contacts of the printer.
Please write it down.

12. Click OK or Close to close the screen.

Check whether the file can be written or read on the shared folder from the computers of the same domain.

Related Information
& “Adding Group or User Which Permits Access” on page 275

Example of Configuration for a Personal Computer

This explanation is an example for creating the shared folder on the desktop of the user currently logging in to the
computer.
The user who logs in to the computer and who has administrator authority can access the desktop folder and the
document folder that are under the User folder.
Set this configuration when you DO NOT permit reading and writing to another user to the shared folder on a
personal computer.
❏ Place for creating shared folder: Desktop
❏ Folder path: C:\Users\xxxx\Desktop\scan_folder

270
Administrator Information > Settings to Use the Printer > Setting a Shared Network Folder

❏ Access permission via network (Share Permissions): Everyone

❏ Access permission on file system (Security): do not add, or add User/Group names to permit access

1. Log in to the computer where the shared folder will be created by the administrator authority user account.

2. Start explorer.

3. Create the folder on the desktop, and then name it "scan_folder".

For the folder name, enter between 1 and 12 alphanumeric characters. If the character limit of the folder name
is exceeded, you may not be able to access it normally by the varied environment.

4. Right click the folder, and then select Properties.

271
Administrator Information > Settings to Use the Printer > Setting a Shared Network Folder

5. Click Advanced Sharing on the Sharing tab.

272
Administrator Information > Settings to Use the Printer > Setting a Shared Network Folder

6. Select Share this folder, and then click Permissions.

7. Select Everyone group of Group or user names, select Allow on Change, and then click OK.

273
Administrator Information > Settings to Use the Printer > Setting a Shared Network Folder

8. Click OK.

9. Select Security tab.

10. Check the group or the user in the Group or user names.
The group or the user that is displayed here can access the shared folder.
In this case, the user who logs in to this computer and the Administrator can access the shared folder.
Add access permission, if necessary. You can add it by clicking Edit. For more details, see Related Information.

274
Administrator Information > Settings to Use the Printer > Setting a Shared Network Folder

11. Select Sharing tab.

The network path of the shared folder is displayed. This is used when registering to the contacts of the printer.
Please write it down.

12. Click OK or Close to close the screen.

Check whether the file can be written or read on the shared folder from the computers of users or groups with
access permission.

Related Information
& “Adding Group or User Which Permits Access” on page 275

Adding Group or User Which Permits Access

You can add the group or user which permits access.

1. Right click the folder and select Properties.

2. Select Security tab.

275
Administrator Information > Settings to Use the Printer > Setting a Shared Network Folder

3. Click Edit.

276
Administrator Information > Settings to Use the Printer > Setting a Shared Network Folder

4. Click Add under the Group or user names.

5. Enter the group or user name that you want to permit access, and then click Check Names.
An underline is added to the name.
Note:
If you do not know the full name of the group or user, enter part of the name, and then click Check Names. The group
names or user names that match part of the name are listed, and then you can select the full name from the list.
If just one name matches, the full name with underlining is displayed in Enter the object name to select.

277
Administrator Information > Settings to Use the Printer > Setting a Shared Network Folder

6. Click OK.

7. On the Permission screen, select the user name that is entered in Group or user names , select the access
permission on Modify, and then click OK.

8. Click OK or Close to close the screen.

Check whether the file can be written or read on the shared folder from the computers of users or groups with
access permission.

Using Microsoft Network Sharing

When enabling it, the following are possible.
❏ Forwards the scan result to the shared folder on the computer.

1. Access Web Config and select the Network tab > MS Network.

2. Select Use Microsoft network sharing.

3. Set each item.

4. Click Next.

5. Confirm the settings, and then click OK.

278
Administrator Information > Settings to Use the Printer > Making Contacts Available

6. Enter the following on the computer's explorer, and then press the Enter key.
Check whether there is a network folder and that you can access it.
\\Printer's IP address
Example : \\192.0.2.111

Related Information
& “Running Web Config on a Web Browser” on page 223

MS Network Setting items

Items Explanation

Use Microsoft network sharing Select when enabling MS Network sharing.

SMB1.0 Enable the protocol you want to use. You can only enable SMB1.0 or SMB2/SMB3.
SMB2/SMB3

File Sharing Select whether to enable file sharing or not.

Enable it for the following situations.
❏ Forwards the scan result to the shared folder on the computer.

User Name Set the user name for user authentication. Enter between 1 and 127 characters in
ASCII except "/\[]:;|=,+*?<>@%. However, you cannot enter a single period or a
combination of the period "." and a space alone.

Password Set the password for user authentication. Enter between 1 and 64 characters in
ASCII. However, you cannot just set 10 asterisks "*".

Encrypted Communication Set whether to enable encrypted communication or not. You can select it when
Enable is selected on User Authentication.

Host Name Display the MS Network host name of the printer. To change this, select the
Network tab > Basic, and then change the Device Name.

Workgroup Name Enter the work group name of MS Network. Enter between 0 and 15 characters in
ASCII.

Access Attribute Set the Access Attribute of file sharing.

Shared Name(USB Host) Display as the shared name when sharing the file.

Making Contacts Available

Registering destinations in the printer's contacts list allows you to easily enter the destination when scanning.
Note:
You can register the following types of destinations in the contacts list. You can register up to 200 entries in total.

Email Destination for email

You need to configure the email server settings beforehand.

279
Administrator Information > Settings to Use the Printer > Making Contacts Available

Network Folder (SMB) Destination for scan data

Network Folder/FTP

Contacts Configuration Comparison

There are three tools for configuring the printer's contacts: Web Config, Epson Device Admin, and the printer’s
control panel. The differences between three tools are listed in the table below.

Features Web Config Epson Device Admin Printer’s control panel

Registering a destination ✓ ✓ ✓

Editing a destination ✓ ✓ ✓

Adding a group ✓ ✓ ✓

Editing a group ✓ ✓ ✓

Deleting a destination or ✓ ✓ ✓
groups

Deleting all destinations ✓ ✓ –

Importing a file ✓ ✓ –

Exporting to a file ✓ ✓ –

Registering a Destination to Contacts using Web Config

Note:
You can also register the contacts on the printer’s control panel.

1. Access Web Config and select the Scan/Copy tab > Contacts.

2. Select the number that you want to register, and then click Edit.

3. Enter Name and Index Word.

4. Select the destination type as the Type option.

Note:
You cannot change the Type option after registration is complete. If you want to change the type, delete the destination
and then register again.

5. Enter a value for each item, and then click Apply.

Destination Setting Items

Items Settings and Explanation

Common Settings

280
Administrator Information > Settings to Use the Printer > Making Contacts Available

Items Settings and Explanation

Name Enter a name displayed in the contacts in 30 characters or less in Unicode (UTF-8).
If you do not specify this, leave it blank.

Index Word Enter words to search in 30 characters or less in Unicode (UTF-8). If you do not
specify this, leave it blank.

Type Select the type of the address that you want to register.

Assign to Frequent Use This item is displayed on the Web Config screen but is unavailable for this printer.

Email

Email Address Enter between 1 and 255 characters using A-Z a-z 0-9 ! # $ % & ' * + - . / = ? ^ _ { | }
~ @.

Network Folder (SMB)

Save to \\“Folder path”

Enter the location where the target folder is located between 1 and 253 characters
in Unicode (UTF-8), omitting "\\".

User Name Enter a user name to access a network folder in 30 characters or less in Unicode
(UTF-8). However, avoid using control characters (0x00 to 0x1f, 0x7F).

Password Enter a password to access a network folder in 20 characters or less in Unicode

(UTF-8). However, avoid using control characters (0x00 to 0x1f, 0x7F).

FTP

Save to Enter the server name between 1 and 253 characters in ASCII (0x20-0x7E),
omitting "ftp://".

User Name Enter a user name to access an FTP server in 30 characters or less in Unicode
(UTF-8). However, avoid using control characters (0x00 to 0x1f, 0x7F). If the server
allows anonymous connections, enter a user name such as Anonymous and FTP. If
you do not specify this, leave it blank.

Password Enter a password to access to an FTP server within 20 characters or less in Unicode
(UTF-8). However, avoid using control characters (0x00 to 0x1f, 0x7F). If you do not
specify this, leave it blank.

Connection Mode Select the connection mode from the menu. If a firewall is set between the printer
and the FTP server, select Passive Mode.

Port Number Enter the FTP server port number between 1 and 65535.

Registering Destinations as a Group Using Web Config

If the destination type is set to Email, you can register the destinations as a group.

1. Access Web Config and select the Scan/Copy tab > Contacts.

2. Select the number that you want to register, and then click Edit.

3. Select a group from Type.

281
Administrator Information > Settings to Use the Printer > Making Contacts Available

4. Click Select for Contact(s) for Group.

The available destinations are displayed.

5. Select the destination that you want to register to the group, and then click Select.

6. Enter a Name and Index Word.

7. Select whether or not you assign the registered group to the frequently used group.
Note:
Destinations can be registered to multiple groups.

8. Click Apply.

Backing Up and Importing Contacts

Using Web Config or other tools, you can back up and import contacts.
For Web Config, you can back up contacts by exporting the printer settings that include contacts. The exported file
cannot be edited because it is exported as a binary file.
When importing the printer settings to the printer, contacts are overwritten.
For Epson Device Admin, only contacts can be exported from the device’s property screen. Also, if you do not
export the security-related items, you can edit the exported contacts and import them because this can be saved as
a SYLK file or csv file.

Importing Contacts Using Web Config

If you have a printer that allows you to backup contacts and is compatible with this printer, you can register
contacts easily by importing the backup file.
Note:
For instructions on how to back up the printer contacts, see the manual provided with the printer.

282
Administrator Information > Settings to Use the Printer > Making Contacts Available

Follow the steps below to import the contacts to this printer.

1. Access Web Config, select Device Management > Export and Import Setting Value > Import.

2. Select the backup file you created in File, enter the password, and then click Next.

3. Select the Contacts checkbox, and then click Next.

Backing up Contacts Using Web Config

Contacts data may be lost due to a printer malfunction. We recommend that you make a backup of the data
whenever you update the data. Epson shall not be responsible for the loss of any data, for backing up or recovering
data and/or settings even during a warranty period.
Using Web Config, you can back up the contact data stored in the printer to the computer.

1. Access Web Config, and then select the Device Management tab > Export and Import Setting Value >
Export.

2. Select the Contacts checkbox under the Scan/Copy category.

3. Enter a password to encrypt the exported file.

You need the password to import the file. Leave this blank if you do not want to encrypt the file.

4. Click Export.

Export and Bulk Registration of Contacts Using Tool

If you use Epson Device Admin, you can back up just the contacts and edit the exported files, then register them all
at once.
It is useful if you want to back up only the contacts or when you replace the printer and you want to transfer the
contacts from the old one to new one.

Exporting Contacts
Save the contacts information to the file.
You can edit files saved in SYLK format or csv format by using a spreadsheet application or text editor. You can
register all at once after deleting or adding the information.
Information that includes security items such as password and personal information can be saved in binary format
with a password. You cannot edit the file. This can be used as the backup file of the information including the
security items.

1. Start Epson Device Admin.

2. Select Devices on the side bar task menu.

3. Select the device you want to configure from the device list.

4. Click Device Configuration on the Home tab on the ribbon menu.

When the administrator password has been set, enter the password and click OK.

283
Administrator Information > Settings to Use the Printer > Making Contacts Available

5. Click Common > Contacts.

6. Select the export format from Export > Export items.

❏ All Items
Export the encrypted binary file. Select when you want to include the security items such as password and
personal information. You cannot edit the file. If you select it, you have to set the password. Click
Configuration and set a password between 8 and 63 characters long in ASCII. This password is required
when importing the binary file.
❏ Items except Security Information
Export the SYLK format or csv format files. Select when you want to edit the information of the exported
file.

7. Click Export.

8. Specify the place to save the file, select the file type, and then click Save.
The completion message is displayed.

9. Click OK.
Check that the file is saved to the specified place.

Importing Contacts
Import the contacts information from the file.
You can import the files saved in SYLK format or csv format or the backed-up binary file that includes the security
items.

1. Start Epson Device Admin.

2. Select Devices on the side bar task menu.

3. Select the device you want to configure from the device list.

4. Click Device Configuration on the Home tab on the ribbon menu.

When the administrator password has been set, enter the password and click OK.

5. Click Common > Contacts.

6. Click Browse on Import.

7. Select the file you want to import and then click Open.
When you select the binary file, in Password enter the password you set when exporting the file.

8. Click Import.
The confirmation screen is displayed.

9. Click OK.
The validation result is displayed.
❏ Edit the information read
Click when you want to edit the information individually.

284
Administrator Information > Settings to Use the Printer > Preparing to Scan

❏ Read more file

Click when you want to import multiple files.

10. Click Import, and then click OK on the import completion screen.
Return to the device's property screen.

11. Click Transmit.

12. Click OK on the confirmation message.

The settings are sent to the printer.

13. On the sending completion screen, click OK.

The printer's information is updated.
Open the contacts from Web Config or printer's control panel, and then check that the contact is updated.

Preparing to Scan

Scanning using the control panel

The scan to network folder function and the scan to mail function using the printer’s control panel, as well as the
transfer of scan results to mail, folders, etc. are performed by executing a job from the computer.

Settings of Servers and Folders

Name Settings Location Requirement

Scan to Network Folder Create and set up sharing of A computer that has a save The administrative user
(SMB) the save folder folder location account to the computer
that creates save folders.

Destination for Scan to Contacts of the device User name and password
Network Folder (SMB) to log on to the
computer that has the
save folder, and the
privilege to update the
save folder.

Scan to Network Folder Setup for FTP server log on Contacts of the device Logon information for
(FTP) the FTP server and the
privilege to update the
save folder.

Scan to Email Setup for email server Device Setup information for
email server

Scan to Cloud Printer registration to Epson Device Internet connection

Connect environment

Contact registration to Epson Epson Connect service User and printer

Connect registration to Epson
Connect

285
Administrator Information > Settings to Use the Printer > Making Basic Operation Settings for the Printer

Related Information
& “Setting a Shared Network Folder” on page 263
& “Configuring a Mail Server” on page 259

Scanning From a Computer

Install the software and check that the network scan service is enabled to scan via a network from the computer.

Software to be installed
❏ Epson ScanSmart
❏ Epson Scan 2 (application required to use the scanner feature)

Confirming that Network Scan is Enabled

You can set the network scan service when you scan from a client computer over the network. The default setting is
enabled.

1. Access Web Config and select the Scan/Copy tab > Network Scan.

2. Make sure that Enable scanning of EPSON Scan is selected.

If it is selected, this task is completed. Close Web Config.
If it is cleared, select it and go to next step.

3. Click Next.

4. Click OK.
The network is re-connected, and then the settings are enabled.

Related Information
& “Running Web Config on a Web Browser” on page 223

Making Basic Operation Settings for the Printer

Setting the Control Panel

Setup for the printer's control panel. You can set up as follows.

1. Access Web Config and select the Device Management tab > Control Panel.

2. Set up the following items as necessary.

❏ Language
Select the displayed language on the control panel.

286
Administrator Information > Settings to Use the Printer > Making Basic Operation Settings for the Printer

❏ Panel Lock
If you select ON, you cannot select items that require the administrator's authority. To select them, log in to
the printer as the administrator. If the administrator password is not set, the panel lock is disabled.
❏ Operation Timeout
If you select ON, when you log in as the access control user or administrator, you are automatically logged
out and go to the initial screen if there is no activity for a certain period of time.
You can set between 10 seconds and 240 minutes by the second.

Note:
You can also set up from the printer’s control panel.
❏ Language : Settings > General Settings > Basic Settings > Language
❏ Panel Lock : Settings > General Settings > System Administration > Security Settings > Admin Settings > Lock
Setting
❏ Operation Timeout : Settings > General Settings > Basic Settings > Operation Time Out (You can specify On or
Off.)

3. Click OK.

Power Saving Settings During Inactivity

You can set up the time to shift to the power saving mode or to turn the power off when the printer’s control panel
is not operated for a certain period of time. Set the time depending on your usage environment.

1. Access Web Config and select the Device Management tab > Power Saving.

2. Set up the following items as necessary.

❏ Sleep Timer
Enter the time to switch power saving mode when inactivity occurs.

Note:
You can also set up from the printer’s control panel.
Settings > General Settings > Basic Settings > Sleep Timer

❏ Power Off Timer or Power Off If Inactive

Select a time to automatically turn off the printer after it has been inactive for a specific time.

Note:
You can also set up from the printer’s control panel.
Settings > General Settings > Basic Settings > Power Off Timer or Power Off Settings

❏ Power Off If Disconnected

Select this setting to turn the printer off after a specified period of time when all ports including the USB
port are disconnected. This feature may not be available depending on your region.
See the following website for the specified period of time.
https://www.epson.eu/energy-consumption

Note:
You can also set up from the printer’s control panel.

Settings > General Settings > Basic Settings > Power Off Settings >Power Off If Disconnected

287
Administrator Information > Settings to Use the Printer > Making Basic Operation Settings for the Printer

3. Click OK.

Setting the Sound

Make the sound settings when operating the control panel, printing, and so on.
Note:
You can also set up from the printer’s control panel.
Settings > General Settings > Basic Settings > Sound

1. Access Web Config and select the Device Management tab > Sound.

2. Set up the following items as necessary.

❏ Normal Mode
Set the sound when the printer is set to Normal Mode.
❏ Quiet Mode
Set the sound when the printer is set to Quiet Mode.
This is enabled when the following item is enabled.
Printer's control panel:
Settings > General Settings > Printer Settings > Quiet Mode

3. Click OK.

Synchronizing the Date and Time with Time Server

When synchronizing with the time server (NTP server), you can synchronize the time of the printer and the
computer on the network. The time server may be operated within the organization or published on the Internet.
When using the CA certificate or Kerberos authentication, time-related trouble can be prevented by synchronizing
with the time server.

1. Access Web Config and select the Device Management tab > Date and Time > Time Server.

2. Select Use for Use Time Server.

3. Enter the time server address for Time Server Address.

You can use IPv4, IPv6 or FQDN format. Enter 252 characters or less. If you do not specify this, leave it blank.

4. Enter Update Interval (min).

You can set up to 10,080 minutes by the minute.

5. Click OK.
Note:
You can confirm the connection status with the time server on Time Server Status.

Setting the Default Value for Scanning and Copying (User Default Settings)
You can set the default value for the following functions.

288
Administrator Information > Settings to Use the Printer > Problems when Making Settings

❏ Scan to Network Folder/FTP

❏ Scan to Email
❏ Scan to Cloud
❏ Copy

1. Access Web Config and select the functions for which you want to set the default value for the Scan/Copy tab
> User Default Settings.

2. Set each item.

3. Click OK.
If the combination of the value is invalid, it is automatically modified, and then a valid value is set.

Problems when Making Settings

Hints to Solving Problems

❏ Checking the error message
When trouble has occurred, first check whether there are any messages on the printer's control panel or driver
screen. If you have the notification email set when the events occur, you can promptly learn the status.
❏ Network connection report
Diagnose the network and the printer status, and then print the result.
You can find the diagnosed error from the printer side.
❏ Checking the communication status
Check the communication status of server computer or client computer by using the command such as ping
and ipconfig.
❏ Connection test
For checking the connection between the printer to the mail server, perform the connection test from the
printer. Also, check the connection from the client computer to the server to check the communication status.
❏ Initializing the settings
If the settings and communication status show no problem, the problems may be solved by disabling or
initializing the network settings of the printer, and then setting up again.

Cannot Access Web Config

The IP address is not assigned to the printer.
A valid IP address may not be assigned to the printer. Configure the IP address using the printer’s
control panel. You can confirm the current setting information with a network status sheet or from
the printer’s control panel.

Web browser does not support the Encryption Strength for SSL/TLS.
SSL/TLS has the Encryption Strength. You can open Web Config by using a web browser that
supports bulk encryptions as indicated below. Check you are using the a supported browser.
❏ 80bit: AES256/AES128/3DES

289
Administrator Information > Managing the Printer > Introduction of Product Security Features

❏ 112bit: AES256/AES128/3DES
❏ 128bit: AES256/AES128
❏ 192bit: AES256
❏ 256bit: AES256

CA-signed Certificate is expired.

If there is a problem with the expiration date of the certificate, "The certificate has expired" is
displayed when connecting to Web Config with SSL/TLS communication (https). If the message
appears before its expiration date, make sure that the printer's date is configured correctly.

The common name of the certificate and the printer do not match.
If the common name of the certificate and the printer do not match, the message "The name of the
security certificate does not match···" is displayed when accessing Web Config using SSL/TLS
communication (https). This happens because the following IP addresses do not match.
❏ The printer's IP address entered to common name for creating a Self-signed Certificate or CSR
❏ IP address entered to web browser when running Web Config

For Self-signed Certificate, update the certificate.

For CA-signed Certificate, take the certificate again for the printer.

The proxy server setting of local address is not set to web browser.
When the printer is set to use a proxy server, configure the web browser not to connect to the local
address via the proxy server.
❏ Windows:
Select Control Panel > Network and Internet > Internet Options > Connections > LAN settings
> Proxy server, and then configure not to use the proxy server for LAN (local addresses).
❏ Mac OS:
Select System Preferences > Network > Advanced > Proxies, and then register the local address
for Bypass proxy settings for these Hosts & Domains.
Example:
192.168.1.*: Local address 192.168.1.XXX, subnet mask 255.255.255.0
192.168.*.*: Local address 192.168.XXX.XXX, subnet mask 255.255.0.0

Managing the Printer

Introduction of Product Security Features

This section introduces the security function of the Epson Devices.

290
Administrator Information > Managing the Printer > Administrator Settings

Feature name Feature type What to set What to prevent

Setup for the Locks the system settings, An administrator sets a Prevent from illegally reading
administrator such as connection setup for password to the device. and changing the
password network or USB and the user information stored in the
You can set or change from
default settings. device such as ID, password,
both Web Config and the
network settings, and
printer's control panel.
contacts. Also, reduce a wide
range of security risks such as
leakage of information for the
network environment or
security policy.

Setup for access Limits the functions that can Register any user account, The risk of leakage and
control be used on devices, such as and then select the function unauthorized viewing of data
print, scan, and copy for each you want to allow, such as can be reduced by
user. If you log on with a user copy and scan. minimizing the numbers of
account registered in functions in accordance with
You can register up to 10 user
advance, you are allowed to the business content and the
accounts.
use certain functions. role of the user.
In addition, after logging on
from the control panel, you
will be logged off
automatically if there is no
activity for a certain period of
time.

Setup for external Controls the interface that Enable or disable USB ❏ USB connection of
interface connects to the device. connection with the computer: Prevents
computer. unauthorized use of the
device by prohibiting
printing or scanning
without going through
the network.

Related Information
& “Application for Configuring Printer Operations (Web Config)” on page 223
& “Configuring the Administrator Password” on page 291
& “Restricting Available Features” on page 298
& “Disabling the External Interface” on page 300

Administrator Settings

Configuring the Administrator Password

When you set the administrator password, you can prevent the users from changing system management settings.
You can set and change the administrator password using either Web Config, the printer's control panel, or Epson
Device Admin. When using Epson Device Admin, see the Epson Device Admin guide or help.

Related Information
& “Application for Configuring Printer Operations (Web Config)” on page 223
& “Software for Managing Devices on the Network (Epson Device Admin)” on page 225

291
Administrator Information > Managing the Printer > Administrator Settings

Configuring the Administrator Password from the Control Panel

You can set the administrator password from the printer's control panel.

1. Select Settings on the printer's control panel.

2. Select General Settings > System Administration > Security Settings > Admin Settings.

3. Select Admin Password > Register.

4. Enter the new password.

5. Enter the password again.

Note:
You can change or delete the administrator password when you select Change or Restore Default Settings on the Admin
Password screen and enter the administrator password.

Configuring the Administrator Password from a Computer

You can set the administrator password using Web Config.

1. Access Web Config and select the Product Security tab > Change Administrator Password.

2. Enter a password to New Password and Confirm New Password. Enter the user name, if necessary.
If you want to change the password to new one, enter a current password.

3. Select OK.
Note:
❏ To set or change the locked menu items, click Administrator Login, and then enter the administrator password.
❏ To delete the administrator password, click Product Security tab > Delete Administrator Password, and then enter
the administrator password.

Related Information
& “Application for Configuring Printer Operations (Web Config)” on page 223

Controlling the Panel Operation

If you set the administrator password and enable the Lock Setting, you can lock the items related to the printer’s
system settings so that users cannot change them.

Enabling the Lock Setting

Enable the Lock Setting for the printer where the password is set.
Specify an administrator's password first.

Enabling the Lock Setting from the Control Panel

1. Select Settings on the printer's control panel.

292
Administrator Information > Managing the Printer > Administrator Settings

2. Select General Settings > System Administration > Security Settings > Admin Settings.

3. Select On on Lock Setting.

Check that is displayed on the home screen.

Enabling the Lock Setting from a Computer

1. Access Web Config and click the Administrator Login.

2. Enter the user name and password, and then click OK.

3. Select the Device Management tab > Control Panel.

4. On the Panel Lock, select ON.

5. Click OK.

6. Check that is displayed on the home screen on the printer's control panel.

Related Information
& “Application for Configuring Printer Operations (Web Config)” on page 223

Lock Setting Items for General Settings Menu

This is a list of the Lock Setting items in Settings > General Settings on the control panel.
Some functions can be set enabled or disabled individually.

General Settings menu Panel Lock

Basic Settings -

293
Administrator Information > Managing the Printer > Administrator Settings

General Settings menu Panel Lock

LCD Brightness -

Sound -

Sleep Timer ✓

Wake from Sleep -

Power Off Timer or Power Off Settings ✓

Date/Time Settings ✓

Language ✓*1

Start-up Screen ✓

Wall Paper ✓

Operation Time Out ✓

Keyboard -

Original Size Auto Detection Option -

General Settings menu Panel Lock

Printer Settings -

Paper Source Settings -

Universal Print Settings ✓

Auto Error Solver ✓

Memory Device Interface -

Thick Paper ✓*1

Quiet Mode ✓*1

Ink Drying Time -

Output Tray Auto Extension -

PC Connection via USB ✓

General Settings menu Panel Lock

Network Settings ✓

294
Administrator Information > Managing the Printer > Administrator Settings

General Settings menu Panel Lock

Wi-Fi Setup ✓

Wired LAN Setup ✓

Network Status ✓

Wired LAN/Wi-Fi Status ✓*2

Wi-Fi Direct Status ✓*2

Email Server Status ✓*2

Print Status Sheet ✓*2

Connection Check ✓*3

Advanced ✓

Device Name ✓

TCP/IP ✓

Proxy Server ✓

Email Server ✓

IPv6 Address ✓

MS Network Sharing ✓

Link Speed & Duplex ✓

Redirect HTTP to HTTPS ✓

Disable IPsec/IP Filtering ✓

Disable IEEE802.1X ✓

General Settings menu Panel Lock

Web Service Settings ✓

Epson Connect Services ✓

General Settings menu Panel Lock

Scan Settings ✓

Confirm Recipient ✓

Email Server ✓

General Settings menu Panel Lock

System Administration ✓

295
Administrator Information > Managing the Printer > Administrator Settings

General Settings menu Panel Lock

Contacts Manager ✓

Register/Delete ✓*1*4

Search Options ✓*4

Clear Internal Memory Data ✓

Security Settings ✓

Restrictions ✓

Access Control ✓

Admin Settings ✓

Admin Password ✓

Lock Setting ✓

Password Encryption ✓

Customer Research ✓

Restore Default Settings ✓

Firmware Update ✓

✓ = To be locked.
- = Not to be locked.
*1 : You can enable or disable the lock from General Settings > System Administration > Security Settings > Restrictions.
*2 : Even though items on the upper level can be locked by administrator lock, you can still access them from the same name
menu of Settings > Printer Status/Print.
*3 : Even though items on the upper level can be locked by administrator lock, you can still access them from Home >

> > When you cannot connect to the network.

*4 : Even though items on the upper level can be locked by administrator lock, you can still access them from the same name
menu of Settings > Contacts Manager.

Related Information
& “Other Lock Setting Items” on page 296
& “Items That Can Be Set Individually” on page 297

Other Lock Setting Items

Besides the General Settings menu, Lock Setting would be enabled to the items below.
❏ Settings > Language.
❏ Settings > User Settings.

Related Information
& “Lock Setting Items for General Settings Menu” on page 293

296
Administrator Information > Managing the Printer > Administrator Settings

& “Items That Can Be Set Individually” on page 297

Operating Display and Function Setting Individually

For the some target items of the Lock Setting, you can individually set whether they are enabled or disabled.
You can set each user’s availability as necessary, such as registering or changing the contacts, displaying job history,
etc.

1. Select Settings on the printer's control panel.

2. Select General Settings > System Administration > Security Settings > Restrictions.

3. Select the item for the function that you want to change the setting of, and then set to On or Off.

Items That Can Be Set Individually

The administrator can permit the items below to display and change settings individually.
❏ Access to Register/Delete Contacts : Settings > Contacts Manager > Register/Delete
Control the registering and changing of contacts. Select On to register or change the contacts.
❏ Access to Print Save History of Scan to Network Folder/FTP : Scan > Network Folder/FTP > Menu > Print
Save History
Control the printing of save history for scan to network folder function. Select On to permit the printing.
❏ Access to Recent of Scan to Email : Scan > Email > Recipient > History
Control the display of the history for the scan to mail function. Select On to display the history.
❏ Access to Show Sent History of Scan to Email : Scan > Email > Menu > Show Sent History
Control the display of the history of email sending for the scan to mail function. Select On to display the history
of email sending.
❏ Access to Print Sent History of Scan to Email : Scan > Email > Menu > Print Sent History
Control the printing of the history of email sending for the scan to mail function. Select On to permit the
printing.
❏ Access to Language : Settings > Language
Control the changing of the language displayed on the control panel. Select On to change the languages.
❏ Access to Thick Paper : Settings > General Settings > Printer Settings > Thick Paper
Control the changing of the settings of the Thick Paper function. Select On to change the settings.
❏ Access to Quiet Mode : Settings > General Settings > Printer Settings > Quiet Mode
Control the changing of settings of the Quiet Mode function. Select On to change the settings.
❏ Protection of Personal Data :
Control the display of the destination information on speed dial registration. Select On to display the
destination as (***).

Related Information
& “Lock Setting Items for General Settings Menu” on page 293
& “Other Lock Setting Items” on page 296

297
Administrator Information > Managing the Printer > Restricting Available Features

Logging on to the Printer as an Administrator

If the administrator password is set to the printer, you need to log on as an administrator to operate the locked
menu items.

Logging on the Printer Using the Control Panel

1. Tap .

2. Tap Administrator.

3. Enter the administrator password, and then tap OK.

is displayed when being authenticated, then you can operate the locked menu items.

Tap to log off.

Note:
When you select On for Settings > General Settings > Basic Settings > Operation Time Out, you log off automatically
after a specific length of time if there is no activity on the control panel.

Logging on to the Printer from a Computer

When you log in to Web Config as an administrator, you can operate items that are set in the Lock Setting.

1. Enter the printer's IP address into a browser to run Web Config.

2. Click Administrator Login.

3. Enter the user name and administrator password in User Name and Current password.

4. Click OK.
The locked items and Administrator Logout are displayed when being authenticated.
Click Administrator Logout to log off.
Note:
When you select ON for the Device Management tab > Control Panel > Operation Timeout, you log off automatically
after a specific length of time if there is no activity on the control panel.

Related Information
& “Application for Configuring Printer Operations (Web Config)” on page 223

Restricting Available Features

You can register user accounts on the printer, link them with functions, and control functions that users can use.
When enabling access control, the user can use functions such as copy, etc. by entering the password on the
printer’s control panel and logging in to the printer.
The unavailable functions will be grayed out and cannot be selected.

298
Administrator Information > Managing the Printer > Restricting Available Features

From the computer, when you register the authentication information to the printer driver or scanner driver, you
will be able to print or scan. For details of the driver settings, see the driver's help or manual.

Creating the User Account

Create the user account for access control.

1. Access Web Config and select the Product Security tab > Access Control Settings > User Settings.

2. Click Add for the number you want to register.

3. Set each item.

❏ User Name :
Enter the name displayed on the user name list between 1 and 14 characters long using alphanumeric
characters.
❏ Password :
Enter a password between 0 and 20 characters long in ASCII (0x20-0x7E). When initializing the password,
leave it blank.
❏ Select the check box to enable or disable each function.
Select the function that you permit to use.

4. Click Apply.
Return to the user setting list after a specific length of time.
Check that the user name you registered on User Name is displayed and changed Add to Edit.

Related Information
& “Application for Configuring Printer Operations (Web Config)” on page 223

Editing the User Account

Edit the account registered to access control.

1. Access Web Config and select the Product Security tab > Access Control Settings > User Settings.

2. Click Edit for the number you want to edit.

3. Change each item.

4. Click Apply.
Return to the user setting list after a specific length of time.

Related Information
& “Application for Configuring Printer Operations (Web Config)” on page 223

Deleting the User Account

Delete the account registered to access control.

299
Administrator Information > Managing the Printer > Disabling the External Interface

1. Access Web Config and select the Product Security tab > Access Control Settings > User Settings.

2. Click Edit for the number you want to delete.

3. Click Delete.

c Important:
When clicking Delete, the user account will be deleted without a confirmation message. Take care when
deleting the account.

Return to the user setting list after a specific length of time.

Related Information
& “Application for Configuring Printer Operations (Web Config)” on page 223

Enabling Access Control

When enabling access control, only the registered user will be able to use the printer.

1. Access Web Config and select the Product Security tab > Access Control Settings > Basic.

2. Select Enables Access Control.

If you select Allows printing and scanning without authentication information, you can print or scan from
the drivers that are not set with the authentication information. Set it when you want to control the operation
only from the printer's control panel and to permit printing and scanning from the computers.

3. Click OK.
The completion message is displayed after a certain period of time.
Confirm that the icons such as copy and scan are grayed out on the printer's control panel.

Related Information
& “Application for Configuring Printer Operations (Web Config)” on page 223

Disabling the External Interface

You can disable the interface that is used to connect the device to the printer. Make the restriction settings to
restrict printing and scanning other than via network.
Note:
You can also make the restriction settings on the printer's control panel.
❏ PC Connection via USB : Settings > General Settings > Printer Settings > PC Connection via USB

1. Access Web Config and select the Product Security tab > External Interface.

2. Select Disable on the functions you want to set.

Select Enable when you want to cancel controlling.
PC Connection via USB

300
Administrator Information > Managing the Printer > Monitoring a Remote Printer

You can restrict the usage of the USB connection from the computer. If you want to restrict it, select Disable.

3. Click OK.

4. Check that the disabled port cannot be used.

PC Connection via USB
If the driver was installed on the computer
Connect the printer to the computer using a USB cable, and then confirm that the printer does not print.
If the driver was not installed on the computer
Windows:
Open the device manager and keep it, connect the printer to the computer using a USB cable, and then
confirm that the device manager's display contents stays unchanged.
Mac OS:
Connect the printer to the computer using a USB cable, and then confirm that the printer is not listed if you
want to add the printer from Printers & Scanners.

Related Information
& “Application for Configuring Printer Operations (Web Config)” on page 223

Monitoring a Remote Printer

Checking Information for a Remote Printer

You can check the following information of the operating printer from Status by using Web Config.
❏ Product Status
Check the status, cloud service, product number, MAC address, etc.
❏ Network Status
Check the information of the network connection status, IP address, DNS server, etc.
❏ Usage Status
Check the first day of printings, printed pages, printing count for each language, scanning count, etc.
❏ Hardware Status
Check the status of each function of the printer.
❏ Job History
Check the job log for print jobs, transmission jobs, and so on.

Related Information
& “Application for Configuring Printer Operations (Web Config)” on page 223

301
Administrator Information > Managing the Printer > Monitoring a Remote Printer

Receiving Email Notifications When Events Occur

About Email Notifications

This is the notification function that, when events such as printing stop and printer error occur, send the email to
the specified address.
You can register up to five destinations and set the notification settings for each destination.
To use this function, you need to set up the mail server before setting up notifications.

Related Information
& “Configuring a Mail Server” on page 259

Configuring Email Notification

Configure email notification by using Web Config.

1. Access Web Config and select the Device Management tab > Email Notification.

2. Set the subject of email notification.

Select the contents displayed on the subject from the two pull-down menus.
❏ The selected contents are displayed next to Subject.
❏ The same contents cannot be set on left and right.
❏ When the number of characters in Location exceeds 32 bytes, characters exceeding 32 bytes are omitted.

3. Enter the email address for sending the notification email.

Use A-Z a-z 0-9 ! # $ % & ' * + - . /= ? ^ _ { | } ~ @, and enter between 1 and 255 characters.

4. Select the language for the email notifications.

5. Select the check box on the event for which you want to receive a notification.
The number of Notification Settings is linked to the destination number of Email Address Settings.
Example :
If you want a notification sent to the email address set for number 1 in Email Address Settings when the
printer is out of paper, select the check box column 1 in line Paper out.

6. Click OK.
Confirm that an email notification will be sent by causing an event.
Example : Print by specifying the Paper Source where paper is not set.

Related Information
& “Application for Configuring Printer Operations (Web Config)” on page 223
& “Configuring a Mail Server” on page 259

302
Administrator Information > Managing the Printer > Backing Up the Settings

Items for Email Notification

Items Settings and Explanation

Reset Ink Level Notice when the ink is expended.

Ink low Notice when the ink is nearing expended.

Maintenance box: end of service life Notice when the maintenance box is full.

Maintenance box: nearing end Notice when the maintenance box is nearing full.

Administrator password changed Notice when administrator password has been changed.

Paper out Notice when the paper-out error has occurred in the specified paper source..

Printing stopped* Notice when the printing is stopped due to paper jam or paper cassette not set.

Printer error Notice when the printer error has occurred.

Scanner error Notice when the scanner error has occurred.

Wi-Fi failure Notice when the error of the wireless LAN interface has occurred.

Related Information
& “Configuring Email Notification” on page 302

Backing Up the Settings

You can export the setting value set from Web Config to the file. You can use it for backing up the contacts, setting
values, replacing the printer, etc.
The exported file cannot be edited because it is exported as a binary file.

Export the settings

Export the setting for the printer.

1. Access Web Config, and then select the Device Management tab > Export and Import Setting Value >
Export.

2. Select the settings that you want to export.

Select the settings you want to export. If you select the parent category, subcategories are also selected.
However, subcategories that cause errors by duplicating within the same network (such as IP addresses and so
on) cannot be selected.

3. Enter a password to encrypt the exported file.

You need the password to import the file. Leave this blank if you do not want to encrypt the file.

303
Administrator Information > Advanced Security Settings > Security Settings and Prevention of Danger

4. Click Export.

c Important:
If you want to export the printer’s network settings such as the device name and IPv6 address, select Enable to
select the individual settings of device and select more items. Only use the selected values for the replacement
printer.

Related Information
& “Application for Configuring Printer Operations (Web Config)” on page 223

Import the settings

Import the exported Web Config file to the printer.

c Important:
When importing values that include individual information such as a printer name or IP address, make sure the
same IP address does not exist on the same network.

1. Access Web Config, and then select the Device Management tab > Export and Import Setting Value >
Import.

2. Select the exported file, and then enter the encrypted password.

3. Click Next.

4. Select the settings that you want to import, and then click Next.

5. Click OK.

The settings are applied to the printer.

Related Information
& “Application for Configuring Printer Operations (Web Config)” on page 223

Advanced Security Settings

This section explains advanced security features.

Security Settings and Prevention of Danger

When a printer is connected to a network, you can access it from a remote location. In addition, many people can
share the printer, which is helpful in improving operational efficiency and convenience. However, risks such as
illegal access, illegal use, and tampering with data are increased. If you use the printer in an environment where
you can access the Internet, the risks are even higher.
For printers that do not have access protection from the outside, it will be possible to read the print job logs that
are stored in the printer from the Internet.

304
Administrator Information > Advanced Security Settings > Security Settings and Prevention of Danger

In order to avoid this risk, Epson printers have a variety of security technologies.
Set the printer as necessary according to the environmental conditions that have been built with the customer's
environment information.

Name Feature type What to set What to prevent

Control of protocol Controls the protocols and A protocol or service that is Reducing security risks that
services to be used for applied to features allowed or may occur through
communication between prohibited separately. unintended use by
printers and computers, and preventing users from using
it enables and disables unnecessary functions.
features.

SSL/TLS The communication content Obtain a CA-signed Clearing an identification of

communications is encrypted with SSL/TLS certificate, and then import it the printer by the CA-signed
communications when to the printer. certification prevents
accessing to the Epson server impersonation and
on the Internet from the unauthorized access. In
printer, such as addition, communication
communicating to the contents of SSL/TLS are
computer via web browser, protected, and it prevents the
using Epson Connect, and leakage of contents for
updating firmware. printing data and setup
information.

IPsec/IP filtering You can set to allow severing Create a basic policy and Protect unauthorized access,
and cutting off of data that is individual policy to set the and tampering and
from a certain client or is a client or type of data that can interception of
particular type. Since IPsec access the printer. communication data to the
protects the data by IP packet printer.
unit (encryption and
authentication), you can
safely communicate
unsecured protocol.

IEEE802.1X Only allows authenticated Authentication setting to the Protect unauthorized access
users to connect to the RADIUS server and use to the printer.
network. Allows only a (authentication sever).
permitted user to use the
printer.

Related Information
& “Controlling Using Protocols” on page 306
& “SSL/TLS Communication with the Printer” on page 315
& “Encrypted Communication Using IPsec/IP Filtering” on page 316
& “Connecting the Printer to an IEEE802.1X Network” on page 328

Security Feature Settings

When setting IPsec/IP filtering or IEEE802.1X, it is recommended that you access Web Config using SSL/TLS to
communicate settings information in order to reduce security risks such as tampering or interception.
Make sure you configure the administrator password before setting IPsec/IP filtering or IEEE802.1X.
Also, you can use Web Config by connecting the printer directly to the computer using an Ethernet cable, and then
entering the IP address into a web browser. The printer can be connected in a secure environment after the security
settings have been completed.

305
Administrator Information > Advanced Security Settings > Controlling Using Protocols

Controlling Using Protocols

You can print using a variety of pathways and protocols.
If you are using a multi-function printer, you can use network scanning from an unspecified number of network
computers.
You can lower unintended security risks by restricting printing from specific pathways or by controlling the
available functions.

Controlling protocols
Configure the protocol settings.

1. Access Web Config and then select the Network Security tab > Protocol.

2. Configure each item.

3. Click Next.

4. Click OK.
The settings are applied to the printer.

Related Information
& “Application for Configuring Printer Operations (Web Config)” on page 223
& “Protocols you can Enable or Disable” on page 306
& “Protocol Setting Items” on page 307

Protocols you can Enable or Disable

Protocol Description

Bonjour Settings You can specify whether to use Bonjour. Bonjour is used to search for devices, print, and so
on.

SLP Settings You can enable or disable the SLP function. SLP is used for push scanning and network
searching in EpsonNet Config.

WSD Settings You can enable or disable the WSD function. When this is enabled, you can add WSD devices,
and print from the WSD port.

LLTD Settings You can enable or disable the LLTD function. When this is enabled, it is displayed on the
Windows network map.

LLMNR Settings You can enable or disable the LLMNR function. When this is enabled, you can use name
resolution without NetBIOS even if you cannot use DNS.

LPR Settings You can specify whether or not to allow LPR printing. When this is enabled, you can print from
the LPR port.

RAW(Port9100) Settings You can specify whether or not to allow printing from the RAW port (Port 9100). When this is
enabled, you can print from the RAW port (Port 9100).

306
Administrator Information > Advanced Security Settings > Controlling Using Protocols

Protocol Description

IPP Settings You can specify whether or not to allow printing from IPP. When this is enabled, you can print
over the Internet.

SNMPv1/v2c Settings You can specify whether or not to enable SNMPv1/v2c. This is used to set up devices,
monitoring, and so on.

SNMPv3 Settings You can specify whether or not to enable SNMPv3. This is used to set up encrypted devices,
monitoring, etc.

Related Information
& “Controlling protocols” on page 306
& “Protocol Setting Items” on page 307

Protocol Setting Items

Bonjour Settings

Items Setting value and Description

Use Bonjour Select this to search for or use devices through Bonjour.

Bonjour Name Displays the Bonjour name.

Bonjour Service Name Displays the Bonjour service name.

Location Displays the Bonjour location name.

Top Priority Protocol Select the top priority protocol for Bonjour print.

SLP Settings

Items Setting value and Description

Enable SLP Select this to enable the SLP function.

This is used such as network searching in EpsonNet Config.

WSD Settings

Items Setting value and Description

Enable WSD Select this to enable adding devices using WSD, and print
and scan from the WSD port.

Printing Timeout (sec) Enter the communication timeout value for WSD printing
between 3 to 3,600 seconds.

Scanning Timeout (sec) Enter the communication timeout value for WSD scanning
between 3 to 3,600 seconds.

Device Name Displays the WSD device name.

Location Displays the WSD location name.

307
Administrator Information > Advanced Security Settings > Controlling Using Protocols

LLTD Settings

Items Setting value and Description

Enable LLTD Select this to enable LLTD. The printer is displayed in the
Windows network map.

Device Name Displays the LLTD device name.

LLMNR Settings

Items Setting value and Description

Enable LLMNR Select this to enable LLMNR. You can use name resolution
without NetBIOS even if you cannot use DNS.

LPR Settings

Items Setting value and Description

Allow LPR Port Printing Select to allow printing from the LPR port.

Printing Timeout (sec) Enter the timeout value for LPR printing between 0 to 3,600
seconds. If you do not want to timeout, enter 0.

RAW(Port9100) Settings

Items Setting value and Description

Allow RAW(Port9100) Printing Select to allow printing from the RAW port (Port 9100).

Printing Timeout (sec) Enter the timeout value for RAW (Port 9100) printing be-
tween 0 to 3,600 seconds. If you do not want to timeout, en-
ter 0.

IPP Settings

Items Setting value and Description

Enable IPP Select to enable IPP communication. Only printers that sup-
port IPP are displayed.

Allow Non-secure Communication Select Allowed to allow the printer to communicate without
any security measures (IPP).

Communication Timeout (sec) Enter the timeout value for IPP printing between 0 to 3,600
seconds.

Require PIN Code when using IPP printing Select whether or not to require a PIN code when using IPP
printing. If you select Yes, IPP print jobs without PIN codes
are not saved in the printer.

URL(Network) Displays IPP URLs (http and https) when the printer is con-
nected to the network. The URL is a combined value of the
printer’s IP address, Port number, and IPP printer name.

308
Administrator Information > Advanced Security Settings > Controlling Using Protocols

Items Setting value and Description

URL(Wi-Fi Direct) Displays IPP URLs (http and https) when the printer is con-
nected by Wi-Fi Direct. The URL is a combined value of the
printer’s IP address, Port number, and IPP printer name.

Printer Name Displays the IPP printer name.

Location Displays the IPP location.

SNMPv1/v2c Settings

Items Setting value and Description

Enable SNMPv1/v2c Select to enable SNMPv1/v2c.

Access Authority Set the access authority when SNMPv1/v2c is enabled. Se-
lect Read Only or Read/Write.

Community Name (Read Only) Enter 0 to 32 ASCII (0x20 to 0x7E) characters.

Community Name (Read/Write) Enter 0 to 32 ASCII (0x20 to 0x7E) characters.

SNMPv3 Settings

Items Setting value and Description

Enable SNMPv3 SNMPv3 is enabled when the box is checked.

User Name Enter between 1 and 32 characters using 1 byte characters.

Authentication Settings

Algorithm Select an algorithm for an authentication for SNMPv3.

Password Enter the password for an authentication for SNMPv3.

Enter between 8 and 32 characters in ASCII (0x20-0x7E). If
you do not specify this, leave it blank.

Confirm Password Enter the password you configured for confirmation.

Encryption Settings

Algorithm Select an algorithm for an encryption for SNMPv3.

Password Enter the password for an encryption for SNMPv3.

Enter between 8 and 32 characters in ASCII (0x20-0x7E). If
you do not specify this, leave it blank.

Confirm Password Enter the password you configured for confirmation.

Context Name Enter within 32 characters or less in Unicode (UTF-8). If you

do not specify this, leave it blank. The number of characters
that can be entered varies depending on the language.

Related Information
& “Controlling protocols” on page 306
& “Protocols you can Enable or Disable” on page 306

309
Administrator Information > Advanced Security Settings > Using a Digital Certificate

Using a Digital Certificate

About Digital Certification

❏ CA-signed Certificate
This is a certificate signed by the CA (Certificate Authority.) You can obtain it to apply to the Certificate
Authority. This certificate certifies the existence of the printer is and used for SSL/TLS communication so that
you can ensure the safety of data communication.
When it is used for SSL/TLS communication, it is used as a server certificate.
When it is set to IPsec/IP Filtering or IEEE802.1x communication, it is used as a client certificate.
❏ CA Certificate
This is a certificate that is in chain of the CA-signed Certificate, also called the intermediate CA certificate. It is
used by the web browser to validate the path of the printer's certificate when accessing the server of the other
party or Web Config.
For the CA Certificate, set when to validate the path of server certificate accessing from the printer. For the
printer, set to certify the path of the CA-signed Certificate for SSL/TLS connection.
You can obtain the CA certificate of the printer from the Certification Authority where the CA certificate is
issued.
Also, you can obtain the CA certificate used to validate the server of the other party from the Certification
Authority that issued the CA-signed Certificate of the other server.
❏ Self-signed Certificate
This is a certificate that the printer signs and issues itself. It is also called the root certificate. Because the issuer
certifies itself, it is not reliable and cannot prevent impersonation.
Use it when making the security setting and performing simple SSL/TLS communication without the CA-
signed Certificate.
If you use this certificate for an SSL/TLS communication, a security alert may be displayed on a web browser
because the certificate is not registered on a web browser. You can use the Self-signed Certificate only for an
SSL/TLS communication.

Related Information
& “Configuring a CA-signed Certificate” on page 310
& “Updating a Self-signed Certificate” on page 314
& “Configuring a CA Certificate” on page 314

Configuring a CA-signed Certificate

Obtaining a CA-signed Certificate

To obtain a CA-signed certificate, create a CSR (Certificate Signing Request) and apply it to certificate authority.
You can create a CSR using Web Config and a computer.
Follow the steps to create a CSR and obtain a CA-signed certificate using Web Config. When creating a CSR using
Web Config, a certificate is the PEM/DER format.

310
Administrator Information > Advanced Security Settings > Using a Digital Certificate

1. Access Web Config, and then select the Network Security tab. Next, select SSL/TLS > Certificate or IPsec/IP
Filtering > Client Certificate or IEEE802.1X > Client Certificate.
Whatever you choose, you can obtain the same certificate and use it in common.

2. Click Generate of CSR.

A CSR creating page is opened.

3. Enter a value for each item.

Note:
Available key length and abbreviations vary by a certificate authority. Create a request according to rules of each
certificate authority.

4. Click OK.
A completion message is displayed.

5. Select the Network Security tab. Next, select SSL/TLS > Certificate, or IPsec/IP Filtering > Client
Certificate or IEEE802.1X > Client Certificate.

6. Click one of the download buttons of CSR according to a specified format by each certificate authority to
download a CSR to a computer.

c Important:
Do not generate a CSR again. If you do so, you may not be able to import an issued CA-signed Certificate.

7. Send the CSR to a certificate authority and obtain a CA-signed Certificate.

Follow the rules of each certificate authority on sending method and form.

8. Save the issued CA-signed Certificate to a computer connected to the printer.

Obtaining a CA-signed Certificate is complete when you save a certificate to a destination.

Related Information
& “Application for Configuring Printer Operations (Web Config)” on page 223

CSR Setting Items

Items Settings and Explanation

Key Length Select a key length for a CSR.

Common Name You can enter between 1 and 128 characters. If this is an IP address, it should be a
static IP address. You can enter 1 to 5 IPv4 addresses, IPv6 addresses, host names,
FQDNs by separating them with commas.
The first element is stored to the common name, and other elements are stored to
the alias field of the certificate subject.
Example:
Printer's IP address : 192.0.2.123, Printer name : EPSONA1B2C3
Common Name : EPSONA1B2C3,EPSONA1B2C3.local,192.0.2.123

311
Administrator Information > Advanced Security Settings > Using a Digital Certificate

Items Settings and Explanation

Organization/ Organizational Unit/ You can enter between 0 and 64 characters in ASCII (0x20-0x7E). You can divide
Locality/ State/Province distinguished names with commas.

Country Enter a country code in two-digit number specified by ISO-3166.

Sender's Email Address You can enter the sender's email address for the mail server setting. Enter the
same email address as the Sender's Email Address for the Network tab > Email
Server > Basic.

Related Information
& “Obtaining a CA-signed Certificate” on page 310

Importing a CA-signed Certificate

Import the obtained CA-signed Certificate to the printer.

c Important:
❏ Make sure that the printer’s date and time is set correctly. Certificate may be invalid.
❏ If you obtain a certificate using a CSR created from Web Config, you can import a certificate one time.

1. Access Web Config and then select the Network Security tab. Next, select SSL/TLS > Certificate, or IPsec/IP
Filtering > Client Certificate or IEEE802.1X > Client Certificate.

2. Click Import
A certificate importing page is opened.

3. Enter a value for each item. Set CA Certificate 1 and CA Certificate 2 when verifying the path of the
certificate on the web browser that accesses the printer.
Depending on where you create a CSR and the file format of the certificate, required settings may vary. Enter
values to required items according to the following.
❏ A certificate of the PEM/DER format obtained from Web Config
❏ Private Key: Do not configure because the printer contains a private key.
❏ Password: Do not configure.
❏ CA Certificate 1/CA Certificate 2: Optional

❏ A certificate of the PEM/DER format obtained from a computer

❏ Private Key: You need to set.
❏ Password: Do not configure.
❏ CA Certificate 1/CA Certificate 2: Optional

❏ A certificate of the PKCS#12 format obtained from a computer

❏ Private Key: Do not configure.

❏ Password: Optional
❏ CA Certificate 1/CA Certificate 2: Do not configure.

312
Administrator Information > Advanced Security Settings > Using a Digital Certificate

4. Click OK.
A completion message is displayed.
Note:
Click Confirm to verify the certificate information.

Related Information
& “Application for Configuring Printer Operations (Web Config)” on page 223

CA-signed Certificate Importing Setting Items

Items Settings and Explanation

Server Certificate or Client Certificate Select a certificate’s format.

For SSL/TLS connection, the Server Certificate is displayed.
For IPsec/IP Filtering or IEEE802.1x, the Client Certificate is displayed.

Private Key If you obtain a certificate of the PEM/DER format by using a CSR created from a
computer, specify a private key file that is match a certificate.

Password If the file format is Certificate with Private Key (PKCS#12), enter the password
for encrypting the private key that is set when you obtain the certificate.

CA Certificate 1 If your certificate’s format is Certificate (PEM/DER), import a certificate of a

certificate authority that issues a CA-signed Certificate used as server certificate.
Specify a file if you need.

CA Certificate 2 If your certificate’s format is Certificate (PEM/DER), import a certificate of a

certificate authority that issues CA Certificate 1. Specify a file if you need.

Related Information
& “Importing a CA-signed Certificate” on page 312

Deleting a CA-signed Certificate

You can delete an imported certificate when the certificate has expired or when an encrypted connection is no
longer necessary.

c Important:
If you obtain a certificate using a CSR created from Web Config, you cannot import a deleted certificate again. In
this case, create a CSR and obtain a certificate again.

1. Access Web Config, and then select the Network Security tab. Next, select SSL/TLS > Certificate or IPsec/IP
Filtering > Client Certificate or IEEE802.1X > Client Certificate.

2. Click Delete.

3. Confirm that you want to delete the certificate in the message displayed.

313
Administrator Information > Advanced Security Settings > Using a Digital Certificate

Related Information
& “Application for Configuring Printer Operations (Web Config)” on page 223

Updating a Self-signed Certificate

Because the Self-signed Certificate is issued by the printer, you can update it when it has expired or when the
content described changes.

1. Access Web Config and select the Network Security tab > SSL/TLS > Certificate.

2. Click Update.

3. Enter Common Name.

You can enter up to 5 IPv4 addresses, IPv6 addresses, host names, FQDNs between 1 to 128 characters and
separating them with commas. The first parameter is stored to the common name, and the others are stored to
the alias field for the subject of the certificate.
Example:
Printer's IP address : 192.0.2.123, Printer name : EPSONA1B2C3
Common name : EPSONA1B2C3,EPSONA1B2C3.local,192.0.2.123

4. Specify a validity period for the certificate.

5. Click Next.
A confirmation message is displayed.

6. Click OK.
The printer is updated.
Note:
You can check the certificate information from Network Security tab > SSL/TLS > Certificate > Self-signed Certificate
and click Confirm.

Related Information
& “Application for Configuring Printer Operations (Web Config)” on page 223

Configuring a CA Certificate
When you set the CA Certificate, you can validate the path to the CA certificate of the server that the printer
accesses. This can prevent impersonation.
You can obtain the CA Certificate from the Certification Authority where the CA-signed Certificate is issued.

Importing a CA Certificate
Import the CA Certificate to the printer.

1. Access Web Config and then select the Network Security tab > CA Certificate.

2. Click Import.

314
Administrator Information > Advanced Security Settings > SSL/TLS Communication with the Printer

3. Specify the CA Certificate you want to import.

4. Click OK.

When importing is complete, you are returned to the CA Certificate screen, and the imported CA Certificate is
displayed.

Related Information
& “Application for Configuring Printer Operations (Web Config)” on page 223

Deleting a CA Certificate
You can delete the imported CA Certificate.

1. Access Web Config and then select the Network Security tab > CA Certificate.

2. Click Delete next to the CA Certificate that you want to delete.

3. Confirm that you want to delete the certificate in the message displayed.

4. Click Reboot Network, and then check that the deleted CA Certificate is not listed on the updated screen.

Related Information
& “Application for Configuring Printer Operations (Web Config)” on page 223

SSL/TLS Communication with the Printer

When the server certificate is set using SSL/TLS (Secure Sockets Layer/Transport Layer Security) communication
to the printer, you can encrypt the communication path between computers. Do this if you want to prevent remote
and unauthorized access.

Configuring Basic SSL/TLS Settings

If the printer supports the HTTPS server feature, you can use an SSL/TLS communication to encrypt
communications. You can configure and manage the printer using Web Config while ensuring security.
Configure encryption strength and redirect feature.

1. Access Web Config and select the Network Security tab > SSL/TLS > Basic.

2. Select a value for each item.

❏ Encryption Strength
Select the level of encryption strength.
❏ Redirect HTTP to HTTPS
Redirect to HTTPS when HTTP is accessed.

3. Click Next.
A confirmation message is displayed.

315
Administrator Information > Advanced Security Settings > Encrypted Communication Using IPsec/IP Filtering

4. Click OK.
The printer is updated.

Related Information
& “Application for Configuring Printer Operations (Web Config)” on page 223

Configuring a Server Certificate for the Printer

1. Access Web Config and select the Network Security tab > SSL/TLS > Certificate.

2. Specify a certificate to use on Server Certificate.

❏ Self-signed Certificate
A self-signed certificate has been generated by the printer. If you do not obtain a CA-signed certificate,
select this.
❏ CA-signed Certificate
If you obtain and import a CA-signed certificate in advance, you can specify this.

3. Click Next.
A confirmation message is displayed.

4. Click OK.
The printer is updated.

Related Information
& “Application for Configuring Printer Operations (Web Config)” on page 223
& “Configuring a CA-signed Certificate” on page 310
& “Updating a Self-signed Certificate” on page 314

Encrypted Communication Using IPsec/IP Filtering

About IPsec/IP Filtering

You can filter traffic based on IP addresses, services, and port by using IPsec/IP Filtering function. By combining of
the filtering, you can configure the printer to accept or block specified clients and specified data. Additionally, you
can improve security level by using an IPsec.
Note:
Computers that run Windows Vista or later or Windows Server 2008 or later support IPsec.

Configuring Default Policy

To filter traffic, configure the default policy. The default policy applies to every user or group connecting to the
printer. For more fine-grained control over users and groups of users, configure group policies.

316
Administrator Information > Advanced Security Settings > Encrypted Communication Using IPsec/IP Filtering

1. Access Web Config and then select the Network Security tab > IPsec/IP Filtering > Basic.

2. Enter a value for each item.

3. Click Next.
A confirmation message is displayed.

4. Click OK.
The printer is updated.

Related Information
& “Application for Configuring Printer Operations (Web Config)” on page 223

Default Policy Setting Items

Default Policy

Items Settings and Explanation

IPsec/IP Filtering You can enable or disable an IPsec/IP Filtering feature.

❏ Access Control
Configure a control method for traffic of IP packets.

Items Settings and Explanation

Permit Access Select this to permit configured IP packets to pass through.

Refuse Access Select this to refuse configured IP packets to pass through.

IPsec Select this to permit configured IPsec packets to pass through.

317
Administrator Information > Advanced Security Settings > Encrypted Communication Using IPsec/IP Filtering

❏ IKE Version
Select IKEv1 or IKEv2 for IKE Version. Select one of them according to the device that the printer is connected
to.
❏ IKEv1
The following items are displayed when you select IKEv1 for IKE Version.

Items Settings and Explanation

Authentication Method To select Certificate, you need to obtain and import a CA-signed certificate in advance.

Pre-Shared Key If you select Pre-Shared Key for Authentication Method, enter a pre-shared key
between 1 and 127 characters.

Confirm Pre-Shared Key Enter the key you configured for confirmation.

❏ IKEv2
The following items are displayed when you select IKEv2 for IKE Version.

Items Settings and Explanation

Local Authentication Method To select Certificate, you need to obtain and import a CA-signed certificate in
advance.

ID Type If you select Pre-Shared Key for Authentication Method, select the type of
ID for the printer.

ID Enter the printer's ID that matches the type of ID.

You cannot use "@", "#", and "=" for the first character.
Distinguished Name : Enter 1 to 255 1-byte ASCII (0x20 to 0x7E) characters.
You need to include "=".
IP Address : Enter IPv4 or IPv6 format.
FQDN : Enter a combination of between 1 and 255 characters using A-Z, a-z,
0-9, "-", and period (.).
Email Address : Enter 1 to 255 1-byte ASCII (0x20 to 0x7E) characters. You
need to include "@".
Key ID : Enter 1 to 255 1-byte ASCII (0x20 to 0x7E) characters.

Pre-Shared Key If you select Pre-Shared Key for Authentication Method, enter a pre-shared
key between 1 and 127 characters.

Confirm Pre-Shared Enter the key you configured for confirmation.

Key

318
Administrator Information > Advanced Security Settings > Encrypted Communication Using IPsec/IP Filtering

Items Settings and Explanation

Remote Authentication Method To select Certificate, you need to obtain and import a CA-signed certificate in
advance.

ID Type If you select Pre-Shared Key for Authentication Method, select the type of
ID for the device that you want to authenticate.

ID Enter the printer's ID that matches to the type of ID.

You cannot use "@", "#", and "=" for the first character.
Distinguished Name : Enter 1 to 255 1-byte ASCII (0x20 to 0x7E) characters.
You need to include "=".
IP Address : Enter IPv4 or IPv6 format.
FQDN : Enter a combination of between 1 and 255 characters using A-Z, a-z,
0-9, "-", and period (.).
Email Address : Enter 1 to 255 1-byte ASCII (0x20 to 0x7E) characters. You
need to include "@".
Key ID : Enter 1 to 255 1-byte ASCII (0x20 to 0x7E) characters.

Pre-Shared Key If you select Pre-Shared Key for Authentication Method, enter a pre-shared
key between 1 and 127 characters.

Confirm Pre-Shared Enter the key you configured for confirmation.

Key

❏ Encapsulation
If you select IPsec for Access Control, you need to configure an encapsulation mode.

Items Settings and Explanation

Transport Mode If you only use the printer on the same LAN, select this. IP packets of layer 4 or later are
encrypted.

Tunnel Mode If you use the printer on the Internet-capable network such as IPsec-VPN, select this
option. The header and data of the IP packets are encrypted.
Remote Gateway(Tunnel Mode): If you select Tunnel Mode for Encapsulation, enter a
gateway address between 1 and 39 characters.

❏ Security Protocol
If you select IPsec for Access Control, select an option.

Items Settings and Explanation

ESP Select this to ensure the integrity of an authentication and data, and encrypt data.

AH Select this to ensure the integrity of an authentication and data. Even if encrypting data is
prohibited, you can use IPsec.

319
Administrator Information > Advanced Security Settings > Encrypted Communication Using IPsec/IP Filtering

❏ Algorithm Settings
It is recommended that you select Any for all settings or select an item other than Any for each setting. If you
select Any for some of the settings and select an item other than Any for the other settings, the device may not
communicate depending on the other device that you want to authenticate.

Items Settings and Explanation

IKE Encryption Select the encryption algorithm for IKE.

The items vary depending on the version of IKE.

Authentication Select the authentication algorithm for IKE.

Key Exchange Select the key exchange algorithm for IKE.

The items vary depending on the version of IKE.

ESP Encryption Select the encryption algorithm for ESP.

This is available when ESP is selected for Security Protocol.

Authentication Select the authentication algorithm for ESP.

This is available when ESP is selected for Security Protocol.

AH Authentication Select the encryption algorithm for AH.

This is available when AH is selected for Security Protocol.

Related Information
& “Configuring Default Policy” on page 316

Configuring Group Policy

A group policy is one or more rules applied to a user or user group. The printer controls IP packets that match with
configured policies. IP packets are authenticated in the order of a group policy 1 to 10 then a default policy.

1. Access Web Config and then select the Network Security tab > IPsec/IP Filtering > Basic.

2. Click a numbered tab you want to configure.

3. Enter a value for each item.

4. Click Next.
A confirmation message is displayed.

5. Click OK.
The printer is updated.

Related Information
& “Application for Configuring Printer Operations (Web Config)” on page 223

320
Administrator Information > Advanced Security Settings > Encrypted Communication Using IPsec/IP Filtering

Group Policy Setting Items

Items Settings and Explanation

Enable this Group Policy You can enable or disable a group policy.

Access Control
Configure a control method for traffic of IP packets.

Items Settings and Explanation

Permit Access Select this to permit configured IP packets to pass through.

Refuse Access Select this to refuse configured IP packets to pass through.

IPsec Select this to permit configured IPsec packets to pass through.

Local Address(Printer)
Select an IPv4 address or IPv6 address that matches your network environment. If an IP address is assigned
automatically, you can select Use auto-obtained IPv4 address.
Note:
If an IPv6 address is assigned automatically, the connection may be unavailable. Configure a static IPv6 address.

Remote Address(Host)
Enter a device's IP address to control access. The IP address must be 43 characters or less. If you do not enter an IP
address, all addresses are controlled.
Note:
If an IP address is assigned automatically (e.g. assigned by DHCP), the connection may be unavailable. Configure a static IP
address.

Method of Choosing Port

Select a method to specify ports.
❏ Service Name
If you select Service Name for Method of Choosing Port, select an option.
❏ Transport Protocol
If you select Port Number for Method of Choosing Port, you need to configure an encapsulation mode.

Items Settings and Explanation

Any Protocol Select this to control all protocol types.

TCP Select this to control data for unicast.

UDP Select this to control data for broadcast and multicast.

ICMPv4 Select this to control ping command.

321
Administrator Information > Advanced Security Settings > Encrypted Communication Using IPsec/IP Filtering

❏ Local Port
If you select Port Number for Method of Choosing Port and if you select TCP or UDP for Transport
Protocol, enter port numbers to control receiving packets, separating them with commas. You can enter 10 port
numbers at the maximum.
Example: 20,80,119,5220
If you do not enter a port number, all ports are controlled.
❏ Remote Port
If you select Port Number for Method of Choosing Port and if you select TCP or UDP for Transport
Protocol, enter port numbers to control sending packets, separating them with commas. You can enter 10 port
numbers at the maximum.
Example: 25,80,143,5220
If you do not enter a port number, all ports are controlled.

IKE Version
Select IKEv1 or IKEv2 for IKE Version. Select one of them according to the device that the printer is connected to.
❏ IKEv1
The following items are displayed when you select IKEv1 for IKE Version.

Items Settings and Explanation

Authentication Method If you select IPsec for Access Control, select an option. Used certificate is common with a
default policy.

Pre-Shared Key If you select Pre-Shared Key for Authentication Method, enter a pre-shared key
between 1 and 127 characters.

Confirm Pre-Shared Key Enter the key you configured for confirmation.

322
Administrator Information > Advanced Security Settings > Encrypted Communication Using IPsec/IP Filtering

❏ IKEv2
The following items are displayed when you select IKEv2 for IKE Version.

Items Settings and Explanation

Local Authentication Method If you select IPsec for Access Control, select an option. Used certificate is
common with a default policy.

ID Type If you select Pre-Shared Key for Authentication Method, select the type of
ID for the printer.

ID Enter the printer's ID that matches the type of ID.

You cannot use "@", "#", and "=" for the first character.
Distinguished Name : Enter 1 to 255 1-byte ASCII (0x20 to 0x7E) characters.
You need to include "=".
IP Address : Enter IPv4 or IPv6 format.
FQDN : Enter a combination of between 1 and 255 characters using A-Z, a-z,
0-9, "-", and period (.).
Email Address : Enter 1 to 255 1-byte ASCII (0x20 to 0x7E) characters. You
need to include "@".
Key ID : Enter 1 to 255 1-byte ASCII (0x20 to 0x7E) characters.

Pre-Shared Key If you select Pre-Shared Key for Authentication Method, enter a pre-shared
key between 1 and 127 characters.

Confirm Pre-Shared Enter the key you configured for confirmation.

Key

Remote Authentication Method If you select IPsec for Access Control, select an option. Used certificate is
common with a default policy.

ID Type If you select Pre-Shared Key for Authentication Method, select the type of
ID for the device that you want to authenticate.

ID Enter the printer's ID that matches to the type of ID.

You cannot use "@", "#", and "=" for the first character.
Distinguished Name : Enter 1 to 255 1-byte ASCII (0x20 to 0x7E) characters.
You need to include "=".
IP Address : Enter IPv4 or IPv6 format.
FQDN : Enter a combination of between 1 and 255 characters using A-Z, a-z,
0-9, "-", and period (.).
Email Address : Enter 1 to 255 1-byte ASCII (0x20 to 0x7E) characters. You
need to include "@".
Key ID : Enter 1 to 255 1-byte ASCII (0x20 to 0x7E) characters.

Pre-Shared Key If you select Pre-Shared Key for Authentication Method, enter a pre-shared
key between 1 and 127 characters.

Confirm Pre-Shared Enter the key you configured for confirmation.

Key

Encapsulation
If you select IPsec for Access Control, you need to configure an encapsulation mode.

323
Administrator Information > Advanced Security Settings > Encrypted Communication Using IPsec/IP Filtering

Items Settings and Explanation

Transport Mode If you only use the printer on the same LAN, select this. IP packets of layer 4 or later are
encrypted.

Tunnel Mode If you use the printer on the Internet-capable network such as IPsec-VPN, select this
option. The header and data of the IP packets are encrypted.
Remote Gateway(Tunnel Mode): If you select Tunnel Mode for Encapsulation, enter a
gateway address between 1 and 39 characters.

Security Protocol
If you select IPsec for Access Control, select an option.

Items Settings and Explanation

ESP Select this to ensure the integrity of an authentication and data, and encrypt data.

AH Select this to ensure the integrity of an authentication and data. Even if encrypting data is
prohibited, you can use IPsec.

Algorithm Settings
It is recommended that you select Any for all settings or select an item other than Any for each setting. If you
select Any for some of the settings and select an item other than Any for the other settings, the device may not
communicate depending on the other device that you want to authenticate.

Items Settings and Explanation

IKE Encryption Select the encryption algorithm for IKE.

The items vary depending on the version of IKE.

Authentication Select the authentication algorithm for IKE.

Key Exchange Select the key exchange algorithm for IKE.

The items vary depending on the version of IKE.

ESP Encryption Select the encryption algorithm for ESP.

This is available when ESP is selected for Security Protocol.

Authentication Select the authentication algorithm for ESP.

This is available when ESP is selected for Security Protocol.

AH Authentication Select the encryption algorithm for AH.

This is available when AH is selected for Security Protocol.

Related Information
& “Configuring Group Policy” on page 320
& “Combination of Local Address(Printer) and Remote Address(Host) on Group Policy” on page 325
& “References of Service Name on Group Policy” on page 325

324
Administrator Information > Advanced Security Settings > Encrypted Communication Using IPsec/IP Filtering

Combination of Local Address(Printer) and Remote Address(Host) on Group Policy

Setting of Local Address(Printer)

IPv4 IPv6*2 Any addresses*3

Setting of Remote IPv4*1 ✓ – ✓

Address(Host)
IPv6*1*2 – ✓ ✓

Blank ✓ ✓ ✓

*1 : If IPsec is selected for Access Control, you cannot specify in a prefix length.
*2 : If IPsec is selected for Access Control, you can select a link-local address (fe80::) but group policy will be disabled.
*3 : Except IPv6 link local addresses.

References of Service Name on Group Policy

Note:
Unavailable services are displayed but cannot be selected.

Service Name Protocol type Local port Remote port Features controlled
number number

Any – – – All services

ENPC UDP 3289 Any port Searching for a printer from

applications such as Epson Device
Admin, a printer driver and the a
scanner driver

SNMP UDP 161 Any port Acquiring and configuring of MIB from
applications such as Epson Device
Admin, the Epson printer driver and
the Epson scanner driver

LPR TCP 515 Any port Forwarding LPR data

RAW (Port9100) TCP 9100 Any port Forwarding RAW data

IPP/IPPS TCP 631 Any port Forwarding data of IPP/IPPS printing

WSD TCP Any port 5357 Controlling WSD

WS-Discovery UDP 3702 Any port Searching for a printer from WSD

Network Scan TCP 1865 Any port Forwarding scan data from the
scanning software

Network Push TCP Any port 2968 Acquiring job information of push
Scan scanning from the scanning software

Network Push UDP 2968 Any port Searching for a computer when push
Scan Discovery scanning from the scanning software
is executed

FTP Data (Local) TCP 20 Any port FTP server (forwarding data of FTP
printing)

325
Administrator Information > Advanced Security Settings > Encrypted Communication Using IPsec/IP Filtering

Service Name Protocol type Local port Remote port Features controlled
number number

FTP Control TCP 21 Any port FTP server (controlling FTP printing)
(Local)

FTP Data TCP Any port 20 FTP client (forwarding scan data)
(Remote)
However this can control only an FTP
server that uses remote port number
20.

FTP Control TCP Any port 21 FTP client (controlling to forward scan
(Remote) data)

CIFS (Local) TCP 445 Any port CIFS server (Sharing a network folder)

CIFS (Remote) TCP Any port 445 CIFS client (forwarding scan data to a
folder)

NetBIOS Name UDP 137 Any port CIFS server (Sharing a network folder)
Service (Local)

NetBIOS UDP 138 Any port

Datagram
Service (Local)

NetBIOS Session TCP 139 Any port

Service (Local)

NetBIOS Name UDP Any port 137 CIFS client (forwarding scan data to a
Service (Remote) folder)

NetBIOS UDP Any port 138

Datagram
Service (Remote)

NetBIOS Session TCP Any port 139

Service (Remote)

HTTP (Local) TCP 80 Any port HTTP(S) server (forwarding data of

Web Config and WSD)
HTTPS (Local) TCP 443 Any port

HTTP (Remote) TCP Any port 80 HTTP(S) client (communicating

between Epson Connect, firmware
HTTPS (Remote) TCP Any port 443 updating and root certificate
updating)

Configuration Examples of IPsec/IP Filtering

Receiving IPsec packets only

This example is to configure a default policy only.
Default Policy:
❏ IPsec/IP Filtering: Enable
❏ Access Control: IPsec
❏ Authentication Method: Pre-Shared Key

326
Administrator Information > Advanced Security Settings > Encrypted Communication Using IPsec/IP Filtering

❏ Pre-Shared Key: Enter up to 127 characters.

Group Policy: Do not configure.

Receiving printing data and printer settings

This example allows communications of printing data and printer configuration from specified services.
Default Policy:
❏ IPsec/IP Filtering: Enable
❏ Access Control: Refuse Access

Group Policy:
❏ Enable this Group Policy: Check the box.
❏ Access Control: Permit Access
❏ Remote Address(Host): IP address of a client
❏ Method of Choosing Port: Service Name
❏ Service Name: Check the box of ENPC, SNMP, HTTP (Local), HTTPS (Local) and RAW (Port9100).

Note:
To avoid receiving HTTP (Local) and HTTPS (Local), clear their checkboxes in Group Policy. When doing so, disable
IPsec/IP filtering from the printer's control panel temporarily to change the printer settings.

Receiving access from a specified IP address only

This example allows a specified IP address to access the printer.
Default Policy:
❏ IPsec/IP Filtering: Enable
❏ Access Control:Refuse Access

Group Policy:
❏ Enable this Group Policy: Check the box.
❏ Access Control: Permit Access
❏ Remote Address(Host): IP address of an administrator’s client

Note:
Regardless of policy configuration, the client will be able to access and configure the printer.

Configuring a Certificate for IPsec/IP Filtering

Configure the Client Certificate for IPsec/IP Filtering. When you set it, you can use the certificate as an
authentication method for IPsec/IP Filtering. If you want to configure the certification authority, go to CA
Certificate.

1. Access Web Config and then select the Network Security tab > IPsec/IP Filtering > Client Certificate.

2. Import the certificate in Client Certificate.

If you have already imported a certificate published by a Certification Authority, you can copy the certificate
and use it in IPsec/IP Filtering. To copy, select the certificate from Copy From, and then click Copy.

327
Administrator Information > Advanced Security Settings > Connecting the Printer to an IEEE802.1X Network

Related Information
& “Application for Configuring Printer Operations (Web Config)” on page 223
& “Configuring a CA-signed Certificate” on page 310
& “Configuring a CA Certificate” on page 314

Connecting the Printer to an IEEE802.1X Network

Configuring an IEEE802.1X Network

When you set IEEE802.1X to the printer, you can use it on the network connected to a RADIUS server, a LAN
switch with authentication function, or an access point.

1. Access Web Config and then select the Network Security tab > IEEE802.1X > Basic.

2. Enter a value for each item.

If you want to use the printer on a Wi-Fi network, click Wi-Fi Setup and select or enter an SSID.
Note:
You can share settings between Ethernet and Wi-Fi.

3. Click Next.
A confirmation message is displayed.

4. Click OK.
The printer is updated.

Related Information
& “Application for Configuring Printer Operations (Web Config)” on page 223

IEEE802.1X Network Setting Items

Items Settings and Explanation

IEEE802.1X (Wired LAN) You can enable or disable settings of the page (IEEE802.1X > Basic) for IEEE802.1X (Wired
LAN).

IEEE802.1X (Wi-Fi) The connection status of IEEE802.1X (Wi-Fi) is displayed.

Connection Method The connection method of a current network is displayed.

EAP Type Select an option for an authentication method between the printer and a RADIUS server.

EAP-TLS You need to obtain and import a CA-signed certificate.

PEAP-TLS

EAP-TTLS You need to configure a password.

PEAP/MSCHAPv2

328
Administrator Information > Advanced Security Settings > Connecting the Printer to an IEEE802.1X Network

Items Settings and Explanation

User ID Configure an ID to use for an authentication of a RADIUS server.

Enter 1 to 128 1-byte ASCII (0x20 to 0x7E) characters.

Password Configure a password to authenticate the printer.

Enter 1 to 128 1-byte ASCII (0x20 to 0x7E) characters. If you are using a Windows server as a
RADIUS server, you can enter up to 127 characters.

Confirm Password Enter the password you configured for confirmation.

Server ID You can configure a server ID to authenticate with a specified RADIUS server. Authenticator
verifies whether a server ID is contained in the subject/subjectAltName field of a server
certificate that is sent from a RADIUS server or not.
Enter 0 to 128 1-byte ASCII (0x20 to 0x7E) characters.

Certificate Validation You can set certificate validation regardless of the authentication method. Import the
certificate in CA Certificate.

Anonymous Name If you select PEAP-TLS, EAP-TTLS or PEAP/MSCHAPv2 for EAP Type, you can configure an
anonymous name instead of a user ID for a phase 1 of a PEAP authentication.
Enter 0 to 128 1-byte ASCII (0x20 to 0x7E) characters.

Encryption Strength You can select one of the followings.

High AES256/3DES

Middle AES256/3DES/AES128/RC4

Related Information
& “Configuring an IEEE802.1X Network” on page 328

Configuring a Certificate for IEEE802.1X

Configure the Client Certificate for IEEE802.1X. When you set it, you can use EAP-TLS and PEAP-TLS as an
authentication method of IEEE802.1x. If you want to configure the certification authority certificate, go to CA
Certificate.

1. Access Web Config and then select the Network Security tab > IEEE802.1X > Client Certificate.

2. Enter a certificate in the Client Certificate.

If you have already imported a certificate published by a Certification Authority, you can copy the certificate
and use it in IEEE802.1X. To copy, select the certificate from Copy From, and then click Copy.

Related Information
& “Application for Configuring Printer Operations (Web Config)” on page 223
& “Configuring a CA-signed Certificate” on page 310
& “Configuring a CA Certificate” on page 314

329
Administrator Information > Advanced Security Settings > Solving Problems for Advanced Security

Checking IEEE802.1X Network Status

You can check the IEEE802.1X status by printing a network status sheet.

Status ID IEEE802.1X Status

Disable IEEE802.1X feature is disable.

EAP Success IEEE802.1X authentication has succeeded and network connection is available.

Authenticating IEEE802.1X authentication has not been completed.

Config Error Authentication has failed since the user ID has not been set.

Client Certificate Error Authentication has failed since the client certificate is out of date.

Timeout Error Authentication has failed since there is no answer from the RADIUS server and/or
authenticator.

User ID Error Authentication has failed since the printer's user ID and/or certificate protocol is
incorrect.

Server ID Error Authentication has failed since the server ID of the server certificate and the
server's ID do not match.

Server Certificate Error Authentication has failed since there are the following errors in the server
certificate.
❏ The server certificate is out of date.
❏ The chain of the server certificate is incorrect.

CA Certificate Error Authentication has failed since there are the following errors in a CA certificate.
❏ Specified CA certificate is incorrect.
❏ The correct CA certificate is not imported.
❏ CA certificate is out of date.

EAP Failure Authentication has failed since there are the following errors in the printer
settings.
❏ If EAP Type is EAP-TLS or PEAP-TLS, client certificate is incorrect or has
certain problems.
❏ If EAP Type is EAP-TTLS or PEAP/MSCHAPv2, user ID or password is not
correct.

Related Information
& “Printing a Network Status Sheet” on page 211

Solving Problems for Advanced Security

Restoring the Security Settings

When you establish a highly secure environment such as IPsec/IP Filtering or IEEE802.1X, you may not be able to
communicate with devices because of incorrect settings or trouble with the device or server. In this case, restore
the security settings in order to make settings for the device again or to allow you temporary use.

330
Administrator Information > Advanced Security Settings > Solving Problems for Advanced Security

Disabling the Security Function Using the Control Panel

You can disable IPsec/IP Filtering or IEEE802.1X using the printer's control panel.

1. Select Settings > General Settings > Network Settings.

2. Select Advanced.

3. Select from the following items that you want to disable.

❏ Disable IPsec/IP Filtering
❏ Disable IEEE802.1X

4. Select Proceed on the confirmation screen.

Problems Using Network Security Features

Forgot a Pre–shared Key

Re-configure a pre-shared key.

To change the key, access Web Config and select the Network Security tab > IPsec/IP Filtering > Basic > Default
Policy or Group Policy.
When you change the pre-shared key, configure the pre-shared key for computers.

Related Information
& “Application for Configuring Printer Operations (Web Config)” on page 223
& “Encrypted Communication Using IPsec/IP Filtering” on page 316

Cannot Communicate with IPsec Communication

Specify the algorithm that the printer or the computer does not support.
The printer supports the following algorithms. Check the settings of the computer.

Security Methods Algorithms

IKE encryption algorithm AES-CBC-128, AES-CBC-192, AES-CBC-256, AES-GCM-128*, AES-GCM-192*,

AES-GCM-256*, 3DES

IKE authentication algorithm SHA-1, SHA-256, SHA-384, SHA-512, MD5

IKE key exchange algorithm DH Group1, DH Group2, DH Group5, DH Group14, DH Group15, DH

Group16, DH Group17, DH Group18, DH Group19, DH Group20, DH
Group21, DH Group22, DH Group23, DH Group24, DH Group25, DH
Group26, DH Group27*, DH Group28*, DH Group29*, DH Group30*

ESP encryption algorithm AES-CBC-128, AES-CBC-192, AES-CBC-256, AES-GCM-128, AES-GCM-192,

AES-GCM-256, 3DES

ESP authentication algorithm SHA-1, SHA-256, SHA-384, SHA-512, MD5

331
Administrator Information > Advanced Security Settings > Solving Problems for Advanced Security

Security Methods Algorithms

AH authentication algorithm SHA-1, SHA-256, SHA-384, SHA-512, MD5

*available for IKEv2 only

Related Information
& “Encrypted Communication Using IPsec/IP Filtering” on page 316

Cannot Communicate Suddenly

The IP address of the printer has been changed or cannot be used.

When the IP address registered to the local address on Group Policy has been changed or cannot be used, IPsec
communication cannot be performed. Disable IPsec using the printer's control panel.
If the DHCP is out of date, rebooting or the IPv6 address is out of date or has not been obtained, then the IP
address registered for the printer's Web Config (Network Security tab > IPsec/IP Filtering > Basic > Group
Policy > Local Address(Printer)) may not be found.
Use a static IP address.

The IP address of the computer has been changed or cannot be used.

When the IP address registered to the remote address on Group Policy has been changed or cannot be used, IPsec
communication cannot be performed.
Disable IPsec using the printer's control panel.
If the DHCP is out of date, rebooting or the IPv6 address is out of date or has not been obtained, then the IP
address registered for the printer's Web Config (Network Security tab > IPsec/IP Filtering > Basic > Group
Policy > Remote Address(Host)) may not be found.
Use a static IP address.

Related Information
& “Application for Configuring Printer Operations (Web Config)” on page 223
& “Encrypted Communication Using IPsec/IP Filtering” on page 316

Cannot Create the Secure IPP Printing Port

The correct certificate is not specified as the server certificate for SSL/TLS communication.
If the specified certificate is not correct, creating a port may fail. Make sure you are using the correct certificate.

The CA certificate is not imported to the computer accessing the printer.

If a CA certificate is not imported to the computer, creating a port may fail. Make sure a CA certificate is imported.

Related Information
& “Configuring a Server Certificate for the Printer” on page 316

332
Administrator Information > Advanced Security Settings > Solving Problems for Advanced Security

Cannot Connect After Configuring IPsec/IP Filtering

The settings of IPsec/IP Filtering are incorrect.

Disable IPsec/IP filtering from the printer’s control panel. Connect the printer and computer and make the
IPsec/IP Filtering settings again.

Related Information
& “Encrypted Communication Using IPsec/IP Filtering” on page 316

Cannot Access the Printer or Scanner after Configuring IEEE802.1X

The settings of IEEE802.1X are incorrect.

Disable IEEE802.1X and Wi-Fi from the printer’s control panel. Connect the printer and a computer, and then
configure IEEE802.1X again.

Related Information
& “Configuring an IEEE802.1X Network” on page 328

Problems on Using a Digital Certificate

Cannot Import a CA-signed Certificate

CA-signed Certificate and the information on the CSR do not match.

If the CA-signed Certificate and CSR do not have the same information, the CSR cannot be imported. Check the
following:
❏ Are you trying to import the certificate to a device that does not have the same information?
Check the information of the CSR and then import the certificate to a device that has the same information.
❏ Did you overwrite the CSR saved into the printer after sending the CSR to a certificate authority?
Obtain the CA-signed certificate again with the CSR.

CA-signed Certificate is more than 5KB.

You cannot import a CA-signed Certificate that is more than 5KB.

The password for importing the certificate is incorrect.

Enter the correct password. If you forget the password, you cannot import the certificate. Re-obtain the CA-signed
Certificate.

Related Information
& “Importing a CA-signed Certificate” on page 312

333
Administrator Information > Advanced Security Settings > Solving Problems for Advanced Security

Cannot Update a Self-Signed Certificate

The Common Name has not been entered.

Common Name must be entered.

Unsupported characters have been entered to Common Name.

Enter between 1 and 128 characters of either IPv4, IPv6, host name, or FQDN format in ASCII (0x20-0x7E).

A comma or space is included in the common name.

If a comma is entered, the Common Name is divided at that point. If only a space is entered before or after a
comma, an error occurs.

Related Information
& “Updating a Self-signed Certificate” on page 314

Cannot Create a CSR

The Common Name has not been entered.

The Common Name must be entered.

Unsupported characters have been entered to Common Name, Organization, Organizational Unit,
Locality, and State/Province.
Enter characters of either IPv4, IPv6, host name, or FQDN format in ASCII (0x20-0x7E).

A comma or space is included in the Common Name.

If a comma is entered, the Common Name is divided at that point. If only a space is entered before or after a
comma, an error occurs.

Related Information
& “Obtaining a CA-signed Certificate” on page 310

Warning Relating to a Digital Certificate Appears

Messages Cause/What to do

Enter a Server Certificate. Cause:

You have not selected a file to import.
What to do:
Select a file and click Import.

CA Certificate 1 is not entered. Cause:

CA certificate 1 is not entered and only CA certificate 2 is entered.
What to do:
Import CA certificate 1 first.

334
Administrator Information > Advanced Security Settings > Solving Problems for Advanced Security

Messages Cause/What to do

Invalid value below. Cause:

Unsupported characters are contained in the file path and/or password.
What to do:
Make sure that the characters are entered correctly for the item.

Invalid date and time. Cause:

Date and time for the printer have not been set.
What to do:
Set date and time using Web Config, EpsonNet Config or the printer's control
panel.

Invalid password. Cause:

The password set for CA certificate and entered password do not match.
What to do:
Enter the correct password.

Invalid file. Cause:

You are not importing a certificate file in X509 format.
What to do:
Make sure that you are selecting the correct certificate sent by a trusted certificate
authority.

Cause:
The file you have imported is too large. The maximum file size is 5KB.
What to do:
If you select the correct file, the certificate might be corrupted or fabricated.

Cause:
The chain contained in the certificate is invalid.
What to do:
For more information on the certificate, see the website of the certificate
authority.

Cannot use the Server Certificates that Cause:

include more than three CA
The certificate file in PKCS#12 format contains more than 3 CA certificates.
certificates.
What to do:
Import each certificate as converting from PKCS#12 format to PEM format, or
import the certificate file in PKCS#12 format that contains up to 2 CA certificates.

The certificate has expired. Check if the Cause:

certificate is valid, or check the date
The certificate is out of date.
and time on your printer.
What to do:
❏ If the certificate is out of date, obtain and import the new certificate.
❏ If the certificate is not out of date, make sure the printer's date and time are set
correctly.

335
Administrator Information > Advanced Security Settings > Solving Problems for Advanced Security

Messages Cause/What to do

Private key is required. Cause:

There is no paired private key with the certificate.
What to do:
❏ If the certificate is the PEM/DER format and it is obtained from a CSR using a
computer, specify the private key file.
❏ If the certificate is the PKCS#12 format and it is obtained from a CSR using a
computer, create a file that contains the private key.

Cause:
You have re-imported the PEM/DER certificate obtained from a CSR using Web
Config.
What to do:
If the certificate is the PEM/DER format and it is obtained from a CSR using Web
Config, you can only import it once.

Setup failed. Cause:

Cannot finish the configuration because the communication between the printer
and computer failed or the file cannot be read by some errors.
What to do:
After checking the specified file and communication, import the file again.

Related Information
& “About Digital Certification” on page 310

Delete a CA-signed Certificate by Mistake

There is no backup file for the CA-signed certificate.

If you have the backup file, import the certificate again.
If you obtain a certificate using a CSR created from Web Config, you cannot import a deleted certificate again.
Create a CSR and obtain a new certificate.

Related Information
& “Importing a CA-signed Certificate” on page 312
& “Deleting a CA-signed Certificate” on page 313

336
Where to Get Help

Technical Support Web Site. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338

Contacting Epson Support. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338

Where to Get Help > Contacting Epson Support > Help for Users in Taiwan

Technical Support Web Site

If you need further help, visit the Epson support website shown below. Select your country or region and go to the
support section of your local Epson website. The latest drivers, FAQs, manuals, or other downloadables are also
available from the site.
http://support.epson.net/
http://www.epson.eu/support (Europe)
If your Epson product is not operating properly and you cannot solve the problem, contact Epson support services
for assistance.

Contacting Epson Support

Before Contacting Epson

If your Epson product is not operating properly and you cannot solve the problem using the troubleshooting
information in your product manuals, contact Epson support services for assistance. If Epson support for your area
is not listed below, contact the dealer where you purchased your product.
Epson support will be able to help you much more quickly if you give them the following information:
❏ Product serial number
(The serial number label is usually on the back of the product.)
❏ Product model
❏ Product software version
(Click About, Version Info, or a similar button in the product software.)
❏ Brand and model of your computer
❏ Your computer operating system name and version
❏ Names and versions of the software applications you normally use with your product

Note:
Depending on the product, network settings may be stored in the product’s memory. Due to breakdown or repair of a
product, settings may be lost. Epson shall not be responsible for the loss of any data, for backing up or recovering settings
even during a warranty period. We recommend that you make your own backup data or take notes.

Help for Users in Europe

Check your Pan-European Warranty Document for information on how to contact Epson support.

Help for Users in Taiwan

Contacts for information, support, and services are:

World Wide Web

http://www.epson.com.tw

338
Where to Get Help > Contacting Epson Support > Help for Users in Thailand

Information on product specifications, drivers for download, and products enquiry are available.

Epson HelpDesk
Phone: +886-2-2165-3138
Our HelpDesk team can help you with the following over the phone:
❏ Sales enquiries and product information
❏ Product usage questions or problems
❏ Enquiries on repair service and warranty

Repair service center:

http://www.tekcare.com.tw/branchMap.page
TekCare corporation is an authorized service center for Epson Taiwan Technology & Trading Ltd.

Help for Users in Singapore

Sources of information, support, and services available from Epson Singapore are:

World Wide Web

http://www.epson.com.sg
Information on product specifications, drivers for download, Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ), Sales Enquiries,
and Technical Support via e-mail are available.

Epson HelpDesk
Toll Free: 800-120-5564
Our HelpDesk team can help you with the following over the phone:
❏ Sales enquiries and product information
❏ Product usage questions or problem troubleshooting
❏ Enquiries on repair service and warranty

Help for Users in Thailand

Contacts for information, support, and services are:

World Wide Web

http://www.epson.co.th
Information on product specifications, drivers for download, Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ), and e-mail are
available.

Epson Call Centre

Phone: 66-2460-9699
Email: [email protected]

339
Where to Get Help > Contacting Epson Support > Help for Users in Indonesia

Our Call Centre team can help you with the following over the phone:
❏ Sales enquiries and product information
❏ Product usage questions or problems
❏ Enquiries on repair service and warranty

Help for Users in Vietnam

Contacts for information, support, and services are:

Epson Service Center

65 Truong Dinh Street, District 1, Ho Chi Minh City, Vietnam.
Phone(Ho Chi Minh City): 84-8-3823-9239, 84-8-3825-6234
29 Tue Tinh, Quan Hai Ba Trung, Hanoi City, Vietnam
Phone(Hanoi City): 84-4-3978-4785, 84-4-3978-4775

Help for Users in Indonesia

Contacts for information, support, and services are:

World Wide Web

http://www.epson.co.id
❏ Information on product specifications, drivers for download
❏ Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ), Sales Enquiries, questions through e-mail

Epson Hotline
Phone: +62-1500-766
Fax: +62-21-808-66-799
Our Hotline team can help you with the following over the phone or fax:
❏ Sales enquiries and product information
❏ Technical support

Epson Service Center

Province Company Name Address Phone

E-mail

JAKARTA Epson Sales and Wisma Keiai Lt. 1 Jl. Jenderal Sudirman Kav. 021-5724335
Service Jakarta 3 Jakarta Pusat - DKI JAKARTA 10220
[email protected];
(SUDIRMAN)
ess.support@epson-
indonesia.co.id

340
Where to Get Help > Contacting Epson Support > Help for Users in Indonesia

Province Company Name Address Phone

E-mail

SERPONG Epson Sales and Ruko Melati Mas Square Blok A2 No.17 082120090084 / 082120090085
Service Serpong Serpong-Banten
[email protected];
esstag.support@epson-
indonesia.co.id

SEMARANG Epson Sales and Komplek Ruko Metro Plaza Block C20 Jl. MT 024 8313807 / 024 8417935
Service Semarang Haryono No. 970 Semarang -JAWA TENGAH
[email protected];
esssmg.support@epson-
indonesia.co.id

JAKARTA Epson Sales and Ruko Mall Mangga Dua No. 48 Jl. Arteri 021 623 01104
Service Jakarta Mangga Dua, Jakarta Utara - DKI JAKARTA
jkt-technical1@epson-
(MANGGA DUA)
indonesia.co.id; jkt-admin@epson-
indonesia.co.id

BANDUNG Epson Sales and Jl. Cihampelas No. 48 A Bandung Jawa 022 420 7033
Service Bandung Barat 40116
bdg-technical@epson-
indonesia.co.id; bdg-
[email protected]

MAKASSAR Epson Sales and Jl. Cendrawasih NO. 3A, kunjung mae, 0411- 8911071
Service Makassar mariso, MAKASSAR - SULSEL 90125
mksr-technical@epson-
indonesia.co.id; mksr-
[email protected]

MEDAN Epson Service Jl. Bambu 2 Komplek Graha Niaga Nomor 061- 42066090 / 42066091
Center Medan A-4, Medan - SUMUT
mdn-technical@epson-
indonesia.co.id; mdn-adm@epson-
indonesia.co.id

PALEMBANG Epson Service Jl. H.M Rasyid Nawawi No. 249 Kelurahan 9 0711 311 330
Center Palembang Ilir Palembang Sumatera Selatan
[email protected];
escplg.support@epson-
indonesia.co.id

PEKANBARU Epson Service Jl. Tuanku Tambusai No. 459 A Kel. 0761- 8524695
Center PekanBaru Tangkerang barat Kec Marpoyan damai
pkb-technical@epson-
Pekanbaru - Riau 28282
indonesia.co.id; pkb-
[email protected]

PONTIANAK Epson Service Komp. A yani Sentra Bisnis G33, Jl. Ahmad 0561- 735507 / 767049
Center Pontianak Yani - Pontianak Kalimantan Barat
pontianak-technical@epson-
indonesia.co.id; pontianak-
[email protected]

SAMARINDA Epson Service Jl. KH. Wahid Hasyim (M. Yamin) Kelurahan 0541 7272 904
Center Samarinda Sempaja Selatan Kecamatan Samarinda
[email protected];
UTARA - SAMARINDA - KALTIM
escsmd.support@epson-
indonesia.co.id

SURABAYA Epson Sales & Jl. Haji Abdul Wahab Saimin, Ruko Villa 031- 5120994
Service Surabaya Bukit Mas RM-11, Kec. Dukuh Pakis,
sby-technical@epson-
(barat) Surabaya - 60225
indonesia.co.id; sby-
[email protected]

341
Where to Get Help > Contacting Epson Support > Help for Users in Indonesia

Province Company Name Address Phone

E-mail

YOGYAKARTA Epson Service YAP Square, Block A No. 6 Jl. C Simanjutak 0274 581 065
Center Yogyakarta Yogyakarta - DIY
ygy-technical@epson-
indonesia.co.id; ygy-
[email protected]

JEMBER Epson Service JL. Panglima Besar Sudirman Ruko no.1D 0331- 488373 / 486468
Center Jember Jember-Jawa Timur (Depan Balai Penelitian
[email protected];
& Pengolahan Kakao)
jmr-technical@epson-
indonesia.co.id

MANADO EPSON SALES AND Jl. Piere Tendean Blok D No 4 Kawasan 0431- 8805896
SERVICE Manado Mega Mas Boulevard - Manado 95111
MND-ADMIN@EPSON-
INDONESIA.CO.ID; MND-
TECHNICAL@EPSON-
INDONESIA.CO.ID

CIREBON EPSON SERVICE Jl. Tuparev No. 04 ( Depan Hotel Apita ) 0231– 8800846
CENTER Cirebon Cirebon, JAWA BARAT
cbn-technical@epson-
indonesia.co.id

CIKARANG EPSON SALES AND Ruko Metro Boulevard B1 Jababeka 021- 89844301 / 29082424
SERVICE CIKARANG cikarang - Jawa Barat,
ckg-admin@epson-
indonesia.co.id; ckg-
[email protected]

MADIUN EPSON SERVICE Jl. Diponegoro No.56, MADIUN - JAWA 0351- 4770248
CENTER MADIUN TIMUR
mun-admin@epson-
indonesia.co.id ; mun-
[email protected]

PURWOKERTO EPSON SALES AND Jl. Jendral Sudirman No. 4 Kranji 0281- 6512213
SERVICE Purwokerto Purwokerto - JAWA TENGAH
pwt-admin@epson-
indonesia.co.id ; pwt-
[email protected]

BOGOR EPSON SALES AND Jl.Pajajaran No 15B Kel Bantarjati Kec Bogor 0251- 8310026
SERVICE Bogor Utara - JAWA BARAT 16153
bgr-admin@epson-
indonesia.co.id ; bgr-
[email protected]

SERANG EPSON SERVICE Jl. Ahmad Yani No.45C, SERANG - BANTEN 0254- 7912503
CENTER Serang
srg-admin@epson-
indonesia.co.id ; srg-
[email protected]

PALU EPSON SALES AND Jl. Juanda No. 58, Palu - Sulteng 0451- 4012 881
SERVICE Palu
plw-admin@epson-
indonesia.co.id; plw-
[email protected]

342
Where to Get Help > Contacting Epson Support > Help for Users in Malaysia

Province Company Name Address Phone

E-mail

BANJARMASI EPSON SERVICE Jl. Gatot Soebroto NO. 153 BANJARMASIN - 0511- 6744135 (TEKNISI) /
N CENTER KALSEL 70235 3266321(ADMIN)
BANJARMASIN
[email protected];
bdj-technical@epson-
indonesia.co.id

DENPASAR EPSON SALES AND JL. MAHENDRADATA NO. 18, DENPASAR - 0361- 3446699 / 9348428
SERVICE Denpasar BALI
dps-admin@epson-
indonesia.co.id; dps-
[email protected]

JAKARTA EPSON SALES AND CIBIS Business Park Tower 9 LT. MEZZANINE, 021- 80866777
SERVICE CILANDAK Jalan TB Simatupang No.2, Jakarta Selatan -
esscibis.support1@epson-
DKI JAKARTA 12560
indonesia.co.id;
esscibis.support2@epson-
indonesia.co.id;
esscibis.admin@epson-
indonesia.co.id;
esscibis.sales@epson-
indonesia.co.id

SURABAYA EPSON SALES AND JL. RAYA GUBENG NO. 62, SURABAYA - JAWA 031- 99444940 / 99446299 /
SERVICE SURABAYA TIMUR 99446377
(GUBENG)
[email protected];
esssby.support@epson-
indonesia.co.id

AMBON EPSON SERVICE Jl. Diponegoro No.37 (Samping Bank -

CENTER AMBON Mandiri Syariah) Kel.Ahusen, Kec.Sirimau -
Ambon 97127

For other cities not listed here, call the Hot Line: 08071137766.

Help for Users in Malaysia

Contacts for information, support, and services are:

World Wide Web

http://www.epson.com.my
❏ Information on product specifications, drivers for download
❏ Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ), Sales Enquiries, questions through e-mail

Epson Call Centre

Phone: 1800-81-7349 (Toll Free)
Email: [email protected]
❏ Sales enquiries and product information
❏ Product usage questions or problems
❏ Enquiries on repair services and warranty

343
Where to Get Help > Contacting Epson Support > Help for Users in the Philippines

Head Office
Phone: 603-56288288
Fax: 603-5628 8388/603-5621 2088

Help for Users in India

Contacts for information, support, and services are:

World Wide Web

http://www.epson.co.in
Information on product specifications, drivers for download, and products enquiry are available.

Helpline
❏ Service, product information, and ordering consumables (BSNL Lines)
Toll-free number: 18004250011
Accessible 9am to 6pm, Monday through Saturday (Except public holidays)
❏ Service (CDMA & Mobile Users)
Toll-free number: 186030001600
Accessible 9am to 6pm, Monday through Saturday (Except public holidays)

Help for Users in the Philippines

To obtain technical support as well as other after sales services, users are welcome to contact the Epson Philippines
Corporation at the telephone, fax numbers and e-mail address below:

World Wide Web

http://www.epson.com.ph
Information on product specifications, drivers for download, Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ), and E-mail
Enquiries are available.

Epson Philippines Customer Care

Toll Free: (PLDT) 1-800-1069-37766
Toll Free: (Digital) 1-800-3-0037766
Metro Manila: (632) 8441 9030
Web Site: https://www.epson.com.ph/contact
E-mail: [email protected]
Accessible 9am to 6pm, Monday through Saturday (Except public holidays)
Our Customer Care team can help you with the following over the phone:
❏ Sales enquiries and product information
❏ Product usage questions or problems
❏ Enquiries on repair service and warranty

344
Where to Get Help > Contacting Epson Support > Help for Users in the Philippines

Epson Philippines Corporation

Trunk Line: +632-706-2609
Fax: +632-706-2663

345